PLEASE CLICK ON PICTURES TO BE TAKEN TO FULL POST ON MY OTHER SITE


NAMASTE Kerrie















In gratitude to CHANNELER BLOSSOM GOODCHILD















http://www.blossomgoodchild.com/















White Cloud Blossom Goodchild’s guide,click on picture to be taken to meditation

White Cloud Blossom Goodchild’s guide,click on picture to be taken to meditation
'As you learn my friends, to recognise that each one here is deeply connected with each other, you can then learn that as you go out in your day … whatever it is you undertake … whoever your eyes come into contact with … you are simply saying ‘Hello’ … connecting up to another part of yourself. As you begin to understand that … as each and everyone understands that … do you see? Can you FEEL the great force of LOVE that you can become? Can you see how easily you can change this world by uniting? By being united in LOVE? By Being yourselves in LOVE with yourselves? Do you my friends? Do you Truly understand how important it is to LOVE yourself? Do you see that when you knock yourself down for something or when you consider yourself unworthy of something … that you are not respecting yourself? And you deserve respect! Love deserves respect and you are Love … nothing else.'

A Global Visual Affect meditation from White Cloud for first contact 11:11

Audio version

A Global Visual Affect meditation from White Cloud.


A very warm welcome to each one of you that comes across these words to assist you in the visualising that of which you have been asked, should you choose , by those who are known to you as The Federation of Light.


Dearest Friends, it is for one to know that one’s desires can only come about if they are felt from deep within the soul self .It is of not much use if one desires only from their minds. For if that desire from the mind is not connected from the heart place then it simply cannot come to be.


So it is my friends that together we take three of your deep breaths … bringing into you the Light that is of the purest Love. And as you breathe it inside of yourself, allow it to circulate and allow yourself to feel this Light that you are.


(3 breaths are taken)


And I ask as I continue with my words that in a gentle fashion that is comfortable for each individual you continue to breathe so.


And now my friends I ask, that with your heart connected to your minds eye, you visualise yourself in a place outside that you personally find to be a place of peace and beauty. Allow your senses to become alive. If there are seas, then smell the water. If there are flowers then smell their scent. Be in that place inside of your minds.

Feel the peace that is surrounding you and that is within you. And I ask you perhaps as you sit or you lay down to cast your eyes into the skies.

With your heart my friends, welcome those who do not reside upon your planet.

Those that you know in the name of The Federation Of Light … welcome them with all the Love that you Truly are.

Let them know by the vibration that your heart is sending out to them, that you as an earthly resident at this time are now ready to receive them … as brothers and sisters of Light.

As you send this vibration of Love into your skies, visualise vivid colours of the rainbow covering the blue of the sky.

Allow your being to become Lighter as you look upon these colours that carry with them their own energy. And then it is that from your heart place to visualise a ball of Light colours that compliment those in your skies.

Allow this ball to remain attached to your heart center. Yet visualise it growing in size and depth of colour. Watch this energy. Feel this energy my friends as it grows and grows. Become this energy. As you feel it, watch as the colours from the skies come down to merge with the colours of the ball of energy that is coming from your heart place.

Feel all the while dearest souls of earth, the Love that is you … The Love that is coming from other realms … and allow yourself to become One with the All.


Take a few more deep breathes and from the physical part of yourself feel the reality of what you are about to visualise.

Know it as a reality my friends, for in that way it shall be so.

Look up … see the colours swirl and merge and then softly, gently, they divide revealing to you a sky full of colours that you have not yet seen in your human form.

And as you look upon this with your hearts the feeling of Love my friends is one beyond all your imaginings so far.

Allow yourself to lift your vibration as you connect with these Lights that are Love in a purer form than you have experienced.

Allow the Love that these coloured Lights are to literally fill your being.

Lift yourselves up my friends in Knowledge of the Truth within side of you. Allow this feeling to remain as you send Love to the Lights and the Lights send Love to you.

And KNOW that the smiles upon your faces are recognised by those who reside within those coloured Lights.
My friends, your world can be the world that your hearts dream about. It is up to each one of you to make this so.
Be LOVE. For that in Truth is who you are. And as the days ahead reveal to you Truths that your hearts recognise … allow the Light that you are to blend with the Light of another… each other … to bring you forth into the New World that is necessary. So that you may once again know of an earth that is how it was designed to be.
We give thanks to the Divine oneness for allowing these words to come forth. We ask always that we may remain humble in order to serve and to receive and they we may continue to walk boldly as the Light and the Love.

Adieu my friends … Adieu.

Love Light Laughter & Golden Rays .
Bloss and White Cloud.

MORNING STAR,DRAGONFLY

MORNING STAR,DRAGONFLY
Ever since being woken at 3am on as it turned out to be Greek ascension day with the words Morning Star a couple of years ago I have been compiling information on the meaning

3 DAYS OF DARKNESS/NOTHINGNESS

3 DAYS OF DARKNESS/NOTHINGNESS
... there are those that even when the time comes, will not understand what is taking place ... even though they may have been indicated toward the Truth of such a phenomena. We would advise that at such a time when what you think is darkness is to occur ... it is only so if you choose to look at it that way ... in darkness. We would speak of it otherwise. We would say it is a Golden opportunity to rise up into the Light. For in that time when one cannot see infront of their eyes their will be great opportunity ... unlike any other one has had in this life time ... to SEE THE LIGHT from within. For it is that LIGHT that will allow one to interpret what is taking place from within another place of themselves.

FROM ME TO YOU...IN LOVE ~BLOSSOM GOODCHILD~

FROM ME TO YOU...IN LOVE ~BLOSSOM GOODCHILD~
Dear Fellow Travellers. I feel the urge-(ncy) to address a few matters and I ask for grace to lend a hand as I do so. I ask too that you understand that I know no more than the next person. I am just the messenger and yet I find myself in a position where upon many choose to read that which I have to say. I do not in any way underestimate the power and knowledge that each individual has gained and yet I feel it necessary, considering the mass of emails I have received since the March 16th channelling to clarify some things. So if I may …In my opinion , for what it is worth , no matter what or who is the cause of any disaster, no matter what conflicting messages you read , no matter how much some of you are feeling afraid , I ask that you recognise ABOVE ALL the importance of remaining in YOUR LIGHT. ‘Yes yes yes’, I hear you say, ‘heard it all before’ … but clearly from some of the email received, many haven’t quite grasped this necessity. To do so has so many implications on so many levels, and I believe there are many we do not know about. Yet we must put our TRUST in the knowledge within our souls that the ONLY reason we are here at this time is to MAKE SURE that this LIGHT is magnified by us throughout ALL that is taking place.

We shall always have our Love to give to you. There is not a circumstance that would change this

We shall always have our Love to give to you. There is not a circumstance that would change this
21st Nov.2010~The technological implements that exist upon your earth plane at this time whether used for good or harm, cannot be compared to the technology that exists 'off' your planet Earth.

If one is not ready for the following days then it would be that so much planning would go awry.

If one is not ready for the following days then it would be that so much planning would go awry.
14th Nov 2010~We ask of you, you who have chosen to be where you are ... to remain steadfast in your Truth.

Friends of ours … TRUST US in the knowing that we have everything in hand. WE WILL DO AS PROMISED ~

Friends of ours … TRUST US in the knowing that we have everything in hand. WE WILL DO AS PROMISED ~
3rd Nov.2010 ~YOU ARE the second coming that is spoken of. All of you! YOU ARE the very ones that shall lift this planet into its Higher realms. YOU ARE the ones that agreed to do so. We ask you to try and understand this. YOU , each one of you are the spark of Light that IS EVERYTHING. And you can only KNOW what it FEELS like to BE this way, when you accept that it is so.

BLOSSOM'S GUIDE WHITE CLOUD SPEAKS ON YOUTUBE 20TH AUG 2010

BLOSSOM'S GUIDE WHITE CLOUD SPEAKS ON YOUTUBE 20TH AUG 2010
These beings are here and they come to assist. Not to save, not to rescue but to assist. And the more you are willing to open your hearts and be assisted the more they shall present themselves to you. But you must understand that many souls are very afraid of that which they do not understand. So this whole affair must be done with great…Blossom is surprised the word I am to say. I was going to say, must be done with great compromise. Because although there may be many that are ready to take their toothbrush and go for a ride elsewhere and come back yesterday. There are many that simply in all truths, when these bigger events occur, will leave the Earth plane physically because the shock will be too much for them because of their understanding. The level of where they are. But as more and more of you wake up and spread sunshine wherever you go, there will be less and less souls that are still living in fear because you are going to change all that for them, by being Love all day long. All night long. Your life long. Be Love.

BLOSSOM GOODCHILD'S SECOND WHITE CLOUD SHOW

BLOSSOM GOODCHILD'S SECOND WHITE CLOUD SHOW
Be in LOVE.When even the most downward of days is upon you, rise above the trivialities that are presented to you, for we say to you my friends, it is nothing, it is nothing. Let it go, remove it and come from LOVE and you will see that it has blown away before your next thought.

Say to yourselves ‘ I AM AN ANCHOR OF THE LIGHT OF CHRIST’~THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~

Say to yourselves ‘ I AM AN ANCHOR OF THE LIGHT OF CHRIST’~THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~
THE CHRIST LIGHT … THE LIGHT OF CHRIST is not a person. It is a LIGHT. That is not to say that many souls have descended from shall we say … extremely Higher realms at given points in your history … that indeed are directly from that DIVINE CHRIST LIGHT

12th Oct.2010 ~The Federation of Light~ Blossom Goodchild ~

12th Oct.2010 ~The Federation of Light~ Blossom Goodchild ~
Do not reserve your greatest Love for those you feel deserve it. GIVE of LOVE to ALL. BE of LOVE to ALL. And when ALL understand of this you have Ascended into your new world.

10/10/10,11/11/11 and the 12/12/12 STARGATES

10/10/10,11/11/11 and the 12/12/12 STARGATES
The three stellar "stargates" on the 10/10/10 and the 11/11 and the 12/12. Of these, the 10/10/10 on the 10th of October will be the most powerful

21st Sep.2010 ~THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~ BLOSSOM GOODCHILD ~

21st Sep.2010 ~THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~ BLOSSOM GOODCHILD ~
People of Earth, Brothers and Sisters … our Family of ONE IN LIGHT … WE ARE COMING. Be in peace ... Be of Peace. It is your natural state.

Urgent Message from Kiesha Crowther "Little Grandmother" and White Clouds message

Urgent Message from Kiesha Crowther "Little Grandmother" and White Clouds message
To treasure your Mother Earth would change many things. It is not too late but I must stress that time is running short. Spread the message of Love, for this and only this can be the saving factor. All will change and the New World will be as the world once was long ago. There will be much repenting, but by then it will be too late. What is done is done. If your world could start now by respecting nature as part of the Universal Life Force, by giving it thought as one would the soul, what a change this could haveon all things. Try to get in touch with the self on the deepest level, for the deeper the seed is sown the more chance it has of survival.

WE DID NOT REVEAL OUR SELVES ON THAT DAY AS PROMISED IN ORDER FOR YOUR PLANET TO REMAIN IN TACT.

WE DID NOT REVEAL OUR SELVES ON THAT DAY AS PROMISED IN ORDER FOR YOUR PLANET TO REMAIN IN TACT.
14th. MAY 2010~THERE WERE A MILLION ANGELIC FORCES BY YOUR SIDE SENDING YOUR BEWILDERED SOULS ENCOURAGEMENT TO FIND THE TRUTH. THERE WERE, DURING THOSE DAYS …ARMIES OF LIGHT BEINGS TOUCHING YOUR HEARTS WITH STRENGTH AND LOVE

We wish only to mention that which will enhance your vibration, not that which will lower it.

We wish only to mention that which will enhance your vibration, not that which will lower it.
Let us try and assist your thoughts here. We are known to you as The Federation of Light. We are of Light. We do not wish to be of anything else. We do not choose to allow anything other than Light into our vibration. It does not serve us. So why would we do it? Yet it seems that many of you upon earth are unable to grasp this particular concept for yourselves. If you REALLY desire to be only of Light then it is imperative that anything that is of a negative nature must not be allowed to project into your wave length. It is so easy to recognise a lower vibrational energy or thought pattern, for you know by now, by your learnings and your experience that when you ‘feel’ unease, it is of a lower frequency. Set it outside of yourself and send it away IMMEDIATELY. For the more you surround yourself within and without in Higher energies the more you will lift your vibrational level to that which you are trying to accomplish. From where we are now, from the place within our BEING that we are speaking from we have no concerns for ourselves about this. Yet as we , shall we say with respect … lower our frequency in order to communicate with you Blossom we are a little colder … yes that would be a good way to put it. We are more aware of that which those upon your earth plane are undergoing as we allow our frequency to drop to ‘a colder temperature’

THE OLIVER SVENDSEN SHOW WITH GUEST BLOSSOM GOODCHILD

THE OLIVER SVENDSEN SHOW WITH GUEST BLOSSOM GOODCHILD
Oliver: I am so happy. Thank you for joining me again. You were with me two years ago when you channelled this incredible message and I do want to explain to the listeners, those who are out there, who for some reason missed it completely. Please explain in your own words what it was that went down two years ago and what the channelled message was because I believe that you channel from an intergalactic group of beings called The Federation of Light. Isn’t that correct? Blossom: Yes, that is right, Oliver, and it happened for me that I’d actually been channeling the Federation of Light for about two years before this message was given and I wrote a book called The Bridge. When that was done they asked me to start writing another one and during that time in February of 2008 I discovered when I looked back, that they had said ‘we are going to ask of you a task so great that even you will question its credibility’ and I had forgotten all about that.

from "The Bridge" by Blossom Goodchild - A Channelled Communication with The Divine Oneness and The

from "The Bridge" by Blossom Goodchild - A Channelled Communication with The Divine Oneness and The
We are from the Federation of Light. We are a large group who have been put in place to assist your earth in its troubled times. We have many on board. We are working continually to bring your world into its new vibration. We consist of groups within groups. We are a large band.And can I ask where is White Cloud within all of this?Your guide that you know as White Cloud is part of our Federation. He is one of our most diligent partners. His work shall be spread over many lands through you. There shall be a time when his True identity shall be revealed. But it is not appropriate at this juncture. We have many sections within this Federation. We are always in constant negotiation with others that circle your planet in order to bring about your new world. Our task is of the greatest yet put into play. We are heartened by those such as yourself who have taken on their duties with such determination, even when sometimes the odds seem against you. As our earth draws itself from its darkness, you shall witness phenomena that will dazzle your eyes. For those of you who have continued on in faith, you shall KNOW that it has all been worthwhile. Any doubts shall be removed from your being. For there shall be no place for doubts. All will be revealed in a way that is of great understanding

FROM BLOSSOM'S BOOK THE BRIDGE ~THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT~

Pg. 94
Your task Blossom, and for those like you, is to help others
understand that this is not a myth. This is a reality that is to
take place. We are aware of the risk involved, in that what
we have to say may cause others to ridicule your intent. Be
not deterred. The proof of the pudding is in the eating is it
not? The days shall come when all that we speak of shall be
of reasoning. For there shall and will not be space for denial
of what is in front of your very eyes. For those who are prepared,
the walk shall be of ease and delight. For those who
have been denying their soul its Truth, they shall find it a
little difficult.
The saying ‘You reap what you sow’ is one of earth’s Truths.
Be aware of this my friends. Sow your seeds of Love with
utmost care. For how easily may the winds blow them away
if they are not carefully planted?
All this preparation that is taking place shall be of utmost
value as the days draw closer to the changing of your vibrations.
It is taking place as we speak, but at a rate that shall
not disturb. We do our best to make this transformation as
smooth as we can. Many times we are shaken by unexpected
entities and energies that are determined for your world to
remain as it is.
The battle is on, as you know. We are warriors of Truth that
have sworn to bring this earth of yours into the place that
was originally planned it should be – a place of pure Love. Be
of strength all who read these pages. Your orders shall come
when the time is in alignment with all that must be done.

BLOSSOM GOODCHILD CHANNELER OF THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT'S GUIDE WHITE CLOUD

BLOSSOM GOODCHILD CHANNELER OF THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT'S GUIDE WHITE CLOUD
May I write Blossom even though you are tired?Of course. As always a pleasure.In the days that lie ahead for you, you will experiencecircumstances that will appear to be what they are not.I tell you of this so that you may wisely consider in which direction to make your moves. All I need to say is as always to listen to your heart and as always it shall guide you.Will I know that of which you speak? Your vibrational energy shall make it perfectly clearto you. It is not foreboding. You shall know it and you shall be aware and you shall laugh it off your shoulders. That is all I desire to say as I do not wish to sap your energy further. Do not be concerned. I have not come to tell you this to make you concerned. Just to let you know I am always by your side. It is of good news that I bring and I am happy to tell you that in the very near future you shall have news that will make your heart know that all that you are doing for me has been worth your while. Hey my friend. Just learning from you has made it allworthwhile. No worries at all. I LOVE YOU MY BLOSSOM. I AM VERY PROUD OF YOUR ADVANCING AND RELEASING.Adieu my confidante. Adieu Goodnight to you my friend.

21stJUNE 2010~REMEMBER WHO YOU ARE... BY DOING SO YOU WILL ACTIVATE ALL THAT HAS BEEN LYING DORMANT

21stJUNE 2010~REMEMBER WHO YOU ARE... BY DOING SO YOU WILL ACTIVATE ALL THAT HAS BEEN LYING DORMANT
Souls of the planet Earth … heed our cries when we ask of your glory to shine through from the core of your Being. Stir up from the well inside of you ... your TRUTH of this time … for indeed each one of you have been waiting for it to arrive … and now it is here. Summon from your Highest levels ALL OF YOUR KNOWING. Allow the Highest energy from that which you TRULY are to reach out and become the Light that it is allowed to be in a form that can be of assistance.YOU ARE HERE TO CHANGE THIS WORLD. YOU ARE HERE TO CHANGE THIS SITUATION.

4TH JULY~YOUR WORLD IS AT THE END OF ITS CYCLE. YOUR PEACEMAKERS ARE DRAWING STRENGTH … IN PEACE …

4TH JULY~YOUR WORLD IS AT THE END OF ITS CYCLE. YOUR PEACEMAKERS ARE DRAWING STRENGTH … IN PEACE …
YOUR WORLD IS AT THE END OF ITS CYCLE. YOUR PEACEMAKERS ARE DRAWING STRENGTH … IN PEACE … AND IT SHALL BE KNOWN THAT THE TRUTH OF WHAT IS … CAN NO LONGER BE HIDDEN. For decades now, many are learning of matters that at one time they could only conceive as make believe. We say, from the HIGHEST PLACE OF AUTHORITY … VERY SOON … AMONG YOU shall be LIGHT that cannot be covered up or hidden from view. *A decloaking as you know of it to be expressed … SHALL occur on a scale of that which we have spoken in the past. Many KNOW of this in your hearts. Many FEEL this in your hearts and at times we are aware of the yearning … the longing … for this to take place. It is soon to be upon you.

CROP CIRCLES

CROP CIRCLES
There shall indeed be many more of these occurring and in places that one would least expect. In situations where one would deem it impossible for such phenomena to occur and yet we say to you they shall. We would say also that they are ‘signposts’

17th Aug You will be home … within yourself …. You will access home.

17th Aug  You will be home … within yourself …. You will access home.
YOU ARE THE TOTALITY OF THE SOULSELF... MANIFESTED INTO A BEING HERE ON EARTH IN ORDER TO BRING ABOUT THE TRANSITION INTO THE NEW WORLD. YOU ARE THE ONES WHO VOLUNTEERED AND WERE CHOSEN.Dear ones, do you think we would have chosen souls who were not going to be able to fulfil this 'oh so important task?' We could not do so ... for there would be no purpose of that. Therefore, KNOW that the ones chosen were chosen for their strength within this vast transformation.We ask also that you accept the time in which YOU are here. Not all were as blessed as YOU. Sometimes we cannot fully understand for we are not in your human form. We do not ‘get’ the way that you allow your minds to follow through sometimes. For WE KNOW that YOU ARE THE ONES. The ones who came to assist upon the earth. To walk on the ground of your planet and anchor your energy and your Light so that those of us who are not from your earth maybe guided by your very torches that shine from deep within your souls.

6th. April WE PRIDE OURSELVES ON OUR CHOICES FOR COMMUNICATION

6th. April WE PRIDE OURSELVES ON OUR CHOICES FOR COMMUNICATION
We have allowed for the fact and resonated with Truths of many on your ground force, that we compliment the desires of which are radiated out into our thought range. Many believe they do not reach us, but this is not so. In fact, where there is a thought that is radiated from/with Love, there is little doubt that we do not receive it /pick up on it. We have been made aware for a long time now ... that there are indeed many of you who feel it would be correct for us to apply the ‘all systems go button’. Is it not so Blossom that many letters to yourself have been indicating this . It is our wish to retrieve for you the Truth of the soul self and we feel that this can be done in a more succinct manner if it was that a visible visit from us was to occur. It would certainly speed up certain frequencies that are needing to be heightened in order to keep up with many that are already in their rightful place.

~HOPE~ 16TH MAY ~ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT~

~HOPE~ 16TH MAY ~ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT~
When one is feeling the ‘squeeze’, when one is wanting to ‘give up hope’ … remember the Light, the flame within your soul, within your heart space that cannot and will not go out.YOU were given this opportunity to BE who you are in a place that is not where you Truly belong. As we have said you have came here to assist in the uplifting of THE WHOLE. You are the warriors who have been awarded this position. Therefore dearest souls of Light, Beings of Love, take heart in this understanding of yourselves. When you recognise what is taking place, it is for you to recall the knowing you were ‘briefed’ with before you took your place within this transition. When you allow yourself to recall your mission, then indeed you will feel your strength return. Your purpose shall be once again acknowledged by your inner KNOWING

NOV 22nd . ONE REAL TRUTH ~ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~

NOV 22nd . ONE REAL TRUTH ~ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT ~
It is the ONE REAL TRUTH to you and me, yet not to everyone. This is why there cannot be ONE REAL TRUTH.The Truth within oneself is the TRUTH for the self at that given time. And we know there is no time. It is just a passing through if you like, a journey, a place where one is learning of what is suitable to the soul. You have touched on this with the honourable White Cloud we are aware. For it is that your Truths change as you become more knowledgeable. What was once sensible to you … as you grow in awareness … is no longer the case.

#5 Channel ( Before the 14th Oct 2008)

#5 Channel ( Before the 14th Oct 2008)
… other channells that have confirmed this date have said that it could be changed at the last minute for our safety......................Friends of earth … we implore you to work vigilantly within your beings to anchor your energy as it lifts into a Higher Light. When we say you shall need to keep your feet on the ground … we mean it … literally. We do not wish to baffle and yet we are unable to reveal certain Truths at this point and you Blossom accept this. We ask others to do the same.The CHANGE that has been long awaited is here. Rejoice in the power of yourself and feel it uplift you in the knowing of its TRUTH … at last. May we say further more that those of you who wish to excel in the time frame allocated, make it your ‘duty’ to ‘soften the blow’ (?)

4th April channel

4th April channel
We would ask that those who read these words continue to visualise and feel our nearness. We would ask too that one allows their being to be engulfed in the colour of the rose quartz crystal. The soft pink. Allow it to penetrate in to your heart place, your mind place and throughout your entire self. Feel this colour. Do not just see it with your eyes. Feel it with your soul. Breathe deeply and KNOW the assistance it is offering in raising the frequency of yourself , so that the energy that is within, can become you, and that energy can then be given out by you and blend with the energy that we are sending out through the same method back to you. Be of much Light heartedness souls of the earth plane. Your waiting has not been in vain. This you will have proof of. This is our pledge.

#5‘Allegiance to the Nations of the Federation is set in stones of history and future alike.

#5‘Allegiance to the Nations of the Federation is set in stones of history and future alike.
We could leave it no longer and we say that it has been brought forward from its intended date originally. For in past days it was expected that it would not be for a few more of your earth years and yet events have been scheduled in conjunction with suitable time frames to coincide with our appearance and it is accepted that we are carrying out necessary movement in order for your planet to remain one of great beauty. Beauty that it once was and shall soon be able to return toDo not be down hearted friends. You will be amazed at how tolerant your species can be of such changes, when they KNOW in their Truth that we are of a kind that please not dis/ease. Many shall awaken in your month of Oct. before and after the event.

6th. JUNE CROP CIRCLE this symbol that was around me when I awoke went down on my birthday!

6th. JUNE CROP CIRCLE this symbol that was around me when I  awoke went down on my birthday!
There are many reasons that shall presently unfold. In particular you are seeing in your minds eye the image of the ‘dragon fly’ circle that was presented earlier in a place of England. Although it may appear to many as a more complicated replica of such an insect of your planet we say to you that within the detailed account of each blade of grass is a magnetic field that is allowing energies to be released into your atmosphere. We would say also that these energies are sending out codes to your very planet. Codes that are received and understood. As if within their very vibration they are ‘changing’ polarities that need to be adjusted in order for certain vibrational frequencies to resonate with that which is necessary to enhance further developments to the ongoing plans of renewal upon planet earth. There shall indeed be many more of these occurring and in places that one would least expect. In situations where one would deem it impossible for such phenomena to occur and yet we say to you they shall. We would say also that they are ‘signposts’.

You have been made aware of an upsurge in activity from craft that are not from your atmosphere

You have been made aware of an upsurge in activity from craft that are not from your atmosphere
May 10th......yet we would acknowledge the fact that receiving these energies is entirely up to the individuals desire to accept them. They are a present to all, and yet it is so that many choose not to unwrap this gift...........There will be a time for many … millions and millions of you … when all the questioning, when all the awaiting shall end. And in its place there shall be PEACE. For the knowing that is yearning inside each one to be realised … shall be. It cannot be otherwise. The plan has been in place too long and is too vast to be miscast (?) It is time dear people of earth to come forth in your strength. To shine your Light more brightly than ever. The darkness is ending and there is the moment upon you when you shall arise into the eternal dawn.

#7 ~The Federation of Light ~ before the 14th Oct. 2008

#7 ~The Federation of Light ~ before the 14th Oct. 2008
LISTEN INTENTLY TO THE FEELING YOU FEEL.If it feels right … go with it. If you feel ill at ease … then send it away with LOVE. All things that are not currently agreeable to your system … send away with LOVE. Do not judge it. Do not question yourself. FEEL YOUR TRUTH. We are aware that we continue on in the same vein. This is because it is of much importance. Many other channels are giving out information regarding numbers of ships etc. You note we do not. We … The Federation ... who have chosen you Blossom to get the message out in this way remain steadfast in what we have announced. We ask you to do the same.

Nov.9th Channel Photo by member Joy from Canada

Nov.9th Channel Photo by member Joy from Canada
For indeed, if everyone KNEW they were nothing but this LOVE, there would be NO NEED for any change around you and yet we see that there is need for great change.This is why we come. This is why we have always said we will come. To help you understand about LOVE.

First channelling since oct 14th.'08 'NO SHOW'

First channelling since oct 14th.'08 'NO SHOW'
For those of you that KNOW we are here with you, allow us to enter your hearts. For those of you who are unsure as to whether we are here with you … allow us to enter your hearts. For those of you who choose to deny we are here with you … let yourself and the LOVE that you are enter your heart. You certainly are not in need of ‘us’ to figure out that!

~The Federation of Light~ Blossom Goodchild~11th Feb. 2010

~The Federation of Light~ Blossom Goodchild~11th Feb. 2010
For eons of your time it has been known by many that there are indeed Light ships in your skies. It is nothing new. And yet, it is only now in this day and age … that we can reveal Higher Truths … due to the upliftment of the vibration of your planet. The great plan is supremely on target and all is dwelling in its rightful place, in order for everything to come together in the Divinity of that which is proposed.There are many more now on your earth that have awoken to their own Divinity, which has brought forth this great change that is occurring at this very moment and shall continue to do so. It is so very exciting for us to KNOW that we are on the brink of revealing the secrets that have had to be kept from you … purely because your world was not ready to receive it.This Light of which we speak …. THIS DIVINE GRACE …. Again we stumble with the inadequacy of words … has travelled with the ‘Keepers of the Light’ in safety beyond measure … until such a time that it can be presented to you.

21st.June '09..You are speaking IN LIGHT. We are not a person or people. We have only Light form.

21st.June '09..You are speaking IN LIGHT. We are not a person or people. We have only Light form.
Are you still there? Nothing seems to be coming through all of a sudden.........We are thinking.........About what?........About the purest way to deliver to you that which we desire to speak to you about. For as you know … when words are involved they can be taken in … and yet not always interpreted in the manner that we are expressing. Therefore we are considering all options..........Okydoke. I was just checking. You must find us quite frustrating at times then … if we are not always receiving your words as you wish them to be understood?.............Frustrating would not be the word we choose. For it is the inner journey of the individual to find out our meanings for themselves. We try to be as explanatory as we are able, and yet we find it necessary also for you to do the work … in discovering the depth of the words in which we bring forth. Ones soul would never grow to its fullest capacity if all work was done for them. They would become rather autonomated … for it is the heart that needs to hear … not just the mind that needs to interpret that of which we speak

# 9 we feel the need to express our dismay at the lack of respect for one another.

# 9  we feel the need to express our dismay at the lack of respect for one another.
It appears that many more than we anticipated are under the influence of a book that has been contorted to suit the higher-archy of the period of when it was written and re written throughout your ages.How we are agog in shock regarding how little one listens to their inner TRUTH and OBEYS the indoctrination of words.To all those who consider us to be of a lesser Light we have something to say to you.........................OOHHH… I can feel quite a strength behind whatever it is that is about to be uttered forth… go for it guys ….............................Within the nation that is known as the Star Nation we know only of acceptance of our fellow beings. Whatever agenda they may have … we acknowledge their place and their part in the Grand DIVINE Scheme. We do not pull apart and rebuke others TRUTHS. We allow for TRUTHS of the individual mind set to be just that.We ask you to search your souls each and every one of you and listen to the TRUTH it can reveal to you. If you TRULY listen … then you would surely awaken to the fact that what is undeniably a mistruth has been ruling your planet for many time frames of your existence.

30th Jan Have we not said in past days that our ships are of enormous proportions

30th Jan Have we not said in past days that our ships are of enormous proportions
In your world ... in these delicate times there is taking place a shift in energies that is confusing the soul. Those ‘in the know’ are finding it difficult enough. Those in the ‘don’t know’ are feeling very downhearted about ‘The Whole’. The turmoil present on land and within the self is a direct result of the unfolding of the masterpiece that is known as The Divine Plan. If in the deepest place of your knowing you KNOW that the DIVINE is THE ONE TRUTH … THE ONLY TRUTH … then we ask you to TRUST in this tapestry as it unfolds.

As is now beginning to be understood, we resonate on an entirely different vibration from those on

As is now beginning to be understood, we resonate on an entirely different vibration from those on
17th Jan~You world speak of days of Atlantis, or Lemura … of worlds of advanced civilisations … and yet we say to you …… through YOUR CHOICE … you are here to bring about NOW a NEW WORLD that takes you beyond the glory of these past worlds that have been brought to your notice. For many of you here now … experienced these worlds then … and learned of things that are accepted not to be repeated. Your growth as a soul knows of downfalls/pitfalls brought about through greed and lack of full spirit . In other words as the soul separates from its TRUTH for selfish want, one has learned of the demise that such efforts bring about. This NEW WORLD as we have said is beyond imagination.

MEDITATION ADVICE ~ 14th.Dec.'09

MEDITATION ADVICE ~ 14th.Dec.'09
Firstly, it is a matter of disconnecting from the thoughts and mind turmoil that one resides in for most parts of their awake time. To be able to stop the mind is not always an easy task. So we suggest that you ask it to stop. Simply say ‘I ask the part of my mind that is busy with thoughts to stop for this time in which I choose to switch over to an empty space. In thanks’. It is always good to repeat these things three times. For three is a high vibrational number. The first time it is heard ... the second it is computed ... and the third it is sealed. Before this we suggest that you take three deep breathes....

7th Jan.'10~The Federation of Light resume communication after 3mths break.

7th Jan.'10~The Federation of Light resume communication after 3mths break.
It is with the greatest of Love and joy that we once again resume our networking with yourself and many upon your planet. Can you not feel your hearts beating faster with every new dawn? Are you not in tune with your Higher self these days in a manner that is so very different from former days? Does not the aching in your heart tell you that we are ever closer to that part of yourself that connects with us? On the whole … you could say that a proportion of the planet has risen significantly in order for much to take place that has been in the minds of many for decades of your time.

13th June~ Within those ‘new’ thoughts you would be rebuilding your planet.

13th June~ Within those ‘new’ thoughts you would be rebuilding your planet.
Hello my friends. As I was tuning in … I was presented with a velvet red rose, which then turned into a pink one. I saw the dew on the petals and I became so very peaceful. Assuming that was you guys … thank you.

APRIL11TH It is you of earth who have created this Higher vibration of Love.

APRIL11TH It is you of earth who have created this Higher vibration of Love.
~ Dear lady you can feel our excitement because there is much of it! It would be of much value to those of you on earth if you had been able to see the energy that was emanating from your planet. It was not only seen and felt by us, it was also monitored and the frequency level of warmth and Love was taken into a grid that surrounds your planet. There it shall remain doing the work it is there to do. As it settles you will begin to experience a different level of your individual selves. A Higher level of yourselves as a whole. It is valuable for you at this time to imagine your planet earth surrounded by a warm pink glow … for this is so! Breath this in …as you are automatically doing as you write in this moment are you not?

You are underestimating in your mind the vastness of our ships

You are underestimating in your mind the vastness of our ships
16th Sep For those of you who recognise themselves and acknowledge that they are here in this sacred time to assist, they will feel a difference within themselves that is unsurmountable There will be no more ‘what if’s’ or ‘buts’. There will be only understanding that all that has been foretold is underway. It is not beginning for it began in years past. We would say that you are in the midst of it NOW. And it cannot pass you by unnoticed. But it is for you to recognize it and use the energy that is now with you to the best of your ability. It is of no use accepting that stronger brighter more powerful energies have entered your world to align and balance and stabilize … if you do not incorporate utilizing these energies in your very breath. As you become aware of the intensity of these energies and allow each breath you take to ‘LIFT YOU UP’ then you will discover yourselves in a new LIGHT. It will be as if you look at your hands and are amazed at the difference in them. For although they have not changed …. Your perception of them has! This is once again what we call “The Turning Point’ dearest ones. Do you see? Because you are ‘inhaling’ the Higher energies you are adapting to their frequencies and therefore discovering all that they hold within them.

Monday, April 11, 2011

From me to you ... in LOVE. ~ BLOSSOM GOODCHILD ~





I have been with Blossom a few days ago and my heart is still smiling,she sends you her love and I thought I would post this here today off her blog,Grace was definately lending a hand. Love Kerrie xxx





Mar 20, 2011
From me to you ... in LOVE.

Dear Fellow Travellers.

I feel the urge-(ncy) to address a few matters and I ask for grace to lend a hand as I do so. I ask too that you understand that I know no more than the next person. I am just the messenger and yet I find myself in a position where upon many choose to read that which I have to say. I do not in any way underestimate the power and knowledge that each individual has gained and yet I feel it necessary, considering the mass of emails I have received since the March 16th channelling to clarify some things. So if I may …

In my opinion , for what it is worth , no matter what or who is the cause of any disaster, no matter what conflicting messages you read , no matter how much some of you are feeling afraid , I ask that you recognise ABOVE ALL the importance of remaining in YOUR LIGHT. ‘Yes yes yes’, I hear you say, ‘heard it all before’ … but clearly from some of the email received, many haven’t quite grasped this necessity. To do so has so many implications on so many levels, and I believe there are many we do not know about. Yet we must put our TRUST in the knowledge within our souls that the ONLY reason we are here at this time is to MAKE SURE that this LIGHT is magnified by us throughout ALL that is taking place.

I have been made aware of so many things over the last few years, some seem positively unreal , yet I KNOW they are not. The fear that is spreading around our planet at this time is to increase. There will be more for each if us to contend with on an even bigger scale. Am I saying this to scare you? NO! I am saying this, because my instinct tells me that this is so … and we need to prepare for it.

I urge you to reread the messages that The Federation of Light have brought to us. Read them over and over until you ‘GET IT’.

LOVE CONQUERS ALL. There is not one thing that cannot be overcome through LOVE.

BY FEELING LOVE within you … on the deepest most profound level you can … and then sending it out to the world and the people residing upon it … we can change everything .

Not so long ago The Federation sent this message to us and I FEEL it is worth a revisit.

"...Move from FEELING sorry for yourself and your world. If you continue in these last days of the old world to have your heart broken by all that you see around you, then you will continue to have your heart broken by all that you see around you. When your BEing is seized by sadness from a particular 'disaster' then BECOME aware that feeding that sadness out to those involved does not assist. Find in that moment of recognition your strength. Take a few deep breaths and change your thoughts to sunshine and laughter and imagining these souls affected by any particular disaster, laughing and Loving once again. Bring about the change through thought. This is so important. We desire that you see through that which is going on....that which is taking place. BE UPLIFTING...to all those around you....everywhere. BRING IN THE LOVING THOUGHTS in times when you would find it much easier to break down and shed tears for all those who are suffering in many ways. BRING IN THE LIGHT to that circumstance or situation. Shower YOUR LIGHT upon the places and the people that are suffering. DO YOU SEE...DO YOU SEE...DO YOU SEE? It is your Light that will make the difference to them. If you cry along with them, you are 'giving in' to that which is not of use. That which does not serve. We are not asking you to lose all sense of compassion. The very opposite. It is by being of strength and giving of Light that you are BEing compassionate."



You may FEEL that everything is out of our control. Change that FEELING to the exact opposite! EVERYTHING IS WITHIN OUR CONTROL. Because of LOVE. LOVE is the ultimate force. There is nothing that can overshadow LOVE. Certainly not fear!

Do you see? This is why The Federation repeatedly talk about the importance of becoming it. When we move into that place of BEING ONLY LOVE there can be no fear.

Many are afraid that death is to come to them also … through a planetary disaster … yet if this is to be so for some of us … what is there to fear? Seriously … what? Have we not ' Been there, done that' many times before? I understand that these souls that move on to other realms … are part of the greater plan. All those who have given up their lives through these different stages have done so because they KNOW it is all part of the plan. I KNOW in my heart they are now elsewhere and assisting from their new home.

WE ARE ALL ONE. We are the ONE DIVINE ENERGY. THAT ENERGY IS LOVE.

Through all thoughts that may be running around in your heads in these times, thoughts of ill health due to worldly situations, thoughts of any negative nature … recognise them instantly and transform them into thoughts of LOVE.

KNOW you are protected by LOVE. NOTHING … NOTHING can harm you when you REALLY TRULY 100% KNOW in your heart the reality of what LOVE IS … What it is capable of …When you REALLY TRULY 100% KNOW this inside of your BEING then you realise also that this LOVE of yours … this LOVE that YOU are … is the very same LOVE that is in everyone else. Can you IMAGINE … will you please IMAGINE with me … a world where in EVERYONE understands this LOVE that they are. To IMAGINE that … to FEEL that as a reality … will bring about such change.

Are we all doing our bit? Are we? It is about FEELING. Isn’t that what we have been asked to do? FEEL what we want our world to be. Imagining is not enough. We have to FEEL our desire in order for it to manifest.

ALL WE NEED TO DO … ALL THE TIME …. IS TO FEEL LOVE. The benefits are enormous , not just for the self , but it is the ANSWER TO OUR PRAYERS. Get it??

I wonder if you can FEEL right now as you read this … how my heart is FEELING? Words seem so inadequate to express. I understand now more than ever … our mission. We all have different roles to play … different avenues to follow in our hearts … yet each one of us are here ultimately to anchor this LOVE. Everything that is fighting against this will melt away. The power of LOVE surpasses all things. All that is happening around us CAN melt away if we put our FEELINGS of LOVE above all else.

There is an urgency now … it is of great importance that we move into position and play our part. Rise above all that you are fed to lower the frequency within you. Rise above all that no longer serves.

BRING THE LIGHT OF LOVE FROM HIGHER LEVELS INTO THIS DIMENSION.

This is what we came here to do … so with all respect to all … let’s stop pussy footing around … let’s stop pretending that we are pawns being thrashed about by those in control. Rubbish!

WE ARE TAKING BACK THAT WHICH IS RIGHTFULLY OURS. OUR FREEDOM!

LET'S GET THIS SHOW ON THE ROAD …. NOW!!!

PICK UP YOUR SWORD OF LIGHT.

SHINE IT UP.

POINT IT TO THE SKIES AND DECLARE THAT FROM THIS MOMENT ON …

THE BATTLE IS WON.

LOVE CONQUERS ALL!



Thank you for hearing me out.

In Love … through Love … as Love

Blossom Goodchild.

FROM ME TO YOU...IN LOVE ~ BLOSSOM GOODCHILD ~





I have been with Blossom a few days ago and my heart is still smiling,she sends you her love and I thought I would post this here today off her blog,Grace was definately lending a hand. Love Kerrie xxx





Mar 20, 2011
From me to you ... in LOVE.

Dear Fellow Travellers.

I feel the urge-(ncy) to address a few matters and I ask for grace to lend a hand as I do so. I ask too that you understand that I know no more than the next person. I am just the messenger and yet I find myself in a position where upon many choose to read that which I have to say. I do not in any way underestimate the power and knowledge that each individual has gained and yet I feel it necessary, considering the mass of emails I have received since the March 16th channelling to clarify some things. So if I may …

In my opinion , for what it is worth , no matter what or who is the cause of any disaster, no matter what conflicting messages you read , no matter how much some of you are feeling afraid , I ask that you recognise ABOVE ALL the importance of remaining in YOUR LIGHT. ‘Yes yes yes’, I hear you say, ‘heard it all before’ … but clearly from some of the email received, many haven’t quite grasped this necessity. To do so has so many implications on so many levels, and I believe there are many we do not know about. Yet we must put our TRUST in the knowledge within our souls that the ONLY reason we are here at this time is to MAKE SURE that this LIGHT is magnified by us throughout ALL that is taking place.

I have been made aware of so many things over the last few years, some seem positively unreal , yet I KNOW they are not. The fear that is spreading around our planet at this time is to increase. There will be more for each if us to contend with on an even bigger scale. Am I saying this to scare you? NO! I am saying this, because my instinct tells me that this is so … and we need to prepare for it.

I urge you to reread the messages that The Federation of Light have brought to us. Read them over and over until you ‘GET IT’.

LOVE CONQUERS ALL. There is not one thing that cannot be overcome through LOVE.

BY FEELING LOVE within you … on the deepest most profound level you can … and then sending it out to the world and the people residing upon it … we can change everything .

Not so long ago The Federation sent this message to us and I FEEL it is worth a revisit.

"...Move from FEELING sorry for yourself and your world. If you continue in these last days of the old world to have your heart broken by all that you see around you, then you will continue to have your heart broken by all that you see around you. When your BEing is seized by sadness from a particular 'disaster' then BECOME aware that feeding that sadness out to those involved does not assist. Find in that moment of recognition your strength. Take a few deep breaths and change your thoughts to sunshine and laughter and imagining these souls affected by any particular disaster, laughing and Loving once again. Bring about the change through thought. This is so important. We desire that you see through that which is going on....that which is taking place. BE UPLIFTING...to all those around you....everywhere. BRING IN THE LOVING THOUGHTS in times when you would find it much easier to break down and shed tears for all those who are suffering in many ways. BRING IN THE LIGHT to that circumstance or situation. Shower YOUR LIGHT upon the places and the people that are suffering. DO YOU SEE...DO YOU SEE...DO YOU SEE? It is your Light that will make the difference to them. If you cry along with them, you are 'giving in' to that which is not of use. That which does not serve. We are not asking you to lose all sense of compassion. The very opposite. It is by being of strength and giving of Light that you are BEing compassionate."



You may FEEL that everything is out of our control. Change that FEELING to the exact opposite! EVERYTHING IS WITHIN OUR CONTROL. Because of LOVE. LOVE is the ultimate force. There is nothing that can overshadow LOVE. Certainly not fear!

Do you see? This is why The Federation repeatedly talk about the importance of becoming it. When we move into that place of BEING ONLY LOVE there can be no fear.

Many are afraid that death is to come to them also … through a planetary disaster … yet if this is to be so for some of us … what is there to fear? Seriously … what? Have we not ' Been there, done that' many times before? I understand that these souls that move on to other realms … are part of the greater plan. All those who have given up their lives through these different stages have done so because they KNOW it is all part of the plan. I KNOW in my heart they are now elsewhere and assisting from their new home.

WE ARE ALL ONE. We are the ONE DIVINE ENERGY. THAT ENERGY IS LOVE.

Through all thoughts that may be running around in your heads in these times, thoughts of ill health due to worldly situations, thoughts of any negative nature … recognise them instantly and transform them into thoughts of LOVE.

KNOW you are protected by LOVE. NOTHING … NOTHING can harm you when you REALLY TRULY 100% KNOW in your heart the reality of what LOVE IS … What it is capable of …When you REALLY TRULY 100% KNOW this inside of your BEING then you realise also that this LOVE of yours … this LOVE that YOU are … is the very same LOVE that is in everyone else. Can you IMAGINE … will you please IMAGINE with me … a world where in EVERYONE understands this LOVE that they are. To IMAGINE that … to FEEL that as a reality … will bring about such change.

Are we all doing our bit? Are we? It is about FEELING. Isn’t that what we have been asked to do? FEEL what we want our world to be. Imagining is not enough. We have to FEEL our desire in order for it to manifest.

ALL WE NEED TO DO … ALL THE TIME …. IS TO FEEL LOVE. The benefits are enormous , not just for the self , but it is the ANSWER TO OUR PRAYERS. Get it??

I wonder if you can FEEL right now as you read this … how my heart is FEELING? Words seem so inadequate to express. I understand now more than ever … our mission. We all have different roles to play … different avenues to follow in our hearts … yet each one of us are here ultimately to anchor this LOVE. Everything that is fighting against this will melt away. The power of LOVE surpasses all things. All that is happening around us CAN melt away if we put our FEELINGS of LOVE above all else.

There is an urgency now … it is of great importance that we move into position and play our part. Rise above all that you are fed to lower the frequency within you. Rise above all that no longer serves.

BRING THE LIGHT OF LOVE FROM HIGHER LEVELS INTO THIS DIMENSION.

This is what we came here to do … so with all respect to all … let’s stop pussy footing around … let’s stop pretending that we are pawns being thrashed about by those in control. Rubbish!

WE ARE TAKING BACK THAT WHICH IS RIGHTFULLY OURS. OUR FREEDOM!

LET'S GET THIS SHOW ON THE ROAD …. NOW!!!

PICK UP YOUR SWORD OF LIGHT.

SHINE IT UP.

POINT IT TO THE SKIES AND DECLARE THAT FROM THIS MOMENT ON …

THE BATTLE IS WON.

LOVE CONQUERS ALL!



Thank you for hearing me out.

In Love … through Love … as Love

Blossom Goodchild.

Saturday, August 28, 2010

WHITE CLOUDS YOUTUBES 5 PARTS 20TH AUG.2010

I have just returned from Blossom's White Cloud show and at last here is my beloved White Cloud speaking through my beloved Blossom and all is as it should be in my world,my question to White Cloud is in the last youtube at the begining you can imagine what I asked:) ((Hugs)) Kerrie



Hello Good people.

So happy to announce (after 5 days of challenges!!!) that the YouTube of the White Cloud channelling that took place last week in Noosa has now gone up in 5 parts.

BLOSSOM GOODCHILD CHANNELS WHITE CLOUD AUG 2010..

Part 1 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=stHIiOL-UrI

Part 2 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ruzEPxKuM1U

Part 3 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QPcZ4OfcWu8

Part 4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AhhJvI4MxmA

Part 5 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PoC3G-y9nnM

So ... here 'WE" are .... My indian friend and me ... up close and personal!

I do hope you enjoy his wisdom and unconditional Love. Please help spread his message by passing these on, should you FEEL so inclined.

Many thanks to you.

Love Light Laughter and Golden Rays




Above is my question to White Cloud on Extraterrestrials part 5 ((Hugs)) Kerrie



Part 4 …White Cloud speaks on staying in your truth and how we were choosen to be here at this time due to our souls strength


Put on Blossom’s blog

Thanks so much Blossom for the youtubes, I have been busy!How beautiful was White Cloud! oh my God..... I keep watching the one he answered my question on over and over, (# 5)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PoC3G-y9nnM

and I loved #4

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PoC3G-y9nnM

where he talks on staying in YOUR truth,I can feel his love and his humor you are amazing and that is what people are saying on the sites I am taking them on already, they have never seen anything like it.Bless you for being you and I am so happy that we had a chance to talk the next day, it was good to talk about all of this that is happening, but what stays with me when things get too overwhelming is when we just talked about nothing, thank you for being our rock,it is not just your sense of humor Blossom that they choose you for this task, it is your ability to stay in your truth and in love against the odds

~ WE ARE GOING HOME DEAR FRIENDS ~((Hugs)) Kerrie


~ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT~ 9th May 2009

We are very much aware of the feelings of many of you. We are here to disperse those doubts, yet we cannot actually remove them for you. This you must do by yourselves for yourselves. How can we take away your right to evolve for yourself? The degree and pace in which you choose to reside within yourself is a right that we would not dream of interfering with. For indeed this is not our right. We merely are overseers of the Divine plan. We offer our knowledge of Light to you for we are aware of the bravery involved for ‘descending’ on to your planet to assist the whole. It indeed is no menial task and yet as Light warriors ... there you are ... and we are so very much in honour of the Light that so many of you are projecting forth in order to allow this great change to take place.

Tuesday, June 8, 2010

13th June 8pm WATER HEALING MEDITATION





Blessings beautiful hearts,
The OIL FLOW in the Gulf of Mexico - spreading through deep water currents, as well as, through middle column waters and surface currents is a serious situation for all marine life and humans dependant on them - that requires OUR COLLECTIVE LOVE & HEALING ENERGY. God/dess, The Family of Light, The Karmic Board, The Higher Council of Water Beings, Archangel Uriel, Archangel Sandalphon, and Gaila are offering humanity their Divine Intervention to assist us in clearing and healing the waters carrying the oil and all life affected by it. So if your heart sings to assist all water beings and all life dependent on them, we ask you to;

1. Please forward this message to your lists &
2. ORGANIZE A GROUP to do a “HEALING MEDITATION on the DEEP OCEAN OIL HOLE in the GULF OF MEXICO & CLEARING THE WATER CURRENTS CARRYING THIS OIL - TO NEUTRALIZE ITS TOXIC ACTION” – the 13 JUNE at 8pm YOUR LOCAL TIME.
___________ _________

OUR PLANET WILL BE - AS WE WISH IT TO BE !

WATER HEALING MEDITATION

Align to your Divine Presence, center yourselves and OPEN YOUR HEART CHAKRA – take your time to ensure you go into a deep state of altered consciousness

Intend you CREATE a GROUP HEART – by sending a stream of Translucent White Liquid Love-Light from your Heart Chakras to the centre of the group – Visualize this ONE HEART as a SPHERE OF WHITE LIQUID LOVE-LIGHT growing and CHARGE IT by sending into it: LOVE, COMPASSION, FORGIVENESS, ACCEPTANCE & HEALING POWER.

Ask for the Divine Intervention and assistance of God/dess, The Family of Light, The Karmic Board, The Higher Council of Water Beings, Archangel Uriel, Archangel Sandalphon, and Gaila to do this Water Healing.

Intend you send from your GROUP HEART, a large STREAM OF TRANSLUSCENT WHITE Liquid Love-Light to plug the hole in the bottom of the Gulf of Mexico.

VISUALIZE and INTEND YOU CREATE a CAP OF THICK WHITE LOVE-LIGHT FILLING, ENFOLDING & COVERING the piece of pipe through which the oil is leaking - at the bottom of the Caribbean Sea.

SEND more and more WAVES OF LIQUID LOVE LIGHT - CHARGED with LOVE, ACCEPTANCE, FORGIVENESS & HEALING POWER and STRENGTHEN that CAP for 10 minutes... Visualize the Cap becoming thick and very strong.. UNTIL NO MORE OIL CAN LEAK OUT OF IT.

VISUALIZE and INTEND YOU SEND STREAMS OF WHITE LIQUID LOVE-LIGHT into and enfolding the plumes of OIL SLEEK. FILL all DEEP WATER CURRENTS – MIDDLE COLUMN OF WATER CURRENTS AND SURFACE CURRENTS carrying oil – as if you were swimming underwater following them and fill and enfold them with Liquid Love-Light.

Now VISUALIZE the OIL PLUMES as if from a PLANE or SATELLITE: see these dispersed through the Gulf of Mexico and out into the Atlantic Ocean north and east. SEND STREAMS OF WHITE LIQUID LOVE-LIGHT into and surrounding these plumes of OIL - INTEND ALL TOXINS ARE NEUTRALIZED by the high frequency of vibration of the Love-Light that breaks down all molecules.

From your heart of hearts SEND YOUR LOVE to all WATER MOLECULES in the Caribbean Sea, in all estuaries in Gulf of Mexico and Florida, and in the Atlantic Ocean - asking them to revitalize now.

From your heart of hearts SEND YOUR LOVE & COMPASSION to all WATER BEINGS - from Plankton to Corals and Fish: from Oysters to Calamari; from Dolphins to Whales; from algae to Mangroves and Sea Grasses; from Sea Birds to Crocodiles and Turtles – wishing them to revitalize and heal now.

Finally SIT in the SILENCE with your Heart expanded with JOY & PEACE - and allow your Divine Presence, Gaia, Arch. Uriel and the Family of Light to continue this healing and to anchor this work in the physical plane through your own body. And open to receive Divine Dispensations for your Divine Service.

We bless you and thank you for your Divine Service.
Ama Ri Al – on behalf of Gaia, Archangel Uriel and the Higher Council

www.thedivineuniversity.com
Byron Bay
Australia

Thursday, June 3, 2010

Archangel Michael through Celia Fenn ~ Moving Beyond Atlantis Fear to the New Age of Love





Archangel Michael through Celia Fenn - http://www.starchildglobal.com/

THE RECONNECTION AND RECALIBRATION OF THE NEW "CENTER" FOR JOY AND RADIANCE IN THE LIGHT BODY

Beloved Family of Light, what a Joy it has been to serve with you on the Planet in these last two months with this beloved channel. We have enjoyed so much being present with groups of you and sharing our Light and Energy in the Middle East and in Europe. This has been a time of great acceleration and change as the old falls away and the new emerges into manifestation, and as we worked with you we shared in your Joy and Radiance.

We have heard stories, though, that the Archangel Michael energy left the planet in May and was relaced by another energy. We would like to say that rumours of our demise were greatly exaggerated, and that we are with you still and will continue to evolve and grow with you and in harmony with the other Beings of Light that are currently called "Archangels". Yet, our roles as watchers and observers and helpers is changing, and we are indeed moving into our new positions to work with you in ever more powerful and supportive ways as Co-creators in the Light. For, in this New Earth, you are the Masters of Light and Creation, and we serve you by assisting you in your creations and manifestations. We serve to share Light and Information so that you may better carry out your work as Co-Creators of the New Earth in mature and empowered ways.

Beloved Ones, it is not our role to predict the future or tell you what to do or what will be, for that would be to limit the range of possibilities within your creative energies. No, our role is to share our perspectives on the changing energies so that you may be better prepared to make the choices that you need, both as individuals and as a collective, so that you might evolve and grow in the best possible way for you.

So, indeed, we continue to serve you in the Light, with Humility and Grace and Gratitude for the Unfolding of the Divine Will on Planet Earth.


The New "Center of Gravity" and the Light Body Recalibration


First, we would speak to you of the deep changes and transformations in your Light Body Geometries and in your DNA patterns, that have accelerated your transformation in the last few months.
These changes began in May of 2009, when you made the Light Body Collective Reconnection with the Elemental Realms. Then, in November of 2009, you reconnected with the Cosmic Heart Energy through the activation of the Sacred Rose Grids on the Earth and in your Light Bodies. These activations led to rapid evolution within the multi-dimensional energy fields, and your Light Body has formed a new energy center or chakra between the Heart Chakra and the Throat Chakra to be the "Connection Chakra" or Connection Center of Balance for life in the Fifth Dimensional New Earth.

This new chakra vortex lies above the Thymus Glad and links the High Heart, as the center of Unconditional Love and Compassion and Oneness, with the Throat Center, as the Center of Creation and Manifestation of the Will in alignment with Divine Will. It will be the point of Balance of the Light Body/Physical Body in the New Earth and will assist in raising the Frequency of all bodies into Joy and Ecstasy.

Beloved Ones, activating this new energy vortex will enable you to feel more balanced and at ease in the influx of new energies. Your "center" will be held between Compassion and Creation, and you will feel the frequency of Joy in this new confuguration.

As you transition to this new alignment, you may experience some physical symptoms of deep clearing in this area that will be similar to flu and bronchitis. Painful throat, loss of voice, coughing and congestion and difficulty in breathing clearly. There may also be symptoms in the sinus and nose area as the meridians between the brow chakra area are aligned and connected.

At the completion of the process, Beloved Ones, you should feel clearer and lighter, and your hearing and vision may be enhanced significantly.

But, Beloved Ones, the purpose of this new center is to Transmit and Receive information on the Multi-Dimensional frequencies of the New Earth. You will be receiving more information on more frequencies and you will be transmitting more information to others. The result of this recalibration will be that huge amounts of information will be coming in and going out, and you may initially feel overloaded and unable to cope with the intensity and the speed. But, soon the Light Body/Physical Body complex will adjust and you will become accustomed to these new aspects of your self.

We will explain just briefly, what you may expect with these new alignments. Firstly, you will find that not only are you receiving more information, but you are hearing and understanding more and on deeper levels. You are able to "read" more of any given situation or communication. That is because you are now also receiving the Heart and Throat energies transmissions of these new frequencies very clearly, and can determine the love and will to create that motivates the communication. Of course, where a Being has not yet activated this center in their Light Body, you will immediately "feel" that this person is still operating from the old centers of ego power and manipulation, and you can formulate your responses accordingly. These "feelings" will be transmitted and received in this new center and will be energies or frequencies received with the words and images.

Beloveds, you will find too that your own communication will become deeper and more heart felt. You will feel the need to express deeply and from the heart. Your feelings and desires will be transmitted quite clearly along with your words and images to those who are aligned to receive such transmissions with Joy. Of course, those not yet aligned may not receive these transmissions and may still receive your words on the old levels of ego power, and so there may be misunderstandings and a failure of communication in such cases.

But, Beloved Ones, above all, being situated at this new center will allow you to access the frequency of Joy more clearly. You will feel increasing waves of contentment, love, ecstasy and bliss as your Love and Will to Create is given and received in Beautiful Harmony in these new frequencies.

The Role of the Dolphin Matrix

The Cetacean Family of Light has agreed to be of assistance to Humanity in this Collective Change. The Whales are supporting the changes in the Global DNA matrix, and the Dolphins are spinning out a "Dolphin Matrix" of energy that specifically supports and activates these new changes in the Light Body Field and the DNA.

The Dolphin Matrix Codes were received from the Cosmic Heart by the Dolphin Pod Family at Eilat in the Red Sea area of Israel. These Dolphins hold the energy of Love and Joy for the Middle East and work to transmit these frequencies into the area to creeate the template of Peace and Joy that will replace the old energies of duality and conflict.

The Eilat Dolphins transmitted these Light Codes to the Planetary Dolphin Family who immediately created the new Global Dolphin Matrix which is supporting these new activations and recodings of the DNA.

The Energy Codes of the Dolphin Matrix may be received as Energy Transmissions and activations from the Dolphin family or by those who are able to channel these frequencies as activations from the Dolphins and the Dolphin Matrix.

The Dolphin Family of Light are assisting with this phase of the work because of their role as Keepers of the Human DNA and its template of Holograhic Possibility Equations. They are the Masters of DNA recalibration and are able to shift old energies very quickly with their healing frequencies. Also, they work in a frequency of Joy and Playfulness that is perfectly suited to the energy of the New Earth.

Beloved Ones, as thre energies accelerate to 2012 and beyond, the Dolphin Energy Transmissions will be a valuable assistance in helping you to align with the Dolphin Matrix and to activate the new "center" for the New Earth.

Releasing "Catastrophobia" and Moving Beyond Atlantis Fear to the New Age of Love

Beloved Family of Light, as you move into the new space of Joy and Love and Radiance, you will increasingly move away from the old ego energies of guilt and low self-esteem. With this, you will heal at last a long standing "wound" in the Collective Psyche, the wound that produces ongoing fear of catastrophe and destruction by an angry and avenging Earth Mother.
Beloved Ones, the Earth is not angry, the Divine Light unfolds in perfection as she renews herself. It is time to release the Atlantis drama of Global destruction and catastrophe and to replace it with the path of Higher Love and Graceful Evolution. All is in Divine Order.

Those films and prophecies of disaster that portray catastrophe around 2012 are designed to finally release all the negative patterns from your collective consciousness and to heal them to make way for new patterns of Creative Love and Joy. When these dire prophecies are not fulfilled, you will be able to let go and fully enter into the Joy of Life as a Master of Light on Planet Earth, beyond fear and catastrophobia, and able to Enjoy all that is given with Gratitude.

So, Beloved Family of Light, we ask that you hold the intention for a graceful transition into the New Earth without catastrophe or suffering. We ask you to expect the absolute Joy of the New Earth Rising, and nothing less! Release the Past, Live in the Preasent Moment and embrace what will come, for it will be an expression of Divine Grace and Love and will be Perfect in itself, as is all Life.


The Solar System Energies in May/June 2010


The Full Moon in Sagittarius falls on the 27th of May. The Sun will be in Gemini and the Moon in Sagittarius. This Fire Moon provides the stimulus for an advance in Spiritual Wisdom and a Unification of Spirit and Matter at Higher Frequencies of Light. It provides the energy for a "leap" forward, that together with the other new energies makes this a very powerful time of expansion and growth. Quiet meditation and focus on the energies of Peace and Love and Joy would be advised at this time. Of course, dancing and celebration would also be a good idea!
On the 6th of June, the Planet Jupiter moves into the first house of Aries to begin a new cycle of expansion and blessing. This will also support the energies of transformation and growth on a personal level as well as the Collective level. On the 12th of June, the New Moon falls in Geminiu, the sign of the Twins. In the New Energy this sign signifies the balance of Masculine and Feminine energies in the ascended Fifth Dimensional Being, and it is a good time to focus on this balance and to work with the Sacred Heart Meditation to seed Balance into your life in this next phase of the Year.

On the 21st of June, will be the Earth Solstice celebration, when you experience that moment when the Planet shifts its movement to allow for the change of the seasons. In the North it will mark the longest day and the shortest night, and in the South it will be the shortest day and the longest night. This Solstice will be a gateway that will prepare for the flood of high frequency light energy that will enter the Planet on the 26th of July at the opening of the Lion's Gate and the beginning of the Planetary New Year.

The Full Moon in Capricorn falls on the 26th of June, along with a Partial Lunar Eclipse. This Lunar Alignment will also prepare the Earth to receive the New Light Codes for 2011 that will be initiated into the Earth Grids in late July and early August of 2010. These will be "tuned" into Harmonic Expression and Manifestation at the three stellar "stargates" on the 10/10/10 and the 11/11 and the 12/12. Of these, the 10/10/10 on the 10th of October will be the most powerful, and we will speak more of this at a later time.

We wish you Joy, Love and Bliss in Life's ongoing Adventure!

Thursday, April 8, 2010

My thoughts on The Federation of Lights April 9th 2010 channel



We are being shown 5th dimensional thinking here from heart to the head instead of emotional 3rd dimensional thinking from head to the heart,when it is 3rd dimensional thinking we can feel emotions (which is what this experience is all about)we feel great excitement but then we add to it thoughts from our past or expectations for our future that can turn that joy into feelings of failure and victim hood etc.this is how we must learn to control our thoughts and practice self love and forgiveness, bring it on lets create a New Earth, my crayons are ready and waiting! getting there! heaps of forgiving going on as I release low vibration thoughts, but I need help, especially with this feminine 'pain body' that rears up when I connect to it at times Theo (12 Archangels channeled through Sheila Gillett say it is due to centuries of suppression,so we are healing past lives as well, they refer to it as soul intergration, here is the link to the Divine Feminine Radio show that explaines it so well

https://www.asktheo.com/dev/content/view/87/129/

16th May ~The Federation of Light ~
When one is feeling the ‘squeeze’, when one is wanting to ‘give up hope’ … remember the Light, the flame within your soul, within your heart space that cannot and will not go out…

This is why YOU were chosen to be on earth NOW. Because each one of YOU has the Light within you to shine out to the Earth and the changes that are now occurring. YOU were given this opportunity to BE who you are in a place that is not where you Truly belong. As we have said you came here to assist in the uplifting of THE WHOLE. You are the warriors who have been awarded this position. Therefore dearest souls of Light, Beings of Love, take heart in this understanding of yourselves. When you recognise what is taking place, it is for you to recall the knowing you were ‘briefed’ with before you took your place within this transition. When you allow yourself to recall your mission, then indeed you will feel your strength return. Your purpose shall be once again acknowledged by your inner KNOWING.

link to full channel http://thefederationoflight.ning.com/forum/topics/16th-sep-for-those-of-you-who
April 9, 2010 11:55 AM
Publish

Tuesday, March 30, 2010

PLEASE VOTE!!!!!



For 10 years now Blossom Goodchild has worked hard on getting the messages that are brought through her from both White Cloud and The Federation of Light to as many people as possible. These messages have been transcribed into books as well as given freely in the last two years on her website. And NOW it is her chance to REALLY get these messages out to the world she has entered a competition called ‘THE NEXT TOP SPIRITUAL AUTHOR’. Would you do her the honour of going to :http://www.NextTopAuthor.com/?aid=1870 where you can watch her video and then make a vote.


For 10 years now I have worked hard on getting the messages that are brought through me from both White Cloud and The Federation of Light to as many people as possible. These messages have been transcribed into books as well as given freely in the last two years on my website.

And NOW my chance to REALLY get these messages out to the world has arrived!!

I have entered a competition called ‘THE NEXT TOP SPIRITUAL AUTHOR’.

Would you do me the honour of going to :

http://www.NextTopAuthor.com/?aid=1870

where you can watch my video and then make a vote.
Blossom Goodchild
THE BRIDGE.
AN EXPLANATION OF THE PAST AND A PROMISE OF THE FUTURE.


The Bridge Top Author Comp. from Blossom Goodchild on Vimeo.





Book Description: The Federation of Light are an organisation of Highly evolved Light Beings who have been observing our planet for millenia. In 'THE BRIDGE' they explain how we can heal ourselves and the planet and how to prepare ourselves for their imminent arrival. They will come in Love, to assist with the transition as the vibration changes and we evolve back into the LOVE that is our Truth. They come to show us the path home. If your heart has been calling to the skies then this is the book for you. The star people are inviting you to reconnect with them and fulfil your earthly purpose.


Blossom Goodchild: I trained as an actress and worked professionally in both musical theatre and drama in the U.K. Since moving to Australia in 2001 I have performed in numerous stage productions including working with Australia's premiere playwrite David Williamson and starred in the one woman show Shirley Valentine.I recently played the female lead in the new spiritual musical 'Moments'. I am currently producing my own solo show called 'Watch Me Blossom'! In addition ... I have also been blessed with another gift, in that I am a Direct Voice Channelling Medium working with spirit and Light energies. I have been channelling the Native American Indian Spirit Energy, White Cloud for ten years now and share his messages of Unconditional Love by means of personal readings, books, meditation CD's and group meetings. I also began communication with the Energy known as The Federation Of Light in 2005. These channellings are now world renowned and independently posted on innumerous websites as well as being translated into Spannish, Portuguese, German, Dutch and Chinese by avid followers on an ongoing basis. I feel very priviedged to live on the Sunshine Coast Qld ,with my husband Goody where I continue to combine both my passion for performing and my spiritual work.

http://www.blossomgoodchild.com

Tuesday, March 2, 2010

THE NEW EARTH and THE EXTRATERRESTRIALS ROLE




THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth

http://www.thenewearth.org/newearth2.html



Book II:
THE EARTH CHANGES
[13th Edition - 2009]




Deutsche Übersetzung: 'DIE NEUE ERDE' - Buch 2: Die Veränderungen der Erde
http://dieneueerde-buch2.blog.de


Algunos capitulos del Libro II: El Renacimiento de la Tierra
puedes encontrarlos traducidos al Español.
LA NUEVA TIERRA



Introduction to the Coming Earth Changes
Chapter 1: ANCIENT PROPHECIES
Chapter 2: A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL
Chapter 3: PROPHETS OF OUR TIME
Chapter 4: CLEANSING PLANET EARTH
Chapter 5: THE HIGHER PLAN
Chapter 6: TIME FOR CHOICE
Chapter 7: THE FLYING SAUCERS
Chapter 8: HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP
Chapter 9: PLANNING A NEW WORLD
Chapter 10: Earth Changes: Updates from the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael





Introduction to the Coming Earth Changes


We need at this time to become aware that we are surrounded by millions of other worlds teeming with intelligent life. Many are vastly more advanced than our own world, most living on a higher vibration-rate Plane or "Dimension" than Earth's dense-physical "Third Dimension". A large group of these worlds have been watching over us ever since the creation of our Planet, occasionally protecting us from attacks by particularly dark extraterrestrial forces that unfortunately also exist within our Galaxy. However, they have never wished to unduly interfere with our evolution in a world where we have all come expressly to experience the lessons of extreme "Duality" - the fight and resolution of differences between the Forces of Light and Darkness - the Positive versus the Negative. Because of our self-imposed lessons undertaken to learn from the effects of Duality - the eternal fight between Good and Evil and its final resolution - we are shrouded from the Higher Worlds under a opaque "Veil of Separation" which cuts us off from awareness and contact with higher worlds. This we need to have in order to force us to concentrate on our task in hand, without our ability to skip this difficult task and make an easy escape to an easier life on the higher Worlds of Light.
Therefore, our Space Brothers from the more advanced worlds have up to now been forced to limit knowledge of their presence to only those Earth Humans who have over many lives developed an extra-sensory psychic ability to "see" higher Dimensions and communicate through psychic channeling. Nonetheless, our extraterrestrial visitors have at times tried to communicate directly with either our Governments or our Media, particularly in a wish to warn them of the extreme dangers to us and them of developing the Hydrogen bomb and also of the coming "Earth Changes". However, our Governments, fearing the loss of their control over us, have conducted since World War II a major "Cover Up" of their existence and their messages, and at the same time intimidated the world's Media into ignoring the reports of their appearance in our skies. The Governments have nevertheless at the same time created their own secret files of the numerous UFO reports supplied by their Military Forces and quietly filed them away in Top-Secret Archives inaccessible to public scrutiny.

Nonetheless, at the same time there have been many thousands of unofficial reported "flying-saucer" or UFO sightings and quite a few direct contacts made to individuals. Though these have been consistently ignored by the mainstream Media, they have nonetheless found their way to the attention of the more limited circles of Earth's "Lightworkers". One of the first major "Contactees" was George Adamski, who wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his actual physical contacts with the Space visitors and also his transportation up in their "flying saucer" Scout-ships to the large Motherships overhead. In particular, in his second book, "Inside the Space Ships", he describes in great detail the interiors of these Motherships and recounts his many conversations with their Commanders and other onboard Spiritual Leaders. A few years later a Brazilian, Dino Kraspedon, also published a book describing his meeting with the Captain of a 300-foot Flying Saucer Scout, who gave him much useful scientific information about space travel and their methods of propulsion. The Captain explained how they can move at high speeds through our atmosphere by creating a vacuum around the Scouts by ionizing the air surrounding the craft, thus preventing atmospheric friction and also providing for high forward and vertical thrust. He at the same time also gave us some of the first available information on the approaching major End of Age "Earth Changes" involving our Planet. (For an extended excerpt of the Book, click on: "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon).

Another extraterrestrial phenomenon that has surfaced during the last two decades has been the thousands of perfectly formed "Crop Circles" which mysteriously appear overnight in crop fields, especially in Britain, leaving us with many beautiful and complex patterns. These have all been very well documented in quite a few books and also as photographs on the Internet.

Although our Space Visitors have up to now been limited to few contacts, they now promise that they will very soon make their appearance as part of their "First Contact Mission", firstly in the form of a major sighting of one of their larger craft in our skies, followed several months later when we have fully absorbed this information, by a series of Earth landings. This they would prefer to do when our Governments at least accept, and even announce their existence, and also open up their Secret UFO files to the general public.

As a matter of fact, the French Government has just recently opened its secret UFO files to researchers, and also in March 2008 the British Government itself announced plans to make its UFO documents public. The British documents are made up of the hundreds of documented sightings over the last 10 years of UFOs across the UK and provided by their Ministry of Defense. There was also recently convened an extraordinary secret United Nations Meeting, held on the 12th of February 2008 at the United Nations in New York, to discuss UFOs/extraterrestrial life. The issue of recent UFO sightings was one of many topics discussed, including a discussion about the unprecedented number of UFO sightings in 2007/2008. Security around the meeting was intense: everyone was searched; pens, pins, key chain items were collected at the door and even Member's UN Security Cards were temporarily taken charge of. These Secret Meetings were attended by 40 Representatives of over 28 Member States. A document was then circulated in the Meeting about an offer made by the Extraterrestrials to help prepare Humanity for disclosure of their existence. They also discussed UN's stand on the release of secret technologies provided by the Extraterrestrials enabling the development of "free energy" sources. A similar document was later circulated directly to the relevant Ministries of all attending 28 Member States.

The Galactic Federation of Light for our Galaxy have in the meantime, since World War II, been attempting to communicate warnings to our Scientific Community and Governments about the extreme dangers in the development of nuclear devices. They have in particular expressed a major concern about our development of the Hydrogen Bomb. Hydrogen, they say, is a basic living element permeating our surrounding Ethers, and a large scale use of Hydrogen bombs would set off a massive chain-reaction conflagration throughout the Ethers of Space as well as destroying our Planet. The Galactic Federation have already been forced several times, through the use of their high-technology, to prevent this from happening.

However, an even more important message given by the various members of Galactic Federation has been to warn us of the coming "Earth Changes". This is connected with the ending of a major two-hundred million year-long "Grand Universal Age", when all our Universes, Galaxies and Solar Systems are each destined to move up to a higher dimensional plane. This ending of a Grand Universal Age is also when our own Solar Ring has completed its two-hundred million year orbit around the Galaxy's Galactic Core, and also when our entire Galaxy completes its infinitely longer orbit around the Great Central Sun of the Universe. At this time it coincides with the ending of Earth's 2000 year-long Piscean Age, commencing at the time of the Birth of Christ and finishing by the end of 2012. This has been laid out in the Mayan Calendar. A new "Aquarian Age" will commence at the beginning of the year 2013, ushering in a long-prophesied "Golden Age of Peace" on Earth lasting over two thousand years.

There have been many other prophesies of these coming End-Times, particularly in the Christian Bible's "Book of Revelations". This has been known as the final "Day of Judgement" and as the "Second Coming of Christ". A similar message has over the years been given by the many Esoteric Schools of Higher Spiritual Knowledge on Earth, confirming the ending of the long and major Universal Cycle.

Earth, along with all the other inhabited worlds of our Galaxy and Universe, is therefore at this time about to make its "Ascension" up to a higher "Dimensional" plane. In our case, we shall be Ascending from our present dense physical "Third Dimension" vibration level, up through the Fourth Dimension of which we are already on the lower edge (and which many of our neighboring planets have up to now been on), up to the Fifth Dimension. This rapid move upwards is unprecedented for any other known world civilisation. Our neighboring Planets will themselves also be Ascending up to the Fifth Dimension. Most Lighworkers on Earth have come down here as "Starseeds" from other Planets and Star Systems and therefore have already had an experience of living on higher Dimensions and in more advanced worlds, so the changes will not be such a great difficulty for them. However, those many younger Souls, many to be found in the less developed countries, may not yet be ready to make such a steep evolutionary jump, and will be lovingly relocated in some of the other Solar Systems still capable of supporting the Third Dimension. Those who are able to make the Ascension up to the Fifth Dimension will return after a short period during which they will either be lifted up to the Galactic Federation's Mother Ships or remain on Earth within a relatively short period of "Stasis" (suspended animation) to a partialy rejuvenated and cleansed New Earth. We shall then work with our new Galactic friends to consciously create a beautiful new green "Garden of Eden" environment with Humans at last living in a peaceful, loving and compassionate society.

Before our Planet can move up to such a high Dimensional Plane, it will need to go through a surface cleansing of the worst of the environmental detritus and destructive effects caused by Humanity in the past. This will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation's Forces who have the technology to do this within several months or perhaps up to over a year. During this much needed major Planetary cleansing period, certain surface areas may go through some fairly major upheavals. Those Humans inhabiting those areas who are ready for Ascension will be lifted off by the Galactic Federation's Scout Craft, and some will be taken up to the overhead Motherships. Others, through their own choice, will be taken down into the interior hollow "Inner Earth", at present the seat of an existing Fourth-dimensional civilization named "Aghartha". This ancient civilization, at present little known to us surface dwellers, lives an idyllic life within the hollow interior of Earth's planetary crust, in a pristine environment of verdant landscapes, rivers, lakes, crystal cities, all of which are illuminated by its own interior Sun, part of the high-density core of Planet Earth. [More information on the Inner Earth is available at the Link "The Inner Earth & Realm of Aghartha" at the end of Book II]

Those of us who are not at this time ready to make the Ascension up to the Fifth Dimension, will need to be relocated to another Third-dimensional World within yet another Solar System. There they will commence from the ground up a new round of Third-dimensional physical evolution lasting at least 50,000 years. Otherwise, those whose emotions and concentration on their own self-interest at the expense of others which is still firmly rooted in the lower Third-dimension vibration would find themselves in intolerable discomfort at the Fifth Dimension. They would no longer be able to express their many lower level desires and strong emotions needing to be learnt from and resolved.

Those of us planning and hoping to Ascend up to the Fifth Dimension therefore need at this time to concentrate on changing our motivation of Self-promotion at the expense of others, to move away from a "survival-mode" of subjective concentration on pure self-interest with its natural tendency towards competitive individualism and domination of others. We now have to embrace a new attitude of unselfish "service to others" without subjective thoughts of personal gain, and follow a life of giving unconditional love, forgiveness and mutual tolerance to those around us.

We shall at this time be acquiring a Second Sun for our Solar System. This will be done through the ignition of the Planet Jupiter into a nova of light. This event will cause some surface changes and a possible a five degree alteration of the Earth's Polar Axis which itself will cause major earthquakes, extremely heavy winds, tidal waves, and floods. Previous shiftings of the Planet's Polar Axis have been well-documented historically: entire continental landmasses have either been submerged beneath the oceans in the past, or raised up to become some of today's highest mountain ranges. Seashells and skeletons of fish have been found high up in the Himalayas and the Andes. The great plains of the USA from Mexico to Alaska are known to have been under the sea, and today's Eastern coast of America was the 'shore-line' of what are now the Appalachian Mountains. The North and South Poles have also shown to have moved rapidly to new positions with evidence of dramatic surface and climatic changes. This aspect was first discovered in 1799, when frozen bodies of mammoths were unearthed in the tundra of Siberia, their stomachs containing freshly eaten grasses and leaves normally belonging to tropical regions thousands of miles to the South. Former tropical coral reefs have also been discovered as far north as Spitzbergen, within what is now the Polar Circle. Coal deposits found in Antarctica indicate that the area was once covered by equatorial forests.

We need to also become aware that Mother Earth (or Gaia) is herself a highly evolved Spirit ensouling the Planet. She now awaits impatiently for her long-desired Ascension up to the Fifth Dimension. She has up to now had to maintain a long and painful duty of supporting a lowly evolved combative and turbulent Humanity as part of her Celestial Service "Contract". However, before she can Ascend, she needs to cleanse her Planetary Body of all the past pollution, damage and detritus that Humanity has accumulated on her surface. Her Planetary Body has reached such a complete ecological breakdown and disorder that she simply could not, or would not want to, move up to a more Ethereal density until it is thoroughly cleansed. The many areas of interior blasting within her crust and Humanity's increasing extraction of oil has also caused her much physical distress. Oil is in fact the very "life-blood" of her Planetary Body, part of the system that helps to lubricate the tectonic plates and thus keep them locked together. An insufficient quantity of this substance at the intersection of two major continental plates resulted in the massive underwater Sumatra Earthquake and Tsunami of December 2004. The Galactic Federation with their advanced technology will help us undertake much of this work.

Humanity has to also go through the process of erasing all of its own past negative "Karma" before Ascending. We must balance out all our past Karmaic Debts with those that we have previously harmed and forgive those that we consider have wronged us. Many of our long repressed emotional hurts and historical grievances accumulated over thousands of incarnations, and held as deep scars within our Soul and our DNA, must now be brought to the surface, resolved and transmuted.

At this time we can see much of this going on as a world-wide activity of resolving past Karma, plainly visible in the many settlings of historical grievances, such as in the present day conflicts within the Middle East. Here we see the re-surfacing of the old Christian-Muslim conflict which was first generated, and never resolved, during the time of the Crusades.

In conjunction with the ending of the present Universal Age, there is at this time being enacted, as a Divine Decree from our Prime Creator, a major "clean-up" within our Universe and Galaxy of all the "Forces of Darkness", some of which was an infestation of darkness from an outside Creation in the Great Void. This is at last bringing a final end to over 500 million years of darkness by the invasive Dark Forces which originated from another outside Creation in the Great Void which subtly infiltrated our own Realms of Light (more information on this in Book I, Chapter 10). Apart from quietly infiltrating into our many Worlds of Light with their darkness, they also then created many of their own Dark Worlds within our Galaxy and Universe. They have left behind them in their demise a scene of much destruction and damage within our Universe and Galaxies, now at last being restored.

Planet Earth up to now has existed at one of the most dense levels of the Third Dimension with the lowest vibrational level, and has also had a function as a virtual "Prison Planet/Remand Center" for many of the most negative and destructive Beings within our Universe brought here for reform. It has also had a second function as a "kindergarten" for large numbers of young Human souls starting out on their long evolutionary path, many to be found in Earth's developing countries. They came here mainly to learn how to control their as yet undeveloped emotional responses, with their inherent tendency towards descending into violent conflict when conditions get difficult. Through a long process of heavy Earth-level trials and tribulations, they eventually learn to develop a deeper respect for others and for the sanctity of life. Assisting them in this task are many "Light Workers" who have incarnated here for this purpose from more advanced worlds. They themselves are also helping in the advancement of civilisation in the rest of the World's more developed countries.

Planet Earth is the "Bestowal Planet" of the Creator Son of our own Universe of Nebadon, Christ Michael ATON. He has given our Planet a role as the Galaxy's special "Museum of Bio-diversity", bringing together all the diversity of biological life found throughout the Universe. Many of the original Human settlers of Planet Earth, brought here millions of year ago in the Mother Ships of the Galactic Federation, were also a specially selected team of volunteer "Celestial Gardeners". They pledged at the time to help develop new and better varieties of plant and animal life for this new Galactic Museum and made a long-term "contract" to remain here as Stewards of Earth until a virtual "Garden of Eden" was finally established. Although they were eventually dragged down into lower and lower levels of dense physicality by the various invasions by the Dark Forces within our Galaxy, they nevertheless maintained a Sacred Pledge to return here repeatedly until their job was finally done. Millions of years later, many are still here to carry on the work of developing a yet more beautiful and diverse Planet.

Our Divine Planetary role as the Biological Museum and Showcase for the Galaxy explains why, even within our existing badly damaged environment, we are endowed with such an amazing rich variety of plant and animal life. Our Planet is already considered by the other Worlds as being potentially one of the most beautiful Green Water-Planets within our Galaxy. The future New Earth, once it is on the Fifth Dimension, is destined to further develop this great wealth and variety of life to even greater heights, creating a true Celestial "Garden of Eden" not only for our own enjoyment, but for the education and enjoyment of all the other Worlds. We shall also be a great center of learning through the Inner Earth's Great Library of Porthologos which has stored all the Akashic records for our whole Universe. This Library made up of a massive crystal-records collection was established millions of years ago and will become available not only to the New Earth surface inhabitants, but also to visitors from other worlds (for more information on this, see the Link to the "Inner Earth" at the end of this Book II).

Apart from co-creating with our Galactic friends a beautiful green new world, we shall also be developing new and improved social systems to become an exemplary Showcase World of Peace. We shall be moving from our inherent natural focus on "self-interest" at the start of our evolution to now developing our focus on "serving others" for the benefit of the whole. We shall be demonstrating ourselves as a loving and cooperative society through gaining a deeper respect for the integrity and rights of others. This greater attitude of mutual respect, will be incorporated as our guiding political principle, to be known as the Principle of Liberty or Principle of Non-Injury, in which we take all possible steps to avoid intruding into, or causing injury to, another's Path of Evolution. This Principle will be exemplified by a personal and social moral-behaviour code of "do unto others only as you would have them do unto you".



Chapter 1:
ANCIENT PROPHECIES


Many Biblical predictions have for long told us clearly and graphically of the coming "Final Day of Judgment", the "Second Coming of The Christ" and of our final reward of an Ascension up to the Heavenly realms.

The old Biblical "Final Day of Judgment" was traditionally divided into several different sequences, starting with the "Rapture", in which those who are "just and faithful to the ways of the Lord" are lifted up to the Heavens to avoid the "Tribulation" which follows. Then will the "Wrath of the Lord" descend upon those who have failed their Final Judgment followed by a great cleansing of Earth. A small "Remnant" who repent and learn to change their ways would possibly survive the Tribulation and emerge from their hiding places underground and in caves to commence a glorious new Millennium, a prophesied 1,000-year Golden Age of Peace, to be started off with the Second Coming of The Christ to Earth as the "Prince of Peace, King of Kings and Lord of Lords".

Isaiah describes the Tribulation graphically in the Old Testament:

"Behold the day of the Lord cometh cruel both with wrath and fierce anger to lay the Land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of Heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the Sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the Moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will punish the World for their evil and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the Terrible. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man the Golden Wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the Heavens, and the Earth shall remove out of her place". [Isaiah 13: 9-13]

The New Testament gives four major prophecies of the Final Day of Judgment and the Second Coming of The Christ: from the Apostles Mark, Luke and Matthew, and the Book of Revelations by St. John of the Island of Patmos.

In the Gospel according to St Luke, Jesus speaks of the "Signs before the End" and the "Second Coming":

"The days will come, in which there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Nation shall rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom: and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from Heaven.

And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the stars; and upon the Earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and waves roaring; men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the Earth: for the powers of Heaven shall be shaken.

And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh". [Luke 21: 6, 10, 25-28]

Likewise from St Matthew:

"For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened. Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the Angels of Heaven, but my Father only". [Matthew 24: 21-22; 29, 36]

In the Book of Revelations, St John the Divine was given a vision in which a High Angel broke seven seals, each containing a revelation, a future vision:

"And I beheld when he had opened the Sixth Seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; and the stars of Heaven fell unto the Earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

And the Heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

And when he had opened the Seventh Seal, there was silence in Heaven. And I saw the Seven Angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.

The first Angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the Earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

And the second Angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

And the third Angel sounded, and there fell a great star from Heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; and the name of the star is called Wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

And the seventh Angel sounded; and there were great voices in Heaven, saying, "The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever". [Revelation 6:12-14; 8:1-2 & 7-11; 11:15]

The Buddhist tradition also foretells the end of the present civilization 2,500 years after the birth of the Buddha, at which time mankind will be redeemed by Maitreya, the future Buddha. The exact birth year of the original Buddha is not known, but the earliest of several dates is 566 BC, thus confirming the timing of the predicted changes to occur after the end of the 20th Century.

In the early 1830s the Church of the Latter Day Saints was founded on the prophecies given to Joseph Smith by an Angelic Being, named Moroni, and on Smith's subsequent discovery, under Moroni's direction, of buried golden tablets of great antiquity inscribed with much ancient wisdom which was to become "The Book of Mormon".

The Mormon teachings repeat the Biblical warnings of great judgments which were coming upon the Earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence...

"And when that day shall come they shall be visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring fire".

One of the best known of more recent psychics and clairvoyants, Edgar Cayce, gave between 1901 and 1945 thousands of trance 'readings'. Cayce became well known for his trance diagnoses of illnesses and 'miracle' cures, later to be documented and confirmed by medical science. He also gave many predictions of future events which were to be proved unusually accurate. For the end of the Twentieth Century he predicted earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and catastrophic changes to the Earth's surface:

"The Earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be open waters appearing in the northern portions of Greenland. There will be new lands seen off the Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear. South America shall be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego LAND, and a strait with rushing waters..." [3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"The Earth will be broken up in the western portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East coast of America..."[3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"There will be upheavals in the Arctic and the Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will then be the shifting of the poles - so that where there have been frigid or semi-tropical areas, these will become the more tropical, and moss and fern will grow..." (3976-15, Jan 19, 1934)

"In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the ocean... Portions of the now East coast of New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear... while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will disappear". [1152-11, Aug 13, 1941]

Cayce also refers to ancient records of Atlantis hidden underground in a secret chamber near the Pyramid of Giza in Egypt, covering the entire history of mankind from pre-Egypt to the end of the 20th Century - which is, said Cayce, "...that period when there is to be the change in the Earth's position, and the return of the Great Initiate to that and other lands for the folding up of those prophecies that are depicted there". [5748-5]

[From the "Life Readings" by EDGAR CAYCE. Copyright 1971, 1993, 1995 by the Edgar Cayce Foundation, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451, U.S.A. and used by permission.]


As we consider the possibility and the implications of these predicted Earth Changes, we can be quite certain that physical changes of enormous magnitude have already occurred many times during Planet Earth's long history.




Chapter 2:
A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL

We tend quite naturally to regard "our Earth" as a stable and unchanging home, a "sure stronghold" which could never be substantially disrupted. Our confidence may from time to time be shaken by major earthquakes and typhoons, but these soon pass over, and we prefer to regard them as minor temporary upsets in an otherwise comfortable and predictable environment. There is however much geological evidence of sudden and major structural changes having taken place on Planet Earth in the past; and it is not unreasonable to consider the possibility that what has happened in the past may well be repeated.

Historical accounts written many centuries ago bear witness to previous planetary disruptions. Immanuel Velikovsky has made a major contribution to research in this area; his "Worlds in Collision", written in 1950, assembles numerous Biblical and ancient historical references to such events, drawing substantially on contemporary accounts from the Middle East and lower Mexico.

He quotes, for example, a long inscription in hieroglyphics on a shrine of black granite found at El-Arish on the border of Egypt and Palestine. It reads: "The land was in great affliction. Evil fell on this earth. There was a great upheaval in the residence. Nobody could leave the palace during nine days, and during these nine days of upheaval there was such a tempest that neither men nor gods could see the faces of those beside them".

This inscription corresponds with the Bible, Exodus 10,22: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days. They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days".

East of Egypt, in Babylonia, the eleventh tablet of the 'Epic of Gilgamesh' refers to the same events:

"From out of the horizon rose a dark cloud and it rushed against the Earth; the land was shrivelled by the heat of flames. Desolation stretched to heaven; all that was bright was turned into darkness. Nor could a brother distinguish his brother. (For) six days the hurricane, deluge, and tempest continued sweeping the land, and all humans back to their clay were returned".

The Ancient Egyptian historian Ipuwer witnessed and survived this earthquake, recounting that: "The towns are destroyed, Upper Egypt has become a waste. All is ruin. The residence is overturned in a minute". [Papyrus Ipuwer 2:11, 3:13]

From his research into ancient documents, Velikovsky concludes that the Earth was forced out of its regular motion by the close approach of the body of a comet: a major shock convulsed the lithosphere, and the area of the earthquake was the entire globe. Terrific hurricanes swept the Earth because of the change or reversal of the angular velocity of rotation and because of the sweeping gases, dust, and cinders of the comet.

He supports this contention of worldwide disruptions with similar quotations from historical records of Mexican tradition.

The Mexican sacred book "Popol-Vuh", the "Manuscript Cakchiquel", and the "Manuscript Troano" all record how the mountains in every part of the Western Hemisphere simultaneously gushed lava. The volcanoes that opened along the entire chain of the Cordilleras and in other mountain ranges and on flat land vomited fire, vapour, and torrents of lava.

Velikovsky quotes "Manuscript Troano" and other documents of the Mayas which describe a cosmic catastrophe during which the ocean fell upon the continent and a terrible hurricane swept the Earth. These records provide graphic accounts of hurricanes which broke up and carried away all towns and forests. Exploding volcanoes, tides sweeping over mountains, and raging winds threatened to annihilate Humankind, and actually did annihilate many species of animals. The face of the Earth changed, mountains collapsed, other mountains grew and rose over the onrushing cataract of water driven from oceanic spaces, numberless rivers lost their beds, and a wild tornado moved through the debris descending from the sky.

The ancients referred to the physical agent that brought darkness and swept away houses and trees and even rocks and mounds of earth as "Hurakan", from which our present word 'hurricane' is derived. Hurakan, it is recorded, destroyed the major part of the Human Race. In the darkness swept by wind, resinous stuff fell from the sky and participated with fire on water in the destruction of the world. For five days, save for the burning naphtha and burning volcanoes, the World was dark, since the sun did not appear.

In a later book, "Earth in Upheaval", Velikovsky supports Biblical and other historical references with currently visible geological evidence of past upheavals.

He describes, for example, an area in Alaska to the north of Mount McKinley which has a frozen layer of "muck" composed of a jumble of trees and extinct animals, such as the mammoth, mastodon and super-bison. This was analyzed by Professor F.C. Hibben of the University of New Mexico, who concluded:

"There is ample evidence that at least portions of this material were deposited under catastrophic conditions. Mammal remains are for the most part dismembered and dis-articulated, even though some fragments yet retain, in their frozen state, portions of ligaments, skin, hair, and flesh. Twisted and torn trees are piled in splintered masses. At least four considerable layers of volcanic ash may be traced in these deposits, although they are extremely warped and distorted.

"The presence of volcanic ash indicates that a volcanic eruption did take place, and repeatedly, in four consecutive stages of the same epoch; but it is also apparent that the trees could have been uprooted and splintered only by hurricane or flood or a combination of both agencies. The animals could have been dismembered only by a stupendous wave that lifted and carried and smashed and tore and buried millions of bodies and millions of trees. Also, the area of the catastrophe was much greater than the action of a few volcanoes could have covered."

During the late 1830s Hugh Miller made a special study of the Old Red Sandstone in Scotland in which an abundant aquatic fauna is embedded. The animals embedded within it are seen in very 'disturbed' positions. Miller writes: "Some terrible catastrophe involved in sudden destruction the fish of an area at least a hundred miles from boundary to boundary, perhaps more. The same platform in Orkney, as at Cromarty, is strewn thick with remains, which exhibit unequivocally the marks of violent death. The figures are contorted, contracted, curved; the tail in many instances is bent around to the head; the spines stick out; the fins are spread to the full, as in fish that die in convulsions."

In 1901 a quick-frozen mammoth was found in Beresovka, Siberia, so well preserved that its eyeballs were fully intact. It still had buttercups in its mouth and the content of its stomach indicated that it had been eating temperate-zone plants, no longer growing in that area. R.S. Lull, Director of the Peabody Museum at Yale, reports the discovery in his book "Organic Evolution", confirming that: "...a fractured hip and fore limb, a great mass of clotted blood in the chest, and unswallowed grass between the clenched teeth, all point to the violence and suddenness of its passing."

Rock geology shows that there have been major uplifts of land masses around the globe. The great massif of the Himalayas is estimated to have risen to its present height since the last Ice Age of over 11,000 years ago. Likewise the Andes in South America also show evidence of having been thrust upwards eleven thousand years ago.

Many other researchers have identified evidence of major geological changes during our Planet's long history; indeed, there are many areas in which even a casual observer can see such evidence for him or herself, as for example when erosion shows cross-sections of hillsides miles from the present coastline displaying deposits of seashells.

An interesting example, quoted in "Doomsday 1999 A.D.", by Charles Berlitz, can be found in Bolivia. The stone city of Tiahuanaco is so old that its broken pottery shows pictures of Pleistocene animals. Although Tiahuanaco is now at an altitude of 13,500 feet, too high for a population to live, its docks and quays indicate that it was once a seaport and that it rose with the Andes when they were created 11,000 years ago.

Immanuel Velikovsky summarizes these sudden geological changes:

"Wherever we investigate the geological records of this Earth, we find signs of catastrophes and upheavals, old and recent.

"Mountains sprang from plains, and other mountains were levelled; strata of the terrestrial crust were folded and pressed together and overturned and moved and put on top of other formations. Igneous rock melted and flooded enormous areas of land with miles-thick sheets, and the ocean bed flowed with molten rock. Ashes were showered down and built layers many yards thick on the ground and on the bottom of the oceans in their vast expanse. The shores of ancient lakes were tilted and are no longer horizontal and the seacoasts show subsidence or emergence, in some places, of over one thousand feet.

"Rocks of the Earth are filled with remains of life extinguished in a state of agony. Sedimentary rocks are one vast graveyard, and the granite and basalt, too, have embedded in them numberless living organisms. Shells have closed valves as they do in a living state, so unexpectedly came the entombment. Vast forests were burned and washed away and covered with the waters of the seas and with sand and turned to coal. Animals were swept to the far north and thrown into heaps and were soaked by bituminous outpourings. Broken bones and torn ligaments and the skins of animals, both of living species and of extinct species, were smashed together with splintered forests into huge piles.

"The evidence is overwhelming that the great global catastrophes were either accompanied or caused by the shifting of the terrestrial axis, or by a disturbance in the diurnal and annual motions of the Earth. The shifting of the axis could not have been brought about by internal causes, but only under the impact of external forces. The state of lavas with reversed magnetization, hundreds of times more intense than the inverted terrestrial magnetic field could impart, reveals the nature of the forces that were in action".

['Earth in Upheaval', by Immanuel Velikovsky – 1955 – Buccaneer Books Inc., Cutchogue, NY, USA.]

Set against the wider time-frame of the many dramatic surface changes which have already occurred, current predictions of major physical 'Earth Changes' may now perhaps seem less extreme. There is plenty of evidence that the Planet's very geography has in fact been dramatically changed many times before, and likewise, there is no scientific evidence to support the contention that such changes will not happen yet again.

Human Earth civilizations have also come and gone. Most people today look at the story of Humanity and assume that it has lasted for only six thousand years or so, but there have in fact been many much older civilizations, such as Lemuria (or Mu) in the Pacific Ocean and the legendary Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean.





Chapter 3:
PROPHETS OF OUR TIME

In March 1994, NBC television network broadcast a program entitled "Ancient Prophecies", covering both ancient and contemporary predictions of Earth Changes. It was seen by millions of American and Canadian viewers and prompted over 24,000 enquiries. A major feature was the prediction by Gordon-Michael Scallion of violent and significant geological changes coming to Earth by the end of the Millennium. Although these events have not yet manifested, they still remain a potential possibility for the near future, and therefore their details are worth taking into consideration.

Mr. Scallion had worked in the field of communications and education until 1979, when he experienced a health crisis which left him with the 'gift of prophecy'. Some of his more notable prophecies were the 1992 Californian earthquakes on April 22 and June 28, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, and the Mississippi floods of 1993.

Viewers of the March 1994 program were shown a Future Map of the United States: 1998-2001 which Mr Scallion had visualized through his inner sight. Published by his company Matrix Institute, the map showed major geological changes in the United States occurring in two distinct phases:

A first super-mega California earthquake in the 10-15 magnitude range causes a fracture along a line from Eureka to Bakersfield and southwest to the Gulf of California-Baja. Gaps and fissures occur running the length of the San Joaquin and Sacramento Valleys. Flooding inundates much of the coastal area of California, causing some of the existing land mass to become islands.

In a second major Californian earthquake the Central North American Plate is thrust violently upward on a tilt, causing much of California to go under the sea. Higher elevations remain as islands and become known as the Isles of California. A large part of the land mass west of a line running from Newport Oregon to Tucson Arizona breaks away and sinks within minutes. This line forms the new West Coast of the United States, and with Phoenix, Arizona, becoming a major seaport.

Along the Eastern seaboard, coastlines from Maine to Florida are also pushed inland for many miles. Atlanta Georgia becomes a new seaport. Florida is reduced in size by more than half and all the Florida Keys disappear beneath the sea.

In the center of the American continent, a wide belt of water floods the Mississippi basin, connecting up with the Great Lakes, which themselves rise and expand, cutting off the Eastern part of the United States from the West and effectively creating two separate landmasses.

Mr. Scallion envisaged the Earth's magnetic pole shifting twice to the west: seven degrees at first, and then a further six degrees as a result of magna displacement through a shifting of the Earth's core. As a contributory element he saw a large heavenly body entering our solar system, the "Blue Star", causing a realignment of Earth's position within the system.

We must bear in mind that although these events have not yet manifested themselves, they are all potentialities that can be seen from higher spiritual planes. Altough they have in fact been delayed and greatly modified by the relatively good progress made by Humanity since that time, they nonetheless will still manifest, although probably to a lesser degree, at the appropriately set Divine time for our final Ascension.

Another 'Future Map' of America was channeled through Lori Adaile Toye, between 1988 and 1991, transmitted jointly by the Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Kuthumi, El Morya, Mother Mary, Sanat Kumara, Sananda, and other Masters of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy. It was published as the 'New World Atlas' by Seventh Ray Publishing of Payson Arizona.

This material demonstrated remarkable similarities with the map produced by Mr Scallion. Much of the American West Coast was to be inundated, from Washington State down to southern Oregon, with the ocean covering most of California, Nevada and Utah. This created a new coastline extending from the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, down to Phoenix, Arizona. Similarly the Mississippi River on this map expands into a wide inlet, running up to an enlarged Great Lakes area, with the East Coast partially flooded, and the bottom tip of Florida sinking under the ocean.

Again much of the same outline was prophesied from yet another source:

Hypnotic past-life regression is an established technique in which the patient under hypnosis is able to recall specific episodes from his or her past life or lives. The pioneering past-life and prenatal work of Dr Helen Wambach PhD is reviewed in her two published books Recalling Past Lives (Harper & Row 1978) and Life Before Life (Bantam Books 1979). Having demonstrated this technique to her satisfaction during a series of group workshops, Dr Wambach wondered how it would work when applied to the future. She therefore began giving similar workshops offering participants a chance to look ahead at their possible future lives through hypnotic progression, projection not into the past, but into the future.

Dr Wambach was at that time being assisted in her research and experiments by Dr Chet Snow PhD, who also then himself became her subject for a series of future life projections in 1983. Dr Snow was at that time an historian/archivist working as a civilian employee of the United States Air Force, subsequently obtaining a hypno-therapy certification and now practising regression therapy. The fascinating record of these future projections under hypnosis is related in Dr Snow's book "Mass Dreams of the Future".

Under hypnosis, Dr Snow described, aloud, visions of his future life at the end of the 20th Century. Here he sees himself living on a remote ranch north of Phoenix Arizona, in a small community which had been set up both as a school for the development of psychic communication skills (mental telepathy) and as a survival base for the foreseen coming 'World Changes'.

He recounts that their small community was then busy laying-in stocks of food and other supplies, which were now becoming both expensive and scarce through changing weather patterns. In the world news, the weather was becoming increasingly unpredictable, with freak storms, record heat and cold periods, drought and exceptional rainfall around the globe. The world stock markets and financial systems were also collapsing.

In a time period of a year later, Dr Snow was made aware that a major earthquake had just hit the Pacific Rim area. The coastline areas of southern California had sunk, submerging the once densely built-up coastal areas under the sea. Mount Fuji had erupted, causing much of Japan to sink and triggering a chain of earthquakes and eruptions all around the Pacific 'Ring of Fire', including the West Coast of America right up into Alaska.

By the end of two weeks, television and radio were now telling everyone that "the worst is over". As Dr Snow, still under hypnosis, recounted: "The water is receding slowly and we'll just have to adjust to the new situation. The Federal Government is already setting up temporary relocation centers farther inland and everyone is talking of rebuilding. A lot of cropland has been permanently lost however, not to mention so much of the Southern California coastline."

Moving forward a couple of months, he reports that there followed in Southern California a far more devastating earthquake than the previous one: "It accelerated the sinking of major areas along the West Coast so that the coastline moved up to within a couple of hundred miles of Phoenix Arizona, and only the mountain areas remained above water all the way up to Oregon. In the south, the Gulf of Mexico surged inward over Texas; our part of Arizona was more or less cut off to both the east and west by water."

Moving yet further ahead in time, Dr Snow continues:
"At first everything appeared totally black around me. Then I realized that the sky was completely dark now. The weather had also worsened as tons of dust and volcanic ash were thrown into the atmosphere by this second series of eruptions. Although the worst occurred during the first few weeks of havoc, the Sun simply did not return. Most green vegetation in a wide belt of the temperate zone withered and died."

['Mass Dreams of the Future', by Chet B. Snow and Helen Wambach - Deep Forest Press, Crest Park, CA – 1993]

One must bear in mind when considering such predictions, that all timings and sequences of future events can never be entirely accurate, as projection forward in time can only be made up of potential future. In all evolutionary progress, a sequence of real-life "cause-and-effect" events must always first of all take place, constantly being subjected to the changing modifications of individual "free will". Although a fairly accurate view projected forward is possible from higher planes, Humanity's inherent gift of 'free will' causes unexpected modifications in any future sequence of events. Also, any future direction these take is always subject to the total progress of Humanity's 'Collective Consciousness' during that period. This explains why we our now being informed by "Higher Sources" that much of the severity of the previously predicted "Earth Changes" has since been greatly modified, thanks to the fairly rapid spiritual and evolutionary progress of Humanity in recent years.

And now, approaching predictions of future "Earth Changes" from a totally different source, there have been since World War II an enormous quantity of channeled communications from Higher Spiritual Realms on the coming Earth Changes. A few selected examples follow:

The Master Hilarion, an Ascended Member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"The cities will become piles of rubble. The beautiful woodland scenes will be flattened by the might of terrible storms. Great earthquakes will rip the mantle of the planet apart in a patchwork of destruction never before seen on the Planet in the entire history of the race.

"Continents sunk thousands of years ago will rear up out of the ocean to show man that his civilization is not the first, and that this is not the first time that his efforts have been crushed by catastrophe.

"The atmospheric storms, which will roar across the surface, will tear down forests of trees at a single swipe, and raise water out of the natural reservoirs of lake and ocean to spread destruction and inundation far inland from the shore. Nothing will remain of the once-vaunted civilization that men have built for themselves.

"During the last portion of the Tribulation, the light of the Sun and the Moon will be shrouded out completely for long periods, and the very air that is breathed will turn to a foul miasma in the lungs."

[HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in 'The Nature of Reality'. First published 1979. Marcus Books, Box 942 Bradford , Ontario L3Z 2B4 - Canada – Tel: (905) 551-1661 - chris.rieder@rogers.com - www.hilarionbooks.com ]

The Master Jesus-Sananda:

"And there shall be a mighty earthquake and it shall split in twain the country of North America, and it shall be as nothing the world has known before, for it shall be that there shall be a great part of the great land of the North Continent go down, and a great sea shall form within her center part from Canada into the Gulf of Mexico.

"And the waters of the Mediterranean shall wash over the land to the North, unto the polar zone, and it shall return unto its place, and the Black Sea and the Mediterranean shall become one sea. And there shall be great changes within the borders of Asia.

"Africa shall be changed - her shoreline shall be broken to the West, and great rivers shall flow within the desert.

"Ye have been told time and time again that the Earth shall shift upon her axis, and so shall she. There shall be a change of climate. That which is now the barren North shall become semi-tropical. Trees shall bear semi-tropical fruit and the fauna shall be that of a new species. And that which is the impassable barrier of the South Pole shall be penetrated and Man shall discover a new continent within."

[JESUS-SANANDA, channeled by Sister Thedra in 'The Prophecies From Other Planets Concerning Our Earth' - The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona]

Brother Philip, of the Abbey of the Brotherhood of the Seven Rays in the Peruvian Andes near Lake Titicaca, gives us transcripts channeled from the 'Great White Brotherhood' in his book "Secret of the Andes". He quotes Sanat Kumara, a highly evolved Master from Venus who assumed the role of 'Planetary Logos of Earth' over 18 million years ago:

"And now we enter this great period of Initiation. The skies of Earth will become fantastic. I say verily that pen has not recorded nor voice uttered that which shall become a great sign and display in the skies of the Earth, for the elements themselves will have control for a short period of time. There will be great rainstorms and floods. You have heard how it rained forty days and nights. That is nothing compared to what it will rain. Perhaps it would be forty months. The entire face of the Earth shall change. It will become unrecognizable.

"Very soon the winds shall howl, sooner than we can realize. It is already upon us, for I have witnessed it on the plane which is just above that of physical expression upon the Earth, and that means that if it descends one more plane it shall find reality."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in 'Secret of the Andes' - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California.]

Another source of channeled information originates from the Star systems of the Pleiades. The Pleiadians are a planetary race which has been closely connected with Earth and the Human Race since our early arrival on this planet; they themselves come from the same Human evolutionary roots in distant pre-Earth times on other planets. They have developed a prosperous and peaceful society within their own Star system, and have always maintained a close watch over Earth's development down through the ages. In the book "The Pleiadian Workbook", channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, the 'Pleiadian Emissaries of Light', speaking through their spokesperson, Ra, give an important insight into the wider context of the coming Earth Changes:

"You and your planet are undergoing a unique and wondrous transition in your spiritual evolution at this time. You are preparing for a quantum leap unlike any that has ever occurred before. In order to help you understand this more fully, I must first tell you about the orbit of the entire Galaxy around the Great Central Sun of All That Is. Just like your 'Solar Ring' (our term for a 'solar system') orbits around the Galactic Center, the Galaxy itself moves through space in the form of continual, connecting circles, like a great Cosmic Spiral.

"At the completion point of a multi billion-year single circular orbit around the Great Central Sun, our Galaxy connects diagonally to the next 'ring' on the great Cosmic Spiral. When this diagonal move from one ring of the great Cosmic Spiral to the next takes place, all of the planets, solar systems, and their inhabitants simultaneously take an 'initiatic' step into a new evolutionary cycle. This is occurring now. You are not only at the end of a 26,000-year Earth/Sun/Pleiadian cycle; the entire Pleiadian system, which includes this solar ring, is at the end of a 230,000,000-year orbit around the Galactic Center, and the entire Galaxy is at the completion of its infinitely longer orbit around the Great Central Sun....

"Prior to the end of 2012, Earth will undergo a spiritual and physical house-cleaning, corresponding to what have commonly been called the 'Earth Changes'. These changes, which have already begun, intensify both externally and internally as your Solar Ring moves deeper into the Photon Band, a high-frequency cosmic emanation from the Galactic Center. You have been in and out of the edges of this Photon Band for a few years now, and, after the year 2000, will start to be be completely immersed in this band for the next 2000 years.

"Floods, earthquakes, changes in land masses, volcanic eruptions, and finally a complete pole shift, will all take place within the remaining years prior to the year 2013, at which time the Galactic Solar Initiation of Earth, as a Mystery School and home for the Cities of Light, will finally take place. You who now live on Earth must choose whether or not you are ready to become spiritually responsible Human Beings in order to remain on Earth beyond that time. Those who do not wish to remain on Earth will be taken to another planet in a different part of the Galaxy where karmic lessons and third-dimensional evolution will continue."

[Ra, spokesperson for the collective Pleiadians Emissaries of Light, channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, in "The Pleiadian Workbook", published 1996 by Bear & Company, P.O.Box 2860, Santa Fe, NM 87504, USA.]

A more detailed background on the nature of the Photon Band is given to us from another Pleiadian Source, in this case by Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the eighth Star of the Pleiadian spiral, and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Band when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other zodiacal polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "black hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional galactic synchronization beams. These synchronization beams spin out of the black-hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the galactic axial spin. These beams, belts, axes, and horizontal planes with black hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" Photon Bands. All stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation Libraries.

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Band eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Band for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Bands for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light. What does this mean? Various members of the solar system become very dense while in the Galactic Night, and this generates experience called "Karma" - feelings in our 4th-Dimensional bodies on the spiritual level that seek expression and then translate as actions down on the Third Dimension physical world. Bodies traveling in the 7th-D Photon Bands become less dense, more multidimensional. As a result, their acquisition of the Photon Light cleanses their emotional bodies and intensifies vibrations in physical bodies.

"The 7th-Dimension "donuts" of Photonic Light coming from the Galactic Center are information highways that stimulate the nature of "curiosity". The desire for union, for twinning, for new expressions of both sides of a duality, derive from this passion of seeking. This seeking is what causes the rods of 7th-D Photonic Light to curl back on themselves to the Galactic Center, forming them into "donuts". The Galaxy would disintegrate into empty space without the nucleus of gravity in the Central vortex, from which pulses of Photonic Light then shoot out.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate where a planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first entered the Photon Band during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Band from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Band reaches your Sun at the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in this tidal wave of light by the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, P.O.Box 2860, Santa Fe, NM 87504, USA.]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Our forthcoming LIGHT BODY through Mary Mageau

Humanity is experiencing a great awakening as we currently enter this time of transformation. Many of us are searching for deeper meaning in our lives as we change jobs, end old relationships, begin new ones, relocate to new places and dream bold, creative new dreams. All around us we witness to the fact that ordinary people are now asking questions, demanding answers and requesting greater accountability from our governments, churches and large institutions that hold power over us. And what is the driving force behind these world wide events? This scenario for change that is occurring everywhere is being driven by the waves of light that are continually bombarding our solar system and the Earth plane. And in the near future all who choose to fully participate in the new raising of consciousness will be transmuted into higher dimensional bodies of light.

Within a 2,000 year period our Solar System passes through a band of extremely high energy. This band has been referred to as the Menasic Radiation or the Photon Belt. It is a period of intense light that we have now entered and which will bring all life forms within it into a new and higher vibration. This Photon Light energy has the capacity to lift all of life into a higher frequency dimension. It carries the seeds for the potential enlightenment of all beings as the atomic structures within the very cells of our bodies, are tuning themselves to match the rising frequencies. We are shifting from a Third- dimensional carbon based body (that is from one that matches the vibratory rate and direction of atomic spin characterized by the electrons that make up carbon) to a Fifth or higher dimensional crystalline body (that is to one that matches the atomic spin and frequency of crystal). So too the bodies of animals, plant life and all upon and within the earth are making this transition with us, as is our entire Galaxy.

Our Light Bodies are also being activated as these new energies recalibrate our dormant DNA strands that contain the blueprint of ourselves as Divine and fully conscious Beings. Currently most of Humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology - such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, e.g.: a paternal grandfather's tendency toward arthritis, or a mother's genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the Human Being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the Human Being consists of a Soul embedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a Human Being. Very dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of Humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 13,000 years ago, when the Human DNA molecule was breached. When these dark forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands and Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a 'Veil' being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the Higher Realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime Humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those guiding our spiritual heritage have sent representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These advanced souls include the prophets, Jesus Christ, Muhammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others.

[Mary Mageau White (Sestriel)]



Chapter 4:
CLEANSING PLANET EARTH

Just as many of us may prefer to view our planet as timelessly stable and unchanging, closing our minds to past and possible future disruptions, many also have a parallel view of Planet Earth as an inanimate object which we may exploit and abuse at our pleasure.

The 'Higher Wisdom' however gives us a view which is now gaining increasingly wide acceptance on Earth: that Mother/Goddess Earth is a living sentient Being, to whom we owe not just our respect, but the privilege of being permitted to reside and evolve upon Her surface.

Goddess Earth, or Gaia, as she is also known, is a very High Being belonging to an earlier wave of Creative Light Beings. She is correctly referred to in the "female" as she has retained a certain predominantly female characteristic. Having already completed her own first Great Cycle of Evolution and returned to the Godhead in a past Great Universal Age, she was then given further 'Higher Service', a chance to become a "Planetary Being" through "ensouling" the body of Planet Earth. She was later given the assistance of a 'Planetary Logos', usually a highly evolved soul who maintains contact between all the evolving sentient lifeforms within and on the surface of a planet and its ensouling Being. Up to now this has been the role of Lord Sanat Kumara, who was originally trained for this service on Planet Venus. It is he who has provided the vital link between Mother Earth and the Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human Kingdoms. However, at this time of the great Changes of Age, he himself will be shortly moving up to even higher service in another area of the Universe.

The Master ZEN TAO: "That Being whom you know as Mother Earth, the Goddess Gaia is a very powerful Being, possessing profound wisdom and power. By the invocation of a single word she can transform the whole nature of her being. Although she has released partial dominion on her surface to Humanity as Planetary Guardians of the mineral, plant and animal life so that Humanity may learn therefrom, ultimately Gaia controls the planet and the nature of what manifests on its surface. Nature is her nature.

"This planet is now approaching a time in its evolutionary cycle when it will change dramatically, rather like a snake throwing off its old skin. Every so many thousands of years, no matter whether Humanity is incarnated on Earth or not, this planet goes through a metamorphic change as part of its natural cycle. As our physical bodies replace themselves every seven years, so does the planet's body. This is essential for the planet in order to preserve the creative, the reproductive nature of its being. So at its appointed time the planet goes through a cycle of transformation. This necessarily involves major movement of the planet's landmasses, movement of the waters, and the restructuring of the matter of the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

We should recognise, however, that the need for a thorough cleansing of Planet Earth at this time is more than a matter of regular end-of-cycle procedure.

Planet Earth has up to now served as host to many souls of younger evolution and also of many more aggressive and destructive souls from other parts of the Universe for a period of over twenty six million years. Earth is well-known within our Milky Way Galaxy as being a "school of hard lessons" for resolving all the aggressive and destructive tendencies that have arisen out of yet undeveloped emotional Heart-centers which yet lack the qualities of caring and love. Many throughout the Universe have chosen, on spiritual levels, to come here in order to work out their naturally aggressive and destructive tendencies. This is to be achieved through the outworkings of the Law of Karma and functioning within a relatively harsh and backwarded physical world rife with conflict.

There are also many young evolutionary souls commencing the path of becoming a Human who have come here to learn their first elementary lessons. They have come to learn to properly discriminate between good and evil, and more importantly, to develop a fundamental respect for the sanctity of life. They need to learn not to resort to the instinctive primitive reaction of killing and maiming each other when life starts to get difficult, as so often happens in a typical non-developed country, usually the result of their total inability to properly organize themselves socially and economically.

From the higher Spiritual Planes there is visible an accumulated 'black cloud' of negative thought that has been developing over a long period within the Ethers surrounding Earth. This great cloud of black negativity is now at last being cleansed and reduced through Humanity resolving all its past Karma at this time of End of Age. However, there is still a yet major cleansing to be done of all the massive physical damage, pollution and detritus left on Earth's surface by Humanity:

SANAT KUMARA: "Before the New Age can begin on Earth, our Planet will be rewarded for its years of service at the lowest level, by undergoing a thorough cleansing of its surface, removing and neutralizing our cumulative environmental damage and the dark cloud of accumulated negative thought which now surrounds us.

"The physical manifestation of this great cleansing will be precipitated by a tilting of the Earth's axis resulting in the Planet being literally 'shaken up'. This will cause an expansion of her molecules to a more tenuous, less dense aggregation, thus allowing a higher vibration rate.

"The cause of the destruction that shall come upon the Earth is from Man's own thinking. The Elements! They are intelligent life! They are part of the Infinite One, and because they are part of the Infinite One they will not respond to Man's negative thinking any longer. And they will rebel, causing great tidal waves and great winds."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California]

The Master ZEN TAO: "The Mineral Kingdom is under the control of Humanity. Humanity influences the Mineral Kingdom by its own thought-forms, by its own patterns of behaviour. Humanity can, and must, co-operate with that Kingdom if it is to continue on its evolutionary path on the Planet Earth, but for so long has the Mineral Kingdom been abused and vandalized by Humanity in order to serve its own ends, no matter what the cost to the Mineral Kingdom, that this co-operation has broken down. It is because of this that Humanity now approaches a time of planetary transformation, when the minerals of the Planet will move, will vibrate to a different note. If Humanity does not change to that note, does not recognize it, then it will perish.

"So be aware that this moment of rebirth is coming. The timing and the nature of the changes are known only to the Creator. Whilst Humanity can, and will influence these changes, it can not and will not prevent their happening. The test for Humanity lies in its acceptance of the Earth Changes as a natural and necessary happening, as an event which it has chosen to experience."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Because Planet Earth has largely performed a role as a 'sacrificial host' to the less evolved and the more aggressive/destructive types of Humanity, she has suffered considerable physical abuse and pollution to her planetary body. Further evidence of Planet Earth's great sacrifice is offered in this beautiful testimony by the Angelic Being, ELOUAI:

"Greetings to you, my Beloveds. I am Elouai and I am a "Builder" of manifested Matter. I am not upon your Human line of evolution, but I am not one of what you call the Nature Forces. I stand with a company of others outside your Planet. I am not a space Being from another planet. My home is within the higher dimensional vibrations of space. I want to communicate to you what we feel about your Earth and your work. My companions and I are among those who dwelt in space and were brought here long ages ago as companions of the Solar Logos who created this particular Solar System.

"We are builders within his Solar Realm. Every planet that is formed is in a dynamic state of life and of growth, drawing to itself the substances of nourishment and releasing that which it cannot assimilate. Thus, there are those forms and manifestations of energy in creation which are the unused, unintegrated, unresolved and untransmuted results of the creative process.

"As in all living systems, until perfection and complete wholeness are achieved, there are in the body of the Solar Logos, which is the Solar System and all its Planets on all their levels of being, those forces and energies which correspond to waste material. These must be transmuted and reintegrated into the cycle of life as raw material for future creativity. In the evolutionary movement forward through time, this residue which is left behind must be gathered up and purified, and then returned to the Creative cycle; it cannot be allowed to accumulate or to express itself within the evolving body as centres of unintegrated and separate energies existing out of timing and out of place, hence becoming sources of evil.

"Please understand that for various reasons, Earth was set aside for the special task of being the 'purifier' for your Solar System for a period of time. Hence, there were attracted to your world those elements which I have mentioned of unresolved, unintegrated matter, energy and life to be harnessed into the denser nature of material form. Left in their exposed state, these energies had the power to impact harmfully upon the sensitive fabric of the Solar Being and upon the other Planets and their life-forms, being like a toxin within the systems of your own bodies.

"However, by being encapsulated into dense matter within the body of Earth, their vibrations could be slowed down and shielded from the body of the whole until these energies could be purified and reintegrated harmoniously and in love into the whole. As this was done, the Purifiers and Redeemers came to Earth as well as those who will yet be Purifiers and Redeemers in destinies yet unperceived and perhaps undreamed of by you. Earth became a schoolhouse in the experiences of confronting and resolving the challenges of primitive creativity and evolution.

"Your Planet became an arena for the interplay of the forces of evolution on many levels and the forces of non-integrated life and energy from many sources, some quite primitive and others more evolved, but all within a sidetrack of evolution that placed these energies outside the communion of the whole. Thus, Earth became analogous to a kidney in the body of the Solar System, regulating and transmuting the energies throughout the system, removing impurities and returning to the body of the whole only what is harmonious and integrated with the progressive evolution of the whole. Beings who had become tainted with energies of retrogressive evolution or devolution would come to Earth to be cleansed and reunited with the whole.

"In this fashion, your Planet has performed a tremendous service to all lifestreams and all planetary systems within the solar family, enabling them to continue their patterns of development with greater ease.

"No Planet or Being is asked to perform such a transmutative and sacrificial task endlessly, nor is it allowed to do so. The time must come when it takes up its own pattern of growth, new service and development. Now Earth seeks and is given Her redemption in a vast initiatory process occurring throughout the total body and life of the Solar Father. We who have associated with Earth since Her inception, now look upon this time as one of beauty without measure, joy without comparison.

"Those forms which still remain within unregenerated aspects of primitive and separative expression will be lovingly removed, with respect for their essential Divine nature, to other areas which have newly taken on the transmutative function. Now a vast work of purification is upon us to cleanse and beautify Earth as one would beautify and enrobe a bride before her marriage; in this fashion we greet Earth in Her time of great joy and accomplishment. This event seeks its expression through your hearts and minds and your dedication.

"Earth will always remain a place of special strength and contribution. Now she must progress with Her own evolution more rapidly than she could do if she remained within the service of transmutation. Because of this, you now see a great flood of population incarnating in order to take this opportunity for purification that they may maintain their link with solar evolution; otherwise they must sleep the long sleep to be reawakened in a future time in a future land."

[ELOUAI, an Angelic Being channeled on 21st June 1970 in 'Links With Space', published 1970 by Findhorn Press, Findhorn, Forres, Scotland]

Those who continue to fear the possibility of the coming "Earth Changes", should perhaps consider whether in fact our present civilization, with its sprawling Human development and pollution across the surface, as well as with so much poverty and starvation and constant wars is in fact really so worthy of continuance. On higher levels, the Ascension of Humanity and the rejuvenation of Planet Earth, regarded as one of the most naturally beautiful planets within our Galaxy, is in fact seen as a coming event of great joy.

SANAT KUMARA: "The Earth is a beautiful world, vastly more beautiful than some of its neighbours. I have always loved the Earth beyond all other creations, for I see within it a melody that has not yet escaped into the Ethers. I see it crying as one bound! But it shall not be deprived its Celestial Song much longer."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California ]


The Council of Nine (A high level circle of Great Beings whose role is to maintain the energy-balances within the Universe):

“May we explain to you that your Planet Earth is the most beautiful that exists in the Universe. It has a physical variety that no other planet has. It has a varied climate that no other planet has. In all the Universe there is no planet in existence that has the physical characteristics of Planet Earth. It is the rarest of beauties, and it does attract souls which, once they have come, would like to come back again.

“It is of a different nature from any other planet. It has aspects of all planets: it is like a composite of the Universe, with all the positive and all the negative aspects, and all in between, and this is what attracts souls. It has with it a gravitational pull that is different from other planets, and because of this a Soul begins to feel – for the first time – a physicalness. Souls become adapted to their physical bodies, and they forget the freedom and pleasures they have without it... The planet is a dense planet, and it in turn then gives a different feeling to the body, but it is actually experienced within the Soul of the individual. It feels pain, it feels pleasure, it feels sorrow, it feels happiness. The physical body has different feelings than in all the other planets and in all the other Souls that exist. In other systems, other galaxies, there are other physical Beings that do not have the density of this planet. Here the Soul begins to feel in a different way than it had before, and it has the feel of desire. It is pleasure and pain. Yet this has become very important for the evolutionary growth of the Planet, because it was originally the Planet of Balance…”

“The Earth was created to be a paradise. When souls achieve harmony it will become a paradise again. But when we say a paradise we speak of a paradise of creativity, one that brings knowledge, one that brings joy and love; a paradise in which people may heal themselves or may even experience pain, if they wish. It is not a paradise where all challenge, all growth, or all pain will be removed. It will be a paradise where people, through their own experience, may evolve their own understanding of their connection with the Universe, accept their own responsibility for themselves, for their fellows, for Planet Earth, and therefore for the Universe, and may bring all of that, including themselves, into perfection….”

“This your Planet is a planet of Balance, for you to learn to balance between the Physical and Spiritual worlds. Planet Earth is the only one of its kind, the only planet of total free choice/free will in the entire Universe, the only planet created for the balancing of the spiritual with the physical, in other words, the creating of Paradise.

“Humanity has created corruption within, which came about because people became more involved in physicalness than in attempting to balance and understand. But now your Planet Earth is at a point where it may move out of balance quicker than at any other point. This is time for Humanity to begin to understand this, to live on this planet of great beauty with a true balance of spiritual and physical, and to live in unity with the Creator. Your purpose is to live in true balance, in manifestation of love, in connection with the Creator, in that which was created...”

“It is a time of awakening. It is a time to understand that within the self, people hold the key for bringing Planet Earth to its fulfillment; and that free will is never interfered with; and the destruction of Planet Earth is not necessary. This must be understood clearly, for the free will of Humankind can bring fulfillment to Planet Earth.

“Planet Earth is on the threshold of transformation. It is on the threshold of releasing Souls and Beings from bondage, so they may continue to elevate, and purify Planet Earth so the Universe may continue its path… When the Souls on Earth have finally recognized their reality and understood, they can then be released, and they can provide teachings and understandings for others in other galaxies and solar systems in the Universe… It is a glorious time right now to live on your Planet Earth in physical form.”

[The Council of Nine channeled by Tom – “The Only Planet of Choice” compiled by Phyllis V. Schlemmer & Palden Jenkins, published 1993 by Gateway Books, The Hollies, Wellow, BATH, BA2 8QJ, Britain. ISBN 1 85860 004 9]



Chapter 5:
THE HIGHER PLAN


The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Mother Earth, having reached a certain point of major change in her development, now awaits her initiation to the Fifth Dimensional Plane. She is held back only by the slowness of her surface Humanity to raise its own vibration rates and consciousness and thereby undertake a joint 'Ascension'. The resolution of conflict between the various members of Humanity is still a matter in progress.

The Ascended Master, KUT HUMI (Koothumi), a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, we must flash back in time to the great civilization of Atlantis. Oh Yes; Atlantis really existed! Not as a figment of science fiction, but as a tangible civilization in Earth's past history.

"Man's purpose in experiencing life anywhere in the Universe is to grow in evolutionary experience and to master each phase in his eternal life. And how do we master the Third Dimensional environment of Earth? First, by getting to truly 'know ourselves' - who we are, what we are, why we are here. Second, by learning to control all aspects of this environment. Third, by understanding Earth and its relationship to what lies beyond the Third Dimensional environment.

"In Atlantis, Man had advanced to a remarkable degree of control and understanding of this Third Dimensional environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth and its inhabitants into the Fourth Dimensional experience of physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual powers in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power became too widespread, it set into motion certain karmic forces which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of the civilization. This destruction did not occur in one giant cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years.

"During this period of degeneration, the continent of Atlantis gradually broke apart and yielded its major portions to the Atlantic ocean. Over a period of time, the inhabitants of this once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking with them the remembered skills and technologies, resulting in the archeological wonders that fascinate us today. Modern archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. Eventually the memory of the glorious civilization that once existed faded entirely, except in the awareness of the Adepts who possessed the Arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans.

"What has all of this to do with the unfolding Divine Plan? Just this: Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved on Earth. There have been others lost to antiquity, such as Lemuria. Each time that Mankind has advanced to the level of a Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to Fourth Dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to the misuse of spiritual powers.

"In the past, this could be condoned because there was still another chance. Now, however, we have reached a point in Earth's history and in Galactic evolution where the transition into Ffourth and Fifth Dimensional consciousness must be made.

"Man is now being made aware of certain galactic facts of universal, immortal life. As you know, our Solar System is a part of the Milky Way Galaxy. Our Solar System revolves around the Great Central Sun of the Milky Way Galaxy in an orbit that takes 206 million years, as you calculate time. Let us refer to this revolution of our Solar System around the Galaxy as the Great Cycle Orbit. Our Solar System was created over four and a half billion years ago. This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle Orbits of our Solar System around the Great Central Sun of the Galaxy. In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the Spiritual Hierarchy of our Solar System, this completes the time cycle in which our entire Solar System is to remain in its present state of evolution. As the Aquarian Age dawns, we begin to move into a new orbit around the Great Central Sun, and to move into a new vibration where no expression below the Fifth Dimension can continue to exist on Earth.

"Man first began to experience life in our Solar System 206 million years ago, at the beginning of the present Great Cycle Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all Human life within our Solar System to achieve at least the awareness of Cosmic Consciousness by the end of this orbit, which is reaching its conclusion now with the end of the Piscean Age. This means that Man of Earth must immediately become aware of what Cosmic Consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise his individual level of consciousness to that state of awareness. Failure to do so will result in temporary self destruction! Man of Earth, in his present state, simply cannot tolerate the new incoming vibration.

"Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its development potential, this left only the 26,000 year cycle of the Zodiac to complete the Plan. As the present Piscean Age draws to a close, this 26,000 year cycle, concurrently with the Great Cycle Orbit, comes to an end.

"At this moment, Planet Earth is the only planet in our Solar System where Man has not yet reached the Cosmic level of awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan."

[The Ascended Master KUT HUMI, channeled by Joseph Whitfield in 'The Treasure of El Dorado', published 1977 by Treasure Publications, P.O. Box 3300, Roanoke, Virginia 24015-1300, USA. ISBN 0-912119-02-0. ]

[Kuthumi is Earth Chohan (Director) of the Second Ray of the Seven Rays of Service. The Second Ray is the Yellow Ray of Intellect and Science, concerned with Mind and Intelligence in the intellectual understanding of Divine Laws. His previous Earth incarnations were as: Aristotle; John the Beloved; Lao-Tze (China, 6th century B.C.); Theodosius (Emperor of Rome, 4th Century A.D.); St. Columba (known as the Apostle of Caledonia, who helped to convert Scotland to Christianity, 5th century A.D.); St. Francis of Assisi (Italy 12-13th century A.D., founder of the Franciscan Order) and Leonardo da Vinci (Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer and scientist, 15-16th century A.D.]

The Master SANAT KUMARA:

"Our entire Solar System is now coming into the Great Initiation....The Earth shall be surrounded by a golden corona. It is stepping into a higher rate of vibration. You are going from a Third Density, through the Fourth to a Fifth Density world. This must necessarily take place as you pass through the heart of the great 'Cosmic Cloud' [Photon Belt]. And then shall the prophecies, as recorded by Joel and many of the others come true; when the Sun shall turn blood red and the Moon shall be red as the ruby, and the day shall be gone and it shall be dark upon the Earth for a period of two weeks. There shall be much confusion. And the oxygen will be reduced upon the Earth for a short period, followed by periods of great moisture, baking heat and parched areas alternating with great moisture. Almost everything upon the face of the Earth will be destroyed.

"We are now on the border of this Great Initiation, we are heading closer and closer to its centre and fulfilment. That is why Christ returns to the Earth: because always the great Master of a Solar System incarnates and gives aid to the planet which is lowest in progression in that system.

"Yes, those who say catastrophe comes are true; they speak with truth; but the Earth will not end. It shall become new, as it is written. It does not say the world will end. It says there shall be a New Heaven and a New Earth; not a new Earth through the destruction of the old, but a new Earth - the old made new."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California ]

The incarnation of the Master Sananda as Jesus of Palestine marked a two-thousand year lead up to the Biblical 'Final Day of Judgment' and the 'Second Coming of The Christ'. Jesus-Sananda presently holds Office for the Earth planes as World Teacher. Here is part of his 'Second Coming Announcement' , channeled by Nada-Yolanda on August 17th 1966. Nada channels the Spiritual Hierarchy as part of the Mark-Age Center at Elk Valley, Northeastern Tennessee.

"I speak in the name of Jesus, Lord of this World and of all which concerns this Earth sphere. I am he who is known as the Christ, and through this Channel announce my coming unto Earth once more. It is my intention that all who know and believe in this shall see and shall welcome it in the flesh. I have not come again before this present time, for Man was not ready to receive his Lord...

"Our Lord and Master of this Universe, known as Lord Michael (Archangel Michael), and he who is my Master Teacher, Lord Maitreya, are conversant with and in command over all universal laws and material laws physical to those particular dimensions...

"You have been alerted to these days and these times in the last two thousand years, since the resurrection of my body and my personality. In that time and in that consequence I never have ceased to work continuously in the efforts to bring forth this Second-Coming announcement. In the days ahead we prepare all for it; one here and another there, many, crying out the word and the announcement...

"I now enact the role given unto me throughout the ages: to be your Way-shower, to be your Prince, to be the Lord of the World and all that involves the Earth Planet..."

[Channeled by Nada-Yolanda in "MAPP* to Aquarius: Mark Age Period & Program" - Mark-Age, Inc., P.O. Box 10, Pioneer, Tennessee 37847, USA ]

Planet Earth is destined at the commencement of the Aquarian 'New Age' at the end of the year 2012 to move up to the Fifth-Dimension. We will then be on the same plane as our neighboring planets within our Solar System, no longer separated from them through the "quarantine" of our present surrounding "Veil" of limited consciousness. We shall regain our Full Consciousness, seeing life from a much more objective standpoint. We shall not only be able to fully communicate with our neighboring planets and other higher spiritual worlds, but be able to review the experiences of our past lives from the great storehouse of knowledge imprinted on the celestial ethers known as the Akashic Records, and also see future probabilities to come within our life line.

The Master RAMALA: "The great Beings who govern matter through their knowledge of Infinite Law are trying to quicken the vibration of the Earth, to bring into operation a quicker and a higher frequency. In so doing there is what appears to Man to be confusion and disruption, for he is held between the sluggishness of his own body, caused by his past behaviour, and the attempt by the Lords of the Planet to bring him into a higher frequency of consciousness

"These Great Beings are intervening so that Man shall not be destroyed, for within his body there is the great atomic structure of the Cosmos, and in his sluggishness, when that moment arrives, and it will, when the Earth uprights on its axis, if this outer quickening had not been put into motion, then the atomic structure of which Man is built would explode, because the force of the uprighting will bring into operation a great atomic expansion of the Planet.

"I will not go into the molecular structure and describe the behaviour of the atoms at that moment of change, but due to changes in pressure there will be a great transformation of the Earth's structure. There will be great devastation all over the Earth. It has, of course, happened before. You may read in the literature of ancient Man, and in the Bible, of similar occurrences.

"The cataclysm, which you would call a catastrophe, is really not a catastrophe: it is a step forward in the evolution of the Earth. Remember, that to die is not a finality, and that those who do die in the cataclysm to come will experience an increase in their consciousness, for in that moment of death they will learn.

"Leading up to this event there will be much disharmony and destruction as the vibratory rate of the Earth is quickened. This will occur before the great uprighting of the Earth on its axis which will take place around the new Millenium."

"To you, perhaps, the concept of Armageddon is frightening. It signifies the release of energies beyond the control of Humanity, but if Humanity did but know it, it rarely controls its own environment. Because of its great intellectual progress Humanity has been led into believing that it is the master of its fate, that it is the master of the physical World, that Humanity alone decides the path on which it walks. But those of you who are aware of the God in all things, who recognize that the Divine Plan alone manifests on this Earth, know in your heart that the Cycle which is now beginning was planned aeons of time ago. It has been seen on other levels and has been prophesied by many Beings. It is a necessary path of evolution for this Earth. You are here, therefore, as witnesses to that path of evolution. Within your innermost Being is the knowledge of what is to come. It may not be with you on a conscious level, on a level which you can pull down into everyday physical reality, but within your heart is the knowledge of what is to come and the part that you must play in it."

[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]



Chapter 6:
TIME FOR CHOICE

The 'Day of Judgment' is traditionally a time at the end of a particular phase of planetary evolution when an assessment of each and every Soul's attainment is made to determine those who are able to join the move up to a higher plane, and those who must start again elsewhere at the beginning of that phase in order to re-attempt the lessons they have failed to master.

There are practical reasons for this assessment. Those whose vibration rates are below a certain level, reflecting a lack of evolutionary progress, will not be able to make the transition to the higher vibrational dimensions; they would find the intense vibrational light-energy of the Higher Spheres too painful. They would also no longer have the opportunity to express the many lower instincts and emotions which they have not as yet fully mastered, nor would they feel at all at home in such an elevated world of refined sensibilities.

All the Masters and Guides communicating at this time therefore stress the present urgency for us to resolve all our past hates and hurts as soon as possible. This we must do whilst we still have the opportunity left within the remaining testing environment of the dense Earth physical plane. This dense physical plane will soon no longer be a part of Planet Earth, and it is only at this very basic level that we can make rapid progress in resolving and transmuting past karma. By contrast, when we reside on the higher spiritual planes, we live in such a relatively perfect and peaceful environment that many of the more backward characteristics within our Soul do not surface or show up, making it much more difficult to reform or resolve them. If on the other hand, we do manage to tackle and master those tests we set ourselves down on Earth within the short time-frame left before the Earth Changes, we shall have thus made one of the greatest advances in our millions of years of evolutionary development.

For those whose destiny unfortunately hangs in the balance, between Ascension and starting over again on the bottom rung of the ladder of Evolution, an eleventh-hour special effort to reform our inherent faults may yet turn the scales. This time of Tribulation is the traditional 'Dividing of the Ways', the 'sorting of the wheat from the chaff'. Especially on this Planet, endowed as we are with a full expression of free will, every individual has the opportunity to make those significant choices moment by moment. Indeed in this present period of final resolution, the many opportunities will be multiplied and magnified by the increased Light-force energies now being beamed down to Earth by the Spiritual Hierarchy.

The Master HILARION, an Ascended Master from Planet Earth and a member of Earth's Planetary Hierarchy, makes this comment on the 'Tribulation' and the opportunities for Mankind:

"The Tribulation that has been planned for many thousands of years is descending upon the Earth. It will be recognized early by some who have remained aware of the Higher truths, but most will fail to see that the Last Days are upon them until near the end of the time of trial.

"We have previously spoken of the arrangement for Humanity by which rebirth and karma were to allow individual souls to learn the main spiritual lessons and to settle the debts incurred when that learning process led to the harming of others. It was thought at first that this great Plan would permit virtually all of Mankind to achieve the basic goal, which was to escape by its own efforts from the wheel of rebirth and the karmic necessity.

"But this hope was not realized. The temptation of Man's own base nature and the whisperings of the forces dedicated to his destruction proved, again and again, too strong for many souls whose resolve and whose spiritual sight were not sufficiently developed.

"For this reason a new Plan was devised in order to allow for all those whose steps had faltered, a final chance to gain the goal that had been set for Man. This Plan was laid some twelve thousand years before the present, at about the time that the great continent of Atlantis sank to its final destruction beneath the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. All of the details of the new Plan were carefully worked out at its inception and have not been changed in any important degree since that time.

"One of the most important components of the 'Tribulation' was the necessity that all those who appeared unlikely to have reached the required level by the end of the rebirth arrangement were to be given the chance to make the right choice during the period in question. At the inception of the plan for the Tribulation, it was not known and could not be foreseen exactly how many souls this necessity would apply to. But as the millennia passed and the time draws near, it became clear that a number in excess of four billion souls would require this last desperate chance to succeed where before they had failed.

"Prior to the passage of the Earth through the 'cloud' in space, a sign will appear in the sky, to indicate to those who have realized the truth, that the last days have come. This is the sign of the Son of Man spoken of in the Scriptures. Those who fail to understand and heed the meaning of the signs in the Heavens will not be able to escape the final, dreadful weeks and months of the Tribulation by a subsequent change of heart. All of those who earnestly and with the whole heart change their old sinful ways and take up the cross of service and dedication to their fellow man will become entitled to what the Scriptures call the 'Rapture'.

"The Rapture is essentially an escape from the horrors of the Tribulation, to a place of safety where those who have assembled there can work and learn in order to prepare themselves for the great task of reconstruction which will begin literally minutes after the Day of Wrath has terminated."

[The Master HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in 'The Nature of Reality'. First published 1979. Marcus Books, Box 942 Bradford , Ontario L3Z 2B4 - Canada – Tel: (905) 551-1661 - chris.rieder@rogers.com - www.hilarionbooks.com ]

This theme is repeated by the Master EFI of Mars:

"Now for this day are they being prepared, when each and every one shall be put into another place, that which is prepared for them. Some shall be freed from all darkness; these shall be free to go and come throughout the Galaxy, and they shall know no barrier. Others shall be put into a place wherein they shall till the soil with their bare hands; they shall have no implements, they shall have no tools, no machines. They shall have no memory of their past, of their science or of their fortune of the past. Such shall be the destiny of them which betray themselves."

[The Master EFI of Mars, channeled by Sister Thedra in "Prophecies for Tiahunaco" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

Those who fail to reach a point of being able to Ascend to a higher plane at this "End Cycle " of Resolution and Self-judgment, will themselves recognise the need to start over again on another Third-Dimensional planet in some other solar system which will still have facilities for such living. Particularly heartless and destructive souls may even find that their soul/spirit requires a return to a yet lower level, to start again in a Second-Dimensional world within the Mineral Kingdom. This is not a punishment, it is simply an objective reflection by your Higher Spirit/Soul of the fact that your lower personality-self would not be able to function at the new higher vibration rates. These Souls would find that they need once again to start over again and learn to become less ego-centered, to rise above the narrow view of self-interest and the unbalance of taking from others of that which has not been earned or is rightfully theirs. They have to learn to keep a karmaic balance by giving the same in return as they have received from others. Through keeping a proper balance between giving and receiving, they will come to learn all the joys of living in a peaceful and cooperative world, the great benefits derived from the respecting and caring for others, of learning to express unconditional love to all other life forms.

The CHRIST:

"Whatever form the healing of the Human world takes during these next few years, know that it is for the good of all. Do not be concerned with the fate of those who reject my Spirit. Their story is far from over. I am caring for each one in the manner of his or her greatest need. The Human world is in good hands. When you and much of Earth's present biological life have been sprinkled throughout the stars, and the oceans have changed places with the land, after the poles have shifted and new mountains have come to look over the plains, then will the truly slow-learners be recalled from the Mineral Realms where they shall slumber, to learn of intelligence again, and to come again to choose between love and fear."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper San Francisco ]

The time of Tribulation is a Parting of the Ways. Those who choose to do so should make a personal assessment of their conduct towards others. The temptations of pursuing a course of exclusive self-interest have been magnified over the ages by the Forces of Darkness who have constantly wished to delay or prevent our spiritual progress.

The Master ZEN TAO: "It is inevitable, at such a critical time in the Earth's evolution, that the Forces of Darkness should be present just as much as the Forces of Light. The Forces of Darkness would like nothing better at this time than to subvert the path of the Aquarian Cycle, for this Cycle is destined to be the greatest Cycle in Humanity's evolutionary path.

"For every side or opinion that is present there will be another side or opinion to oppose it. This therefore requires that you exercise the great gift of discrimination. It is how you choose, and your motivation for choosing, that in essence represents the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. There will be many who will follow the path of evil, but remember that you can walk to the gates of Hell and still turn back. You follow a path only for as long as you wish to. There will be much suffering in the World but no more than Humanity can bear and understand. Many, for instance, will not be touched by the plagues that are predicted to come."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury. ]

Clearly one of the predicted 'Plagues' testing Humanity at this time is the disease now known as 'Aids'. It is almost unique in that, with few and rare exceptions, it can either be contracted or avoided by one's own 'conscious' action:

The Master ZEN TAO: "Aids is the first of the seven plagues from which Humanity will suffer. Now you must understand that the purpose of disease is not to punish: it is to bring about transformation. Disease is a great tool of evolution and all disease should be seen in this way. Aids, of course, is a disease which is usually transmitted sexually. The greatest disease of the Human Race today is its abuse of sexuality. With Aids, therefore, you have a disease which demands sexual responsibility. Aids can be likened to a genetic time bomb, because ultimately only the pure in body, mind and spirit will survive it.

"The sexual act should not be regarded as an act of self-centered pleasure, but rather as an act of Cosmic creation. If you live a life of sexual purity you will not be touched by Aids. If you are pure in body, mind and spirit you will not be touched by much of what is to walk the face of this Earth. This is indeed the beginning of the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. It would be true to say that in the New Age it will only be the pure of spirit, the pure of mind and the pure of body that will inherit the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

It often seems at this present time that discipline in personal conduct is frowned upon. Yet it is perhaps now, as never before, that we should once again be guided by, and make every attempt to follow, the traditional old-fashioned ideals of 'Right Conduct', not only in treating our own bodies correctly, but of respecting the rights of others and the environment.

"And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be so overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day comes upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole Earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man." Luke 21: 34-36

While 'surfeiting and drunkenness' are clearly to be avoided by those genuinely seeking to follow higher principles of conduct, there are more subtle ways in which we should seek self-improvement. In our 'civilized' world during recent times, the aggression used by those who are self-seekers has become subtler; but it remains aggression nonetheless:

The CHRIST: "Survival into the Third Millennium is reserved for the spiritually fit. The key to survival is not competition, but cooperation. Spiritual fitness is not aggression, it is fitting in with the purposes of the Earth and with the purposes of her Creator as these larger purposes blend in human exchange."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in Vision - Harper San Francisco ]

At this important time of self-examination, the Ascended Master SAINT GERMAIN, a member of Earth's Hierarchy, recommends the practice of meditation (or communing within yourself), through which one can develop a mental calm and an openness to communication from one's Higher Self:

"I would like to suggest that meditation is very important for you at this time. Meditation is how you will gain mastery, the self-mastery and the focus that is required to go into your next phase. Meditation is how you will create the space between your limited Ego-Self and your deeper expression. You will put a little bit of distance between you and the Ego so that your reactions will not be so automatic with regard to responding to negativity. All of you are experiencing much of the density of the Earth in your daily life. But, if you can meditate you will not feel the effect of it in the same way. You will have more of an overview, so that when those emanations or impressions come to you, you can choose consciously and wisely in each moment how to respond."

[The Master ST. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in "The Inner Door", Vol.2 - Oughten House Publications]

Meditation, however, is not necessarily something that requires a lot of intense training, or sitting for hours in the 'lotus position'. The Masters have stressed that there are over a thousand different 'paths' to meditation, and that one can just as easily 'meditate' by simply walking and thinking within the quiet surroundings of Nature. Essentially, one is looking 'inward' in order to contact the inner voice or Higher Self, wherein, it is said, all the wisdom of the Universe is available.

The Master SAINT GERMAIN also stresses the importance of forgiveness. The significance of forgiveness is that in forgiving an insult or an act of aggression, the momentum of the act is thereby nullified; when we fail to forgive we perpetuate the act through a continuing stream of vengeance, so its evil effects are 'passed on', propagated and nurtured. Through forgiveness the totality of evil in the world can be progressively diminished.

"By forgiveness you can avoid the creation of any more negativity. You can 'let the buck stop' where it is, instead of passing it on as so many have done for so long in this world.

"When someone expresses anger towards you, the tendency of the Ego is to respond in the same way. And even if your Ego is not at that moment responding in the same way to that particular person, perhaps it will await a perfect opportunity to respond that way to another, in an attempt to clear itself of these impressions. This is why the negativity on the Earth has become so dense. Humanity has continued to pass it around, to propagate it, so to speak. And the goal of Mastery is, of course, to master this. Master your own creations and emanations so that what comes through you is love, so that what comes through you is that Divine presence that you are. And that clarity which gives you wisdom to deal with situations, to defuse the reactionary elements of Human life."

[The Master ST. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in The Inner Door, Vol.2 - Oughten House Publications]

An underlying theme pervading all the warnings of the coming 'Day of Judgment' and the accompanying messages of counsel, emphasizes the need to seek a return to a balance and harmony in our lives, particularly in our relationships with other Humans, with animals, plants and the natural environment as a whole. We must also develop an in-tunement and sense of balance and harmony in the relationships between our 'two' Selves, our Earthly Self and our Higher Self. We have to live in a manner which causes no conflict with the 'ideal' as seen by our Higher Spiritual Self. This will help us to by-pass the 'Tribulations' to come.

The Master RAMALA: "If you yourself are living in balance and harmony, you can survive any physical challenge. Though you work in a room full of diseased people, you will not be touched by any disease. Though you are shot at by many guns, you will not be hit. Though you are thrown into the sea when a ship sinks and many drown, you will be saved. For those who live in peace, that is, obeying God's Natural Order, there is total protection. Those who follow God's Natural Order will find their own lives in order. For those who trust in their Creator, there can be no fear."

[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury. ]

The Master P'TAAH: "You see, dear one, if you are not in fear of what is to come, and know that you live in a perfectly safe universe, it is merely to live constantly in the 'moment of joy'. To know that you will, of course, be safe, that you will survive. It is your reality. You create it. If you are living in an area, for instance, which may be subject to a very sudden Earth change, and you are living in joy, and not in fear, then on that day, beloved, you will be away visiting your Mother. You see, it is you who create the reality."

[The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades, channeled by Jani King in The P'taah Tapes: Transformation of the Species - Triad Publishers Pty. Ltd., Cairns, Queensland, Australia ]



Chapter 7:
THE FLYING SAUCER CONNECTION

Many unfamiliar with the predictions of Earth Changes may nonetheless be aware of the much reported UFO/ 'flying saucer' activity around Earth. Even though Governments continue to cover up and deny the existence of UFOs, opinion surveys report that in the USA over half the population believe they exist, with over 10,000 UFO sightings are annually reported around other parts of the world. In addition, in recent decades over 10,000 "Crop Circles" of amazingly intricate designs have mysteriously appeared overnight in fields of cereal crops and been recorded on film.

All of this UFO activity has three main purposes. One is an on-going program by our Space Brothers of monitoring and taking action where necessary to preserve peace and stability within our Solar System. The second is related to the nuclear threat of the post World War II period. The third, and most important of their ongoing programs, relates to preparations for the Ascension of Humanity and the coming "Earth Changes" of the New Age.

Most of these interplanetary visitors are Members of a "Galactic Federation of Light" composed of the various solar systems within our Milky Way Galaxy that all follow the "Path of Light". These followers of the Path of Light have been in constant opposition over millions of years with the "Anchara Alliance", followers of the "Path of Darkness", non-loving, negative and destructive beings dedicated to dominating and controlling others. As a result there have been many major Galactic Wars between the Forces of Light and the Forces of Darkness. Now that we are approaching a major End-of-Age cycle this situation is changing and we are all stepping up to a new era of total Galactic Peace. Many of the previously opposing Forces of Darkness, having realised that they are on the losing side of evolution, are now joining up with the Forces of Light. They now see this as their last chance of redemption before being forced to start evolution all over again at the most primitive of levels. Therefore membership of the Galactic Federation of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over a total of 200,000 participating worlds.

Beyond our own Galaxy, there is a large organization of Galaxies who also follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold the Universal Law throughout our whole Universe. The MilkyWay's Galactic Federation is locally represented within our Solar System by another body called "The Interplanetary Federation of Planets'. This local Solar System Interplanetary Council convenes on the Planet Saturn with representatives drawn from all the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now, Planet Earth has not had its own native-born Third-Dimension Earthly Representative, and so until Earth has made its Ascension to the higher dimension and is able to join on a conscious level with the whole of our Solar System Federation, Commander Monka of the Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to represent us at their Council Meetings.

Within our Solar System, we have a local protective force named the "Ashtar Command", an enormous Fleet of interplanetary space craft on station watching over us and protecting us during our time of preparation for Ascension. They are answerable directly to the Galactic Federation and to our own Earth Spiritual Hierarchy and their fleet personnel are made up of participants from many other Solar Systems within our Galaxy and Universe. The Ashtar Command's first responsibility is of protecting us from any outside interference or intrusion by Alien spacecraft of the remaining Forces of Darkness. They also have the function of assisting us to evacuate Earth when the great planetary "Changes" finally begin. This great Interplanetary Fleet is composed of over 100,000 Mother Ships stationed within our Solar System and with over 150-200 million Cosmic personnel watching over us. They function on the Fifth-Dimension level and are therefore not visible to our physical Third-Dimension sight. This Force is led by its Commander, Ashtar, a highly evolved soul who is well-known throughout the Universe as a staunch protector of freedom. He is described as being of a strict and upright military bearing and an important member of many Universal, Galactic and Intergalactic Councils. His own directly led personnel number about 20 million, and there are also over 4 million Space Beings working down on Earth's surface to unobtrusively assist us.

The Ashtar Command has its Headquarters on one of the large 'City' mother-ships, the "Shan Chea". This Mother Ship is over 26 miles/42km long, 8 miles/13km wide and 5 miles/8km high, with 12 major deck areas, with further Mezzanines each of 40ft/12m height. One of the middle deck areas is high enough to have its own artificial "sky" and miniature "Sun", with green countryside, lakes and gardens below for relaxation and recreational use. The Mothership is too large to approach us closely, as its great size could adversely affect the magnetic balance of Earth's orbit. This Ship, like the hundreds of other large Mother Ships within the Ashtar Fleet, therefore has many smaller shuttle or "Scout Craft" on board which are able to approach us more closely. These are regularly used to monitor our surface and atmospheric conditions, correct geological inbalances such as potential earthquakes, or else be used to evacuate us during the major physical Earth changes. They are able to make themselves fully visible to our physical eyesight when needed through temporarily lowering their own vibration rates down to our Third-Dimensional level. Up to now, they have not been permitted to reveal themselves until the time is correct for Earth Humans' final Ascension.

Commander ASHTAR gives this 'overview' of the Ashtar Command and its work:

"There are millions of craft operating in this Solar System at all times and many, many of these belong to the Ashtar Command. Some are stationed far above your Planet and are more or less stationary for long periods of time, keeping track of the Earth on their monitoring systems. Others move about, discharging their various duties. We have small scout craft doing surveying activities and we have larger craft with extended range that are capable of operating in space and which visit planets in other solar systems.

"We also have what you know as 'Mother Ships' or 'mother craft', with many smaller craft coming and going from the Mother Ship. There is thus a great deal of activity in what Earthlings think of as empty space.

"Our purpose is service, and we go where we are needed anywhere in this Sector of the Galaxy. Our Headquarters is on one of the largest of the Mother Craft, and orders and instructions come from this Craft. It is a city in itself. Most of our people are natives of one or another of the Planets within this Solar System, but also we do have those working with us from other solar systems. Our workers do visit their home Planets at various times on what you might call vacations. Most of us have worked together for a very long time; we are a well-knit Confederation and feel that we are an effective one."

[Commander ASHTAR, channeled by Gladys Rodehaver and quoted in "Ashtar: A Tribute" - compiled by Tuella, Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

We also have to be aware, however, that not all 'Space Ships' making contact with Earth come as representatives of the Galactic Federation of Light. Commander KORTON of the Ashtar Command, explains:

"There are those who do come, who are not from this Allegiance and who have no part in it. They come as observers and for their own ends. They are often highly scientific geniuses, and their material to their contacts can be highly impressive - indeed, almost always is. But they have come for the purpose of collecting data for their personal ends and not to give of themselves for the good of the Planet. These are not necessarily what you would call the "Dark Forces", which is yet of another deeper allegiance.

"Now the so-called "Dark Forces" (a balancing agent in the Cosmos) are those of our own Galaxy who are still openly opposed to the Brotherhood of Light, its principles and standards and goals for mankind and the Planet Earth. They would seize the Planet if that were possible, to control it for their own purposes, which would destroy the freedom of Man. Commander Ashtar has been one of the most staunch defenders of the freedom of Man and his inherent right to choose, to decide to fashion his own embodiment, without outside pressures put upon him.

"The bands of renegades that patrol the terrestrial realms are immediately dispatched to their proper level when overtaken in trespassing activities within this Solar System. The Fleets of the Heavenly Commands are prompt to transport such intruders in masterly fashion."

[Commander KORTON, channeled by Tuella, in "Ashtar: A Tribute" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

As a further and important example of its work, the Galactic Federation has since the end of World War II been greatly concerned for the safety of Planet Earth, more so from our own internally created threat than an outside one.

The development of Earth's experimentation and use of nuclear energy after World War II caused grave concern throughout the Galaxy. This nuclear danger was a major reason why our Planet began to experience so many UFO visitations during the early 1950s. The inhabitants of other Solar Systems were greatly concerned at this new and dangerous development by Planet Earth and came into our orbit to monitor results of our newly acquired destructive capability. If Planet Earth had destroyed itself, at one time a distinct possibility, it would have had grave repercussions not only on all the orbits of our neighboring Planets, but on all of the other nearby Solar Systems and even threatened the stability of the whole Galaxy.

The Galactic Federation was therefore called upon to counteract our numerous experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, both underground and in the atmosphere, with special devices to restore the orbital stability of our planetary orbit. They were also particularly concerned at our use of the Hydrogen Bomb. They consider Hydrogen as a sacred and living substance, the destructive use of which could have set alight the Ethers of our entire Solar System, spreading to adjacent Solar Systems and possibly a large part of the Galaxy. Already, as a result of our past experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, Earth has experienced some minor deviations from her axis and is in constant danger of prematurely tilting her axis.

Space Commander ALIZANTIL:

"In the days when men were testing all their nuclear devices in the atmosphere and oceans, underground and on the surface, throwing caution to the wild winds, throwing Nature into chaos, very few who walk the Earth-plane at this hour, and at this moment, would have lived to read this message, had the Brotherhood not acted without fear or hesitation, with no recognition for the work that was secretly accomplished. Know that billions of your atoms which were thrown into violent discord in the atmosphere around each of the points of great explosion/repulsion, caused an activated build-up of great danger to your peoples, to your animal and plant life.

"From strategic places many small controlled devices (in the form of small remote-controlled discs and spheres) were dispatched upon their mission to the swirling clouds of discord billowing outwards as the atoms fought and jostled, each repelling the other in the great release of power uncontrolled by Man, whose folly exceeded all expectations.

"These small controlled devices (small implosion discs) drew unto themselves the atoms now discordant to your System and to the harmony of Nature; drew them inward, as a magnet from the atmosphere around them, to the point of saturation, whence they were withdrawn and treated, then to be decontaminated."

[Space Commander Alizantil, channeled by Frank Howard in "Journey in Space with Alizantil" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

However it is now being confirmed from higher sources that the need for protection against the dangers both of Earth nuclear activity and the "Forces of Darkness" is greatly reduced, since both these dangers have now been substantially neutralized by our Space Brethren. Currently the main focus of spacecraft activity is on assisting and participating with us in Humanity's Ascension to the Fifth Dimension. From the end of the Second World War up to twenty years ago, they have remained as a great force of surrounding Motherships as a possible Evacuation Force if and when major surface changes commenced on Planet Earth. Although twenty years ago the original Plan for a total Pole shift and evacuation of Humanity was changed as the Mass Consciousness of Man now demanded to go consciously through the Ascension process alongside Mother Earth, they remain in that function in case of emergencies, as well as to lift off certain Lightworkers during the changeover process. In this respect, several Comanders of the Ashtar Space Command have clarified the emergency lift-off procedure that would be needed in those areas affected (through channeling by Tuella):

Commander ANDROMEDA REX:

"A major evacuation could possibly come upon the world very suddenly. The flash of emergency events would be as the lightening that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its happening that it is over almost before you are aware of its presence. And so it could be if the events that warrant this action come to the planet. It at this time is not possible to describe what these events might be, but it is possible to instill at this time into the hearts of Humanity the hope and the knowledge of our vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf.

"Our rescue ships will be able to come in close enough in the twinkling of an eye to set the lifting beams in operation in a moment. And all over the globe where events warrant it, this would be the method of evacuation. Mankind will be lifted, levitated shall we say, by the beams from our smaller ships, due to possible planetary turbulence at the time with only limited surface landings. These smaller craft would in turn transport the persons to the larger ships overhead, higher in the atmosphere, where there is ample space and quarters and supplies for millions of people.

"It has been explained to you in the past that there is a certain amount of preparedness necessary because of exposure to this powerful levitation beam which will be operating in these circumstances. The frequency of it will be higher than most of your known electrical Earthly exposures.

"Those of extreme density and extreme selfish dispositions, especially at the expense of others or causing suffering to others, would find great physical difficulty in surviving in the frequency of our beams.

"This is why our messages have been broadcast to Mankind over the centuries to lift his own emanations and vibrations to a status of love and selflessness so that in so doing, a compatibility of forcefields will make his rescue possible.

"Those who have lived closely aligned to the Father's Will in their lives and have let the love of the Father flow through them, would have no problem with the frequency of the evacuation rays. For a high state of love in the Human heart reacts upon the Human forcefield surrounding the physical form, giving it an electrical sheath of protection and a blending with the incoming vibrations between now and that time. Indeed, if enough Souls could experience perfect love, there could very well be no need for a removal of Humanity.

"There is nothing to be feared in coming into our midst. We are loving, normal persons, as yourselves, with the attitude of good neighbors and helpers in a time of crisis. We are prepared with clothing, and your foods, and the needs to which you have accustomed yourselves. We would not be guards, but friends, and you will enjoy your time with us.

"There could be a period of time to be spent with us, for your beautiful Earth must be healed in its cleansing, and given time to return to its true glory. Then those who have been lifted in the body will be returned to reconstruct a New World and a New Order of things. As you tarry with us, you will be given the opportunity to attend classes and training for the work which will need to be done. You will be given our constant help in doing this; our advice and our technology will be at the disposal of these returning ones. Many others who have been lifted through natural transition will be returned in new bodies to participate in the new awakening.

"Those who could not participate in a lifting-off rescue will be transported, following their natural transition, to locations with a vibration and frequency equal to their own, where they may grow and learn at a pace slower than the new vibration of Planet Earth. For the Earth will be in an accelerated and very high frequency as it finds expression in the Aquarian Age."

[ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the Ashtar Command "Project: World Evacuation" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

Also, on the same theme, another view, this time from Commander YEORGOS:

"We of space have millions of space ships stationed in the skies above your Planet, ready to instantly lift you off at the first warning of a planetary tilting on its axis. If this happens, we would have only a very short period of time in which to lift you from the surface before such as great tidal waves lashing your coastlines - possibly five miles or more high!

"Such tidal waves could unleash great earthquakes and volcanic eruptions and cause some of your continents to split and sink in places and cause others to rise.

"We are very experienced in the evacuation of populations of planets! This is nothing new for the Galactic Fleet! We could expect to complete the evacuation on Earth of the Souls of Light in fifteen minutes - even when they are of a tremendous number.

"We should rescue the Souls of Light first. On our great Galactic Computers we have stored every thought, every act you have done in this and previous lifetimes. At the first indication of need to evacuate, our Computers would lock onto the location of the Souls of Light where they are at that instant!

"After the Souls of Light have been evacuated, then all the Children would be lifted off. Since children are not old enough to be accountable for their Earth actions, so they will all be evacuated to special ships to be cared for until they can be reunited with their parents. There will be people specially trained to handle their trauma. Many may be put to sleep temporarily, to help them overcome their fear and anxiety. Our computers are so sophisticated - far beyond anything on Earth in this Age - and can locate Mothers and Fathers of children wherever they are and notify them of their safety. Make no mistake – your Children shall be lifted to safety during any evacuation.

"After the evacuation of the Children from the area in question, the invitation will be extended to all remaining Souls in that location to join us. However, this will be for many only a short time although there is no question of not having enough space on board the Ships for you. The atmosphere, by this time, could possibly be full of fire, flying debris, poisonous smoke, and because the magnetic field of your Planet may be disturbed, we might have to leave your atmosphere very quickly or we, along with our spacecraft, could perish.

"Therefore, he who steps into our Levitation Beams first will be lifted first. Any hesitation on your part would mean the end of your Third-dimensional existence you call the physical body.

"Which brings us to the most serious and difficult part of an evacuation: As mentioned earlier, Souls of Light have a higher vibration frequency than those who are more closely 'tied' to the Earth and its ways.

"Since our Levitation Beams, which will be lifting you off the surface of the Planet, are very close to the same thing as your electrical charges, those of low vibrational frequency may not be able to withstand the high frequency of the Levitation Beams without departing their Third-dimensional bodies. If this happens, then your Soul will be released to join our God, the Father. "In His House are many Mansions."

"If you do not decide to step into the Levitation Beams to be lifted up, you might be one of those who survive a cleansing of your area of the Planet for the New Golden Age. However, during this period of cleansing, there could be great changes in climate, changes in land-masses, as the Poles of the Planet may have a new orientation.

"The most important point for you to remember is this: Any show of fear lowers your frequency of vibration, thus making you less compatible with our Levitation Beams!! Therefore: Above all else, remain calm and do not panic. Know that you are in expert hands, hands which have extensive experience in evacuation of entire Planets! We cannot overemphasize this: remain calm! Relax! Do not panic when you step into our Levitation Beams. Above all else, maintain your faith!

"What is to happen to you if you survive the lift off? First you will be taxied to our 'Mother Ships' anchored high above the Pplanet where you will be taken care of during your great trauma. Some of you may need medical attention. Our expert Medical Staff will be there to treat you with our highly advanced medical equipment. You will be fed and housed until such time as transfer elsewhere is advisable.

"Some of you may be taken to cities on other Planets to be trained in our advanced technology before being returned to the Planet Earth to start the New Age.

"Your beautiful Planet Earth is destined to be the most beautiful Star in the Universe. A Planet of Light! Here, you will rejoin the remainder of the Universe in brotherly love and fellowship with God the Father."

[Channeled through Glenda Stocks, 3 May, 1994, in "Sipapu Odyssey", available from Phoenix Source Distributors Inc., P.O.Box 27353, Las Vegas, Nevada 89126.]

Commander ALEVA of the Spaceship Rrmada, part of the Ashtar Space Command:

"All of you have been encoded. We have monitored many of you so that we would be familiar with your patterns and life styles to be of help where possible. We are sending our Love to you for we understand and know what you may be going through. Most of the coded Light Servers have already been temporarily brought aboard our ships in their sleep-state. When you finally arrive through our Lifting Beams, you will be awakened to this knowledge that you possess and then you will not feel so strange in these new surroundings.

"There will be changes in your lives as you all have Missions, and according to these Missions your training will continue so that you can carry them out with a minimum of adjustment. There are even facilities for your special pets. Yes, we care for pets just as you do. They are helping us to harmonize with all life forms and as you have discovered, I am sure, that harmonizing with nature is such a pleasure, and to attune to other life forms is so rewarding.

"There are many of us from distant Planets that have volunteered for this service, and I am sure you might be curious to know where we are all from. We volunteered to help those of you on the Earth plane in your time of crisis. We have studied to be able to communicate with you, studied your Earth life and hope to be of some help. Many of us have come from far distant Galaxies. As the word went out for volunteers, you would be astonished at the response. There were very few who, for reasons of family commitments and such, did not respond. Mostly all were anxious to be of service.

"You will not need any garments other than what we provide. We will probably not be able to give you much warning when the time comes for 'Beaming'. As you know, Love is the Key in the beam and everywhere else, so keep it flowing."

[Commander ALEVA, Ashtar Command, channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA.]

A further viewpoint is given by the Master HATONN, a Keeper of the Akashic Records and also at present a Member of the Ashtar Command:

"Each one of your names is written down on the records held in our great data banks. Your Sectors are carefully assigned to certain Fleets and Commanders who oversee the needs of your Sector. We know you are there and exactly where you are. Each one of you will without fail receive definite instructions at the crisis moment so that you will know where to be at a given time. No one will be missed or overlooked, and your participation is sure. Units of families, separated in the possible exodus, will be brought together again on our Ships as soon as events make this possible. Do not harbor fear of any kind, but think only in an attitude of thankfulness to our Father.

"There will be some you know and whom you love who will be remaining behind for reasons built into their own being. You must release them into the hands of the Father, who will receive their Spiritual Being into His House where there are many Mansions. They will be escorted to a place their inner thoughts and life patterns have created for them, to begin again their upward spiral. You must accept that their personal choices have created their personal destiny.

"There will be a natural missing of accustomed environment, but a brief time with us will bring a forgetfulness, as you settle into the new routines and surrounding atmosphere. Our Ships are beautiful places to be, and the atmosphere within them is joy and love and concern for one another. There will be those of your own people, already trained to assist you in your adjustment to your new environment. We will have trained these beforehand for the work they are to do.

"You will recognize and know these Earth Teachers as special representatives of our Mission, even before a crisis has come. Follow them and heed their instructions, that all may go smoothly for you at any time of great confusion.

"I am Hatonn, and I shall personally greet all of you when you are lifted into our midst to remain with us for a little while. When the area of your Planet has been healed, you will be returned to it and all of your needs for reconstruction will be given. Higher Intelligences shall walk with you to assist you in a speedy reclaiming of the Earth in Universal Love. I am grateful for your consideration of my words."

[The Master HATONN, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" by the Ashtar Command - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the above book can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II.]



Chapter 8:
HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP

Welcome aboard! These will be the words, and this the spirit, which will greet those who have chosen to be 'beamed up' to the Mother Ships if and when there are great upheavals.

The first task of our Space Brothers will be to repair the mental and physical damage, to soothe and comfort those who are in shock, to reassure, and as a matter of practicality, to bring together those who have been separated.

Next comes the gentle process of healing, and of continually raising our vibration rates. Indeed these two processes work together, for as our vibratory rates are raised, so any injuries or imperfections in our bodies will heal themselves to their perfect Etheric pattern, though in a few cases specific treatments may be necessary. This means that all our old disabilities, the damaged foot from childhood, the results of an internal operation, the scars of an accident, the internal wounds of some past sorrow... all these will be healed, returning our bodies to their truly 'natural' state, their 'higher' perfect pattern as it exists on the Etheric level.

ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command: "Those beamed up in physical form will be accelerated and quickened within that physical form to a more spiritual essence within the body, into what has been termed 'Light Bodies'. The physical form will remain the same in appearance to most, but that higher blending of the Etheric with the Physical will bring about change, and eliminate sickness and physical disharmony among you."

[Andromeda Rex of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" The full text of the above book can be read from the link at the end of Book II ]

Our 'Collective Being' must also be healed, and there will be time to review the Akashic Records of our Planetary History, much as individuals review their own history on the Higher Planes following the process we know as physical 'death'. We will at this time have the opportunity to see the entire span of Human Evolution on Earth, learning in the process from our successes and our failures. We will see the wars and devastation, the slavery, the inhuman treatment of Man by fellow Man, the mass slaughter of animals. And we will be able to review the true damage done to our Planet's environment as we comprehend the full extent of Human pollution and the havoc wrought by nuclear explosions, and as we also view for the first time the dense 'black cloud of negative thought' which has surrounded our world in the recent past.

But we will also see through the Akashic Records, all the positive aspect of the caring, the charity, the ideals of reform, the service, the good we have done to one another. And we will see holographically our former art, hear the music, watch the great theatrical dramas, 'tour' the historic gardens of great houses and castles of yesteryear, follow intrepid explorers of yore into uncharted territory as they withstand extremes of climate and face great dangers in order to push forward the frontiers of Human knowledge. And we will be able to watch the past brainstorming of scientists as they explored the sky and stars, the phenomena of time and gravity, as they discovered and learnt to harness the power of electricity, as they developed methods of capturing music then broadcasted it on the airwaves or encapsulated it on magical silver discs, or as they invented and perfected tiny chips with memories and calculating power far beyond our previous Human capacity. We will be watching on the viewing screens, in 3-dimensional virtual reality, the entire History of our Planet: This is Your Life spanning over thirty million years!

There will be time, too, set aside for individual personal development, for learning new artistic and intellectual skills, for studying ourselves so that we may know ourselves better.

Nor will we be denied enjoyment! We will share relaxation and games, drama and music with one another and with our Space Friends; there will be extensive recreational parks created within the Mother Ships in which to walk, relax and meditate. There will be no shortage of pleasurable activity.

Commander ALEVA of the Ashtar Command: "We have recreation areas, great Lecture Halls and we have school-type rooms where you will receive instruction in this new environment and new life style so that you will feel right at home in a very short time. We have entertainment and we have tried to gather foods that would please you."

[Commander Aleva, Ashtar Command - channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA, USA ]

There must also be orientation of course, conducted tours around the Mother Ship which is to be 'home' for the time whilst Earth is being cleansed and replanted.

When we think of 'Spaceships' we will probably visualize their size as corresponding to perhaps one of our largest aircraft, or those with a more adventurous imagination might visualize the size and facilities of an ocean-going liner or cruise ship. The actual reality, when we come to confront it, will require a major effort of comprehension!

Tuella gives her own personal description of one of the leading Mother Ships in the Intergalactic Fleet, the Shan Chea, Headquarters of the Ashtar Command, which even now stands ready to receive its Earth guests:

"Make no mistake about it, the Inns of Heaven are ready, awaiting their guests. Nothing is crowded in these self contained, phenomenally organized, incredibly spacious floating Etheric worlds. Seven of these great Pearly White Space Cities are at present [c.1987] said to be in readiness, which vary in size from ten miles in diameter to the largest of all, which houses the Headquarters of Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Ashtar and the Ashtar Command. It is over one hundred miles in diameter.

The Great Space Cities have twelve levels (in most cases) and it has occurred to me that you would enjoy a tour to inspect the largest, the Headquarters of The Ashtar Command. Approaching, we first see the underneath level One, which is the great entry and exit portal for trafficking craft. It consists of disembarking platforms, parking docks, garages for incoming visiting craft, maintenance departments, and storage areas for the thousands of small scout ships cleverly stacked one over the other.

The Second level might be termed a colossal stockroom. This is the Quartermaster Deck, containing all manner of supplies and inventories for the varied needs of all levels. It is like a city of warehouses, but immaculately clean of course.

The Third level is as a vast zoo. It is the level set aside for animal husbandry research, and birdland. Every manner of creature from many worlds has a habitat here. It is rather a noisy level, but the air there is nevertheless pure and pleasant.

Above it, level Four is designated for Agricultural research. It is like a vast farmland of well kept vegetable and botanical gardens, fruit orchards and sample specimens brought on board from various worlds for reseeding on new worlds, and activity of that nature.

The Fifth level is a housing center for all those technicians and persons who serve on the four levels beneath.

Directly above Five, at Level Six is the breathtakingly beautiful Recreational level and lushly landscaped park areas, where a relaxing stroll is sheer joy. All manner of recreational activities are located here for access by all residents of all ages.

Strategically located, level Seven is the sprawling Medical Complex. Awesome in size, many information centers are needed to guide one. It contains all comprehensive patient facilities and quarters for all medical personnel. Dental care areas, biological research centers, and the Ship's laboratories; all elaborated with the finest technology Space has to offer.

The Eighth level is the housing prepared for Earth's Evacuees. It contains staterooms for individuals and apartments for families as far as the eye can see. These areas are dotted with countless joint dining areas, social halls, nursery care sections, laundry facilities and of course information offices. Gradually the ship's guests are introduced to the technologies of these various areas, an exciting experience.

Level Nine is their prized University Compound. The Halls of Wisdom, vast libraries scattered everywhere, endless concert halls and cultural interests from throughout the Galaxy. Halls of learning house classes with curricula for all ages. Very young children's classrooms are filled with individualized computer systems. Rooms are decorated with domed ceilings colorful in their display of planets and worlds as they progress across the pathless sky, each at a different pace. Elementary astronomy is taught to the very young and they quickly learn to identify and name the various planets and sections of the Universe. Vibrant vitality shines in their faces as they have conversations with their computers.

Musical talent blossoms in outer space because of the Music Rooms in the great Craft. There one can play upon an instrument, in a soundproof room, along with a full orchestration background on a wide choice of selections by merely pressing the correct buttons on a computer panel. Any category of music, with thousands of selections, is available at the fingertips of the lone but aspiring soloist.

On level Ten, these Innkeepers of the Galaxy, house their visiting dignitaries from all dimensions, in special apartments. This tenth level is also primarily the living quarters for our Space Brothers, containing staterooms and apartments with multiple scattered conference rooms and beautiful sprawling dining and lounge areas.

The home for the Ashtar Command Headquarters is located on level Eleven, also the Great Rotunda Meeting Hall. Summoned by a soft electronic tone in their quarters, Earth Evacuees are brought to this Great Hall for any necessary group gatherings. Its striking circular wall displays many tremendous viewing screens, where guests are permitted to view Cosmic panorama as well as their own world and things to come as well as things passed.

The Great Hall is also used for auspicious social occasions, like welcoming and meeting with visiting dignitaries or other festivities from any level. This level also houses the Viewing Room, Map Room and Soul-Panel Boards, and finally the enormous Command Communications Center, where all Earth contacts are precipitated or monitored, recorded, or whatever, as well as Inter-Command communication.

Level Twelve is the uppermost portion of the craft and is referred to as "The Dome". It is the officers' Observation Deck and Pilot Control Center. Earth visitors are permitted here in groups, by appointment. The total surrounding circumference is furnished with comfortable chairs for relaxing and observation. Question-and-answer sessions with crew members are a part of the experience there.

Directly down through the center of the great ship, all levels share a circular shaft or center core, which is a power reactor throughout the craft. However, one must remember that the activating source of power comes from the Universe itself, this is but its channel to proper sources. The power center core is roughly 200 feet or so in diameter. Its outer shell contains several primary elevators (or large lifts) for inter-level transportation. A few larger lifts are restricted for Quartermaster and maintenance use. At each level, the power center is surrounded by a spacious lounge area, beautifully furnished and shared by all divisions of that level.

Generally speaking, the ship's furnishings are simple and sharp in design. White is the predominant color, contrasted with stirring tones of orange or reds or blues, and much yellow. The colors are all pure, not muddied or muted. In Earth terms, the decor would be described as ultra modern, with its gleaming use of a glass-like substance.

Commander Lord Ashtar once described Shan Chea as the largest of the Father's great orbiting cities that encircle this Solar System and primarily this Planet. It orbits (in the Etheric dimension) from 500 to 1500 miles away from Earth, varying this elevation from time to time. It remains fixed in certain holding patterns when circumstances require. It is one of the slower moving bodies because of its size and because of its monitoring of the overall area as well as its monitoring of Earth's inhabitants. It has been in orbit since long before the coming of the Christ Child. Its orbit is not given to any certain pathway for it goes wherever it is led by needs and situations. It is the Great White City upon which Commander Ashtar abides most of the time and from which he projects all of his Energies to the system. Many times it hovers at the Portal of this Universe when great Inter-Universal Councils take place.

["On Earth Assignment" by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read or downloaded from the links at the end of Book II]

A further description of our arrival and familiarization with a Mother-Ship is given by several Members of the Ashtar Command:

SARNA: "Greetings in the Light of the Radiant One. I am Sarna, one that is in a Spaceship assigned to this channel…

"I will take you at this time, with your permission, on a mental voyage. First I would ask you that you mentally visualize a Scout-ship that has just landed in front of your dwelling place. Know that it is an oval shape. As it is seated on either large balls or tripods, there is a stairway that automatically descends to your level. You are invited to enter. All of you are invited to enter.

"I stand at the top of the stairway and I greet each of you individually. You will notice that this particular room is semi-circular and there are comfortable seating arrangements for each of you. I invite you to sit. Now, if you will excuse me, as I have closed the door, I shall now take the controls.

"You will notice that the large screen panel that is before me is one that appears to have a computer-like system with varying monitors. Now, as you grow accustomed to where you are seated within the ship, you become aware that your seat moves so that you may gaze out. Slowly our craft rises and you see the Earth as we leave it.

"Within this particular vessel, you feel no movement, but it would seem that the Earth is slipping away from you rather than you are leaving its ethers. Then, as you continue to gaze about, you see the night-time sky. One of you notices that we are heading towards a very bright light that contains a strong intensity, and indeed, the light grows brighter as we approach.

"As we get closer, you notice a form, a shape. It is much larger than you had anticipated it being… One of you might ask of this and I would assure you that this is one of the Mother Ships, if you would care to use that term. For this particular voyage of discovery we are taking you aboard this vessel.

"We dock in a portion underneath the Mother Ship. Slowly, again as I press the button, our stairway descends, and I ask that you would follow me out into the entry area. We then step upon what you would call a moving sidewalk. One of you notices immediately, the fragrance that is in the air. For indeed, the air is clear and clean, and there is a sweet fragrance to it in its purity.

"As we reach the end of this particular moving sidewalk the door slides open and we step into an entry foyer-like waiting area. It is in a pale color and has indirect lighting. And one of you is quite surprised to see that there is green foliage about.

"Here, I will leave you briefly, and another will continue some of your experiences aboard the ships."

Aleva: "Hello, I am Aleva. I am coming in my capacity of the Official Greeter, and I would greet each of you most humbly in the Light of the Radiant One. I would bid you welcome, for it is my joy and my pleasure to act as your official hostess as you would go about the ship.

"But now, before you go any farther, I know you must be weary and you would be much more comfortable in some other more suitable clothing. So I would suggest to you that perhaps you might go to your designated rooms. There is no need to stand uncertain and be concerned – simply go in the direction that you feel is 'right'. Some of you will turn to the right and some to the left and continue until you see a certain inscription upon a door. A 'knowing within' will tell you that this is your room. I would suggest that you would enter. Now, please set off on your visit, and I shall continue a telepathic description to you individually, even as you have entered your room.

"You will notice going down the corridors, that as you approach your room the door slides quietly open so that you might step into that which is your particular space. Some of you are quite surprised to see that you have a particular favorite green plant in your room, or perhaps there is your favorite chair. Of course this is a replica of that which you have had on Earth. For you see, we have monitored you quite closely and it is our desire that this space, this area you would call your own, would be an area that would be quite comfortable for you, so we have brought in various favorite articles for your convenience.

"Some of you notice that there is a clothes closet, that there are chairs, and you notice that your bed does not have legs, but rather it is a projection out from the wall. Now, may I suggest to you at this time that you exchange the garment that you have on for one of the one-piece jump suits, as you shall find this more comfortable. And yes, you will notice that you have a specific color for that which you wear.

"Now that you are about to change, if you would like to first freshen-up by washing your face, you might like to touch that large button over there on the wall and you will find that the necessary concealed fixtures will make themselves available to you. Once you have donned your particular suit, may I suggest to you that you recline upon your couch or your bed, whichever term you prefer to use. There now, I trust you now feel quite comfortable.

"Please do not be concerned that two persons will now ask permission to enter your room. They have come to assist you in balancing out and in attuning to the vibrational frequency of the ship. Yes, notice that they do not actually touch your body, but rather, they work through that which is your auric field. There now, you can already feel that they have discovered a particular area of your aura where there has been an unbalance within you, and they are now working to smooth out that unbalance.

"I can now sense that each of you is feeling much more comfortable, much more relaxed. No, these two ones do not speak to you in words as you do, but your gratitude is conveyed to them through your thoughts. Perhaps you might choose to recline here for a few moments after they have completed the balancing process and just relish the delightful feeling that you have.

"Now, if you are ready, we would ask that you would again come into the central foyer that I might have the opportunity, indeed the privilege, of taking you on a tour of this particular vessel. Now, is everyone with us? Let me see. Yes, you are all here.

"We shall continue down this particular corridor, for I would welcome the opportunity to show you the portion of the ship that you would call the 'piloting area'. As we go past some of these doorways or some of these areas, you will notice that there is that which has the resemblance of great banks of computers. These are not computers in your terms of the word, but rather they are a storage system. This particular vessel is powered by crystalline energy and is guided in most ways by thought. These computer-like banks that you observe are memory banks for various activities that take place within the ship.

"Now, we have approached that which is the 'Command' section. As we step through the door, you will note that there are several individuals that are quite familiar to you. Indeed, some of you will be now having your own individual reunions with them…

"Again, you will note the large computer-like wall screens in this area. You will notice the energy patterns or waves that are being displayed. This is how we are able to know you, by your particular set of energy patterns. If I were to touch this particular switching device, you will notice that I do not actually touch it, but rather, I move my hand before it, and now our screen shows a combination of energy patterns that are melding into one specific pattern. This is a representation of who you are. Your individual patterns have now formed into one energy pattern that represents the group. You will note that there is now shown a particular ratio of various colors.

"That particular chair over there is one that is occupied only by the Lord Sananda, or else Commander Ashtar. There are no specific regulations regarding who can sit in it, it's just that the rest of us do not feel that we have evolved sufficiently to do so."

Commander Jon-Ton: "Greetings. May the peace of the Infinite One abide within you in all ways, manifesting the beauty that is that which is given through you.

"I do not usually communicate directly through channels on your planet, but rather, I am one that is met here on the Star Ship by those Earth persons that come aboard in their sleep-state. My assignment here, if you will, is to 'run' the Star Ship, which is the 'moving world' known to you as the 'Star of Bethlehem'. It would be considered by you as a small-sized world, such as your Moon, though somewhat smaller. This ship is used as the central focus of the many specific energies which are shared with the Earth plane. Often it is stationed near to your equator, but usually several hundred-thousands of miles above.

"Even as the other Commanders have specific assignments of concentration, my primary responsibility is to assure the safety and the secure management of the ship. This is no easy task, I assure you! But it is one that brings to me a great challenge and sense of purpose. I cannot begin to give you specific numbers as to how many there are of us here. The numbers fluctuate according to the number of ships out on station and those that have returned to their home planets. However, you could say that at any one time there are at least several hundreds of thousands of ships.

"Many of the small Scout-ships stationed on this Mother Ship, more than one hundred and fifty thousand of them, are manned by from one, to two, three and up to five crew members. Of course, there is also room in each of them to hold more than twice that number if need be, such as in the event that the moment comes for you of Earth to leave quickly.

"Even as your World has many divisional responsibilities, this small world to which I am entrusted, is divided into one in which each person has specific duties or responsibilities, such as for the 'housekeeping' or cleanliness of our surroundings; others who provide food, ones who maintain the structure of the ship, ones who maintain the gardens and plant growth areas, as well as those who are responsible for our garments, housing and the environment.

"Those, for instance, who maintain the environment, are responsible for the quality of the air, its correct mixture for our well-being, the amount of light and its intensity, hue and color, and for the level of moisture available to us. They are entrusted with maintaining the in-ship environment that is most conducive to the well-being and upliftment of the ship's inhabitants. To those of us from different spheres as well as galaxies, we have found that there is a universal air mixture, but in the private quarters of each individual, an exact mixture is provided which is likened to their home area. Thus there is always the opportunity to balance out. As you on Earth come to this ship, these specialists will, and have learned, how to adjust to the total environment of your area, so as to achieve a minimum adjustment shock for each of you.

"Our Ship could be likened to a large city which is planned for the total benefit of its inhabitants. One aspect that you might find of interest, is the fact that we have no litter or refuse. We have the ability to recycle or reuse all that is with us. Thus we are self-sufficient and perpetuating. Families are also assigned to this Ship, so that we may have the experience of children or small ones coming forth to enrich our lives. In fact, we have a 'birthing' chamber, even as we have a chamber for releasing ones who have achieved their highest development within this particular sphere.

"We have accepted this assignment with great joy and anticipation. We are a movable world, which has the capacity to invite and accept many more…

"As you are aware, these Mother Ships are made by us through thought and application. This particular Ship does not itself have a consciousness, but it does have a sensitivity. Those that work most closely with her know of that sensitivity and how she expresses such. She does have the ability in some situations to repair herself, but she still must be patrolled by the engineers who are responsible for her well-being.

"Should we be exposed to a small meteor bombardment, the Ship has the ability to seal any and all encroachments up to twenty feet in diameter that have escaped the Ship's repulsion beams. These would not necessitate the involvement of one of the engineers. However, should there be damage greater than that diameter, then a crew of several engineers from one of the sectors would be dispatched to examine the damage and determine the method of repair. In these instances the engineers shoot crisscrossing threads across the damaged area. The Ship then has the ability to repair itself, using these filaments as the foundation for its own regeneration. Also recognize that there is a measure of elasticity to the Ship's covering material.

"We have also, at all times, a crew on station in the 'Control' chamber. This area can be visualized as a dome above the major portion of the Ship. These ones do not usually need to themselves control the Ship, but rather leave this to instruments that are similar to your computers, except at those times when we must use 'conscious thought' to determine the navigational route. Even then, the information we require is held within the computers for us to determine which is the best route.

"Recognize that we travel much on what you would call 'Ley Lines', which are spread throughout the Cosmos. These energy lines go in all directions, so there is no limitation to our direction of travel. The only limitation we experience is one of needing to make a vibrational adjustment when we enter a Dimension of denseness greater than the one which we normally experience in our routine work. Even then, we are advised of the anticipated adjustment by our computer equipment. The 'thought' is then shared and received by all to make the necessary adjustment. The skin or covering of the Ship, if you will, is thickened to compensate for the additional stress placed upon it.

"Concerning the great distance we are from you. We could not be closer because to do so would set up a vibrational pull between your Earth, our Ship, and your Moon, to such an extent that it would be quite detrimental. It would destroy your Moon, or rather, destroy the attraction holding your Moon, causing it to spin off and disintegrate. It would also bring your Earth to rest attached to our Mother Ship or vice-versa! Such an arrangement would not be conducive to travel! This attached connection would also unfortunately destroy your Earth, should we then desire at short notice to remove ourselves from your attatchment and position within your Solar System.

"On board our Mother Ship, the growing process for our foods is one that is greatly different from yours on Earth. We do not have or need large fields of soil in which to plant seeds to produce food. Our diets are relatively simple, but suited to the background of each of us. Nutrients are produced in what you would consider to be a laboratory setting. Your hydroponics are quite similar. It has been determined that a greater yield for a longer period can be produced in this manner. We do not eat the flesh of others, but rather eat that which you would determine as fruits and vegetables, grains and seeds. Our intake of foods is not as great as yours, so it is not necessary to produce vast amounts of food.

"Those that prepare these 'Gifts of Nature' are ones who have a great love and involvement with the act of preparation. To use your terms, they are quite creative. I believe you would like some of their recipes. We do not put in long hours of preparation, for much of what is consumed by us on a routine basis is consumed in its natural raw state. Perhaps, a liquid combining the nutrients and flavors of two or more foods might be made, but that is all. On those days which are feast days or special occasions, then there is a great activity in the area of food preparation.

"There are several of our largest Mother Ships stationed near to the Earth plane. We can come to within two thousand miles of your planet without immediate harm to you or us. We will do this in the event of a lift-off evacuation. We, aboard this particular craft, can easily hold most of the population of your North American Continent, although we would not in fact need to do this, since many of your Continent are also assigned to various other vessels for their debriefing and various assignments."

[Channeled through Tuieta in "Letters From Home, Vol. II", published in 1992 by Portals of Light, Inc., 1186E 700N, MARION, IN 46952.

In this and similar Mother Ships there will be much work to be done. Those brought up at this time will be looking forward to their ultimate return to a rejuvenated and cleansed Fifth Dimensional Planet Earth, with a new life ahead of them, but now there be time for training and preparation for the tasks ahead for co-creating with the help of the Galactic Fedration Forces back down on the New Earth.



Chapter 9:
PLANNING A NEW WORLD

Those who have been lifted up for training and preparation to the large Mother-Ships hovering high in our atmosphere, will be given ample time and all the necessary support needed to overcome the change of location. They will be welcomed as honored guests, and all the spaceships' great wealth of facilities, for learning, recreation and relaxation as well as personal refreshment and reflection will be placed at their disposal. But they will also need to confront the challenge of a return to a cleansed and in some areas an unrecognizable Planet. The reality of this event will focus attention on the mundane need to formulate new social and commercial rules, to assist in the planning of future resources-use for urban living, agriculture and leisure.

Aware of the importance of this task, our Space Brothers will provide the opportunities and facilities on the Mother Ships for the necessary Planning Convocations.

The co-creation of a rejuvenated Earth on a higher dimension is an event of considerable importance even in Galactic terms, and we will be greatly assisted at these planning convocations with advice and encouragement from our Space Brothers and participating visitors from more developed worlds throughout the Universe. But they would not dictate our future plans, only help and advise us, for if they did otherwise they would be inter-positioning themselves between us and our own Karma, which would be improper and a violation of Universal Law. We must all learn through our own efforts, our own successes and our own mistakes, and this applies equally to a collective planetary civilization, just as it does to the destiny of individuals.

We of Earth will need to consider and formulate for ourselves the basic social-political rules and structure that will govern our new society; the basic rules of social conduct which will reflect our new attitudes and aspirations towards one another and towards the new and uplifted Planet Earth.

Man's development on Earth, from the times of primitive cave-dwelling to the relatively sophisticated lifestyles presently enjoyed by us, has up to now been largely concerned with the provision of physical needs of food, clothing and shelter. In the New Age this will no longer be Mankind's major preoccupation, thanks largely to a lower population and new technologies as yet unknown on Earth.

Nor will the new Mankind be plagued by wars, slavery, poverty, revolution and social injustices; for the higher vibratory rate on which Humanity is to operate will ensure that the basic attitude of selfishness, which has in the past pervaded Man's relationships with fellow Man and hampered the true development of civilization, will not prevail. Indeed, cooperation and mutual assistance will be the natural inclination in the New Age, leading to peace and prosperity.

In a world where there is an abundance of physical needs, in a world where peace and cooperation are the natural order, Mankind will now have time to devote to intellectual and spiritual development, and this will then become our major preoccupation in the New Age.

Yet politics must nevertheless play a vital role, for even when there is unqualified goodwill between all people, an absence of planning can result in the same urban chaos we experience today; and even with the best will in the world, people still need 'Laws' as standards of guidance in preserving personal liberty, in the correct behaviour towards others and in ensuring fair commercial trade.

Many of Earth's people on the great spaceships will undoubtedly approach the very subject of politics with reluctance, recalling only too vividly the inefficiency, corruption and costly mal-administration which characterized the 'Democratic' process of government over which 'the people' had little or no control. How can the old evils of politics be avoided? What sort of politics will serve the New Age?

Fortunately these problems will not in our future Ascended World give undue concern. The 'right answer' has always been with Humanity since its most primitive days, but self-centeredness blinded us to its virtues and prevented us from embracing it. In the light of a higher vibration rate and a New Age, the right answer will be clear to everyone of us, and it will consist of one simple but vital rule, which will give all the needed guidance in our correct relationship with others:

In the New Age there can be no imposition upon one living Being by another, no interference in the life and evolution of one by another. Whatever we may choose to do, we should do nothing which is harmful to, or interferes directly in the personal evolutionary path of others.

Grow without diminishing others; prosper without impoverishing others; respect others, as you would have others respect you. This is the Principle of Liberty which guides those on higher levels, and this Principle too, will in future guide Human affairs and conduct on the New Earth.

With this one single rule, Mankind will share resources fairly whilst observing the rights of Nature herself; we will respect the peace, privacy and property of one another; and trade will be honest and fair, as each seeks to serve, not exploit others; giving fairly for goods and services received, asking a fair price for goods and services rendered.

Thus the task of formulating political institutions and laws will simply become one of detail, of applying to our everyday lives and events the principles of Universal Law.

Turning then to physical planning, the major and very essential task of Humanity in preparation for the return to the New Earth, there will be the planning of communities, transport, and other uses of land and natural resources in such a way that needs of agriculture and recreation are provided for, residential neighborhoods, towns and cities are convenient and pleasant, and the needs of the Planet herself are rigorously respected.

In fact the planning process will be one of enjoyable creation in which everyone can and will participate. With guidance from a high and just social Principle, the assistance of colleagues from other worlds, a respect for Planet Earth herself, and a pervading spirit of goodwill resulting from the higher vibratory rate, rapid and productive progress can be made. And with the multi-dimensional 'virtual reality' planning facilities which will be placed at our disposal on the Motherships, in which cities, shops, workplaces, neighborhoods, homes, even rooms and gardens can be planned, visualized and 'experienced' as if they already existed before they are built, planning the 'New Earth' will be the fun, exciting, creative experience it should be.

Our Space Brothers will provide accurate, multi-dimensional maps covering the areas of the restructured New Earth's surface, showing in detail those new topography of seas, lakes, rivers and mountains, the mineral deposits and the best agricultural land, as well as the Planet's natural 'Power Centers' or Planetary Chakras which channel and diffuse higher spiritual forces.

During our sojourn on the Mother-Ships, the Space Brothers' Ecosystem Teams will meanwhile be working and cooperating with Nature down on the newly-cleansed Planet Earth to repopulate damaged areas with trees, plants, flowers and vegetation, for the benefit and beautification of the Planet and to provide Humans and animals with food in a rich and varied choice of fruits, nuts and grains. Trees and vegetation in these areas will not be seeded where centers of habitation and other surface features, such as transport lines, are planned to be located - another important reason for detailed advance planning.

But even before re-seeding and re-planting can take place, the task of Earth's purification must be undertaken by those of 'Higher' spiritual evolution qualified in such work. This is more complex than we could ever imagine, involving sciences unknown to us. The pollution and damage to our Planet presently visible to us is only the 'tip of the iceberg', as Tuella explains:

"I am told by our Space Brothers that it will take at some years for Planet Earth to heal over the scars of her past damage. Panoramic pastures of flowers and lush greenery will be set aside to replenish in beauty, areas where polluted cities once stood and wars were fought.

"The many combined Fleets of the Ashtar Command will be occupied balancing the Magnetic Grid System to restore it to a positive and accurate balance once again. Evacuees from Earth will be observing this from viewing screens on the great Mother Craft, as space ships beyond number of all colors, tints, shapes and sizes, some just as balls of radiant light, travel at incredible speeds along every line of the Grid System, moving in beautiful precision.

"They will anchor the Earth within its own forcefield and reopen the Planetary Chakras where new beautiful cities will be built. They will also clear the Dimensional Portals for the later entry of the immense, city-sized Mother Ships, which will return their precious cargo to the Planet. This will come after Earth's glorious restoration when all things will be made new."

['On Earth Assignment', by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read or downloaded from the links at the end of Book II]

Just as so many intrepid souls crossed the Atlantic from the Old World to a new continent, so the time will come when Earth's people will begin their return to their 'New' Planet, now largely cleansed, refreshed and replanted. They will bring with them their previously agreed plans for new towns and cities, neighborhoods and homes, and begin work on the pioneering task of rebuilding the new society.

It will be a time of great challenge, for those first years will set the tone for the New Age and Aquarian Millennium. But it will also be a time of relief, of joy and thanksgiving for our return 'Home' to a higher dimension. The joy of return will mirror in reverse the trauma in which we left; and in our return we will be accompanied by, and share our joy with the great Masters in whose charge Planet Earth is given.

Tuella relates her experience she viewed on a visit to the Higher Planes of a return of Humanity to the 'New Earth':

"During an 'out of body excursion', I was privileged to visit with Commander Soltec on his Mother Ship, the 'Phoenix'.

"On the ship, I was courteously seated before three very large viewing screens in his Office and Laboratory Rotunda. The center screen presented a sweeping panorama of Earth's landscape; beautiful snow scenes, then tropical areas, majestic green mountains, colorful oceans, like a travelogue on a tremendous scale and utterly beautiful. It seemed somewhat strange to me that in this broad viewing, I saw no housing of any description or evidence of commercial or city life; in fact I saw no Human life at all. Soltec was evidently reading my thoughts. He commented:

"You are now viewing an area of the Planet as it will be when it is cleansed and new in its glory and beauty. This is the new growth, the new covering that will bloom upon the Planet when these people of Light return. Notice how much more beautiful is the greenery of the vegetation and the spreading trees, the deep blue of the firmament, the clear cleanliness of the water, for all pollution is now removed from the atmosphere. The air is pure and clean."

"He zoomed in on a tremendous pasture of wild flowers. The colorful splash was breathtaking. He smiled and told me, "On that very panorama, a large polluting dirty city formally stood." I would never have recognized the terrain, though I knew I had once lived in that city. He further stated: "Many areas on the beautiful Planet Earth that have suffered degradation at the hands of Mankind, will be left to rest."

"The screen to the left was then activated and revealed a desirable landscape of sloping hills, lavishly covered with trees of that heavenly green, with many beautiful broad open areas in its midst. There were creeks, and slowly flowing rivers. I could see the rocks at the bottom through the clear water, even from our distant vantage point.

"Suddenly, high above these vast central planes I saw the gleaming bright light of an enormous Spacecraft, very brilliant, glowing as it lowered and settled down silently and gently on the miles of greenery. It was a beautiful ship of indescribable size. I can only say it was extremely spacious, shiningly beautiful, dominating the screen as we watched.

"Many openings suddenly appeared all around the Spacecraft, with wide stairways dropping down, efficiently and quickly. Upon each one were crowds of people; youths, tots perched on adult shoulders or clutching the hands of parents, whilst hugging all of their young pets the Space friends had given them. All began to descend at once in a run, shouting with joy or in prayer, but happiness and smiles everywhere. The high emotion of the moment was contagious and I found myself feeling exhilarated along with them and smiling broadly as well. I looked at the Commander, and he also was smiling and laughing with great joy.

"What's happening here?" I asked.

"This is a landing of persons and Light Workers returning to the new Earth."

"I caught my breath as I marveled at their happiness. As far as you could see the children were running all over the beautiful hills, whilst the very young children were busily occupied with petting their little animal friends to make them feel at home. These children from the great Mother Ship were facing a new life that would share fellowship with these beautiful souls from other worlds. There were many infants also; being carried as the throng continued to pour forth by the hundreds, until finally I calculated there must be several thousands disembarking.

"Finally the moment came when the activity had stilled and a hush of reverence swept across the masses. Every eye was turned toward the massive center portal, which seemed to glow in an invisible light. Suddenly three beautiful Beings appeared atop the stairs and paused. As I sat with Soltec viewing the scene, I intuitively knew they were Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Kuthumi, and Lord Saint Germain. The shortest of the three was draped in a violet colored cape. Lord Jesus wore a simple white robe girded at the center, and Lord Kuthumi was clothed in a golden colored metallic robe. Together, they descended where the assembled crowd stood waiting. They clasped as many outstretched hands as possible and embraced many. I realized then that these 'Beloved Ones' and our Space Friends would be remaining with us for a considerable time."

['On Earth Assignment', by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read or downloaded from the links at the end of Book II]





Chapter 10:
Earth Changes: Updates from the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael - 2009-10

Over the period of the last ten years we have been given a considerable amount of channeled information from the Galactic Federation of Light on the progress of Earth's Ascension and the coming Earth Changes. The "Galactic Federation of Light" is made up of a Galaxy-wide membership of Galactic Star Systems within our "Milky Way" Galaxy following the positive path of "Light" as opposed to the negative path of the Dark. This Federation of Light has, until recently, been bitterly opposed within this Galaxy by the negatively inclined, and equally powerful, "Forces of Darkness", also known as the "Anchara Alliance". As a result, during the last 500 million years, there have been numerous and devastating Galactic Wars throughout our Galaxy. Only now, at the coming end of the present "Great Universal Cycle", Prime Creator has at last instituted a final elimination of those Forces of Darkness which infiltrated our area of Creation from an earlier less-developed Creation out in the Great Void (see Book I, Chapter 10 for more information on this). This dark infiltration mis-led and converted many Worlds and Beings of Light to fall for the false entrancements of the Forces of Darkness.

As a result of the recent Universe-wide cleansings now being made in conjunction with the commencement of a New Universal Age, many Members of the Anchara Alliance have finally seen the wisdom of changing sides over to the Galactic Federation of Light in order to rremain on the winning side and ensure their own continued survival. Thus, recent Galactic Membership of the "Federation of Light" has risen from 100,000 to over 200,000 Star Nations. Many of the Members of the former Dark "Anchara Alliance" belonged to the "Reptillian Races" (bipedal Reptile Beings, also known on Earth as the Dragon Race), came from a disbanded nearby Universe when it was amalgamated with our own. They generally tend to be of a more mental and sometimes aggresive nature and with a less emotional Love reponse than the Human Race. They came over to our Galaxy with the profound belief that they had a Creator-given "Mandate" to inherit dominance over all the other Races within this Galaxy, especially the then newly developing Human Race. They brought with them a more mentally oriented advanced technological ability, giving them an initial advantage over all the other less developed technology-wise Races.

With regard to our own Planet's End-of-Age "Earth Changes", the Council of the Galactic Federation based on Sirius B, who are our local Representatives within this quadrant of the Galaxy, were the first to warn us of our Solar Sytem's forthcoming entrance to an approaching "Photon Belt", a huge doughnut-shaped cloud of Photon Light particles emanating originally from the Galactic Center. They informed us that this intense area of Celestial Light-force would be a major agent in the predicted Earth Changes and in raising our consciousness level up to the Fifth Dimension. They pointed out that the Photon Light particles would also change our present magnetic-based electrical systems over to one of Photon-based energy, requiring totally new technology for our future survival. They promised they would help us with this once they had been permitted to make a "First Contact" with us to act as our advisers on future technology after having made a major landing on Earth of their spacecraft.

However there have since then been repeated delays in our Human and Planetary Ascension, as it was deemed by the Divine Spiritual Hierarchy that Earth Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" was not quite yet ready for the move upwards to a higher "Dimension". This was further complicated by the Dark Cabal/Illuminati's continued strong secret control over certain major Governments and our global Financial system. Therefore Divine Intervention has repeatedly been enacted to postpone the imminent physical Earth Changes and Cleansing. In the meantime this has allowed Earth's Humans more preparation time for their Ascension and made it possible to include a greater number of as-yet unprepared Souls to progress towards Ascension. However, now that our Solar System is already well advanced into the Photon-Light Belt, major physical changes to Planet Earth can no longer be much delayed.

Gaia/Mother Earth has herself been very anxious to proceed as soon as possible with her surface cleansing in preparation for her and Humanity's Ascension up to the Fifth-Dimension. She has in the meantime been quietly progressing with her own program of initiating the Earth Changes and Cleansing. A few years ago she started with the raising of hot magma from deep in her interior to just beneath the ocean crusts to enable her at the correct time to proceed with her major surface cleansing through earthquakes and the raising and lowering of the Tectonic Plates. These hot pools of Magma under the ocean beds are also a major factor in the recent global warming of Earth, the "El Nino effect", bringing forth many unusual surface weather patterns. Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs or Solar Flares) from the Sun are also a recent major factor in the increasing unusual weather patterns and severe storms.

The Galactic Federation has also had to stave off the various efforts of the Forces of Darkness Cabal/Illuminati secretly ruling our Planet through our financial and political systems in order to delay our whole Ascension process. This they have been doing through their many incitements of wars, particularly in the Middle East, always fuelled by their ultimate secret plans for total control of Earth, and for the eventual control of the whole Galaxy. This Earthly Dark Cabal which has largely been inspired and directed by Forces of Darkness from outside of our Solar System, carried out their undercover control through a behind-the-scenes ruling Elite known as the "Secret Government" or "Illuminati". This group was originally set up following the destruction of Atlantis and the Great Flood 12,500 years ago by the extraterrestrial "Anunnaki", who were powerful "Gods" from the Battle Planet Nibiru originating from within the Pleiadian Constellation. These self-seeking 4th Dimensional Niburians needed to mine Earth's natural resources of gold to help repair the surrounding atmospheric envelope of their Planet Nibiru, badly damaged through their heavy involvement in the many Galactic Wars. They genetically modified the DNA of the remaining native Earth Humans who were left after the "Flood" and destruction of Atlantis, in order that they would become their compliant slaves in their gold mines in Africa. They also later established the Sumerian Civilization and in much more recent times have continued as the behind-the-scenes controlling influence in our modern world through the powerful Banking and Political families.

Many of original Galactic Federation "Earth Changes" Messages (1997-2007) came from their Regional Representative Council within our Quadrant of the Galaxy, channeled through Sheldan Nidle (most of these are available as a separate "Galactic Federation Earth Changes Archive" - see Link below). In recent years there have also been many other Earth Changes messages from other Members of the Galactic Federation. However, a new and even more significant source has recently been made available through Christ Michael, who is the ultimate controller of the Galactic Federation as Sovereign Ruler of our local Universe of Nebadon in which Planet Earth is situated. Two thousand years ago he jointly shared with Esu/Jesus an incarnation on Earth as part of his seventh and final "Planetary Bestowal Mission" to one of his inhabited planets. When this Seventh Bestowal experience on one of his youngest and most backward physical planets was finally concluded on the Cross, a first such dramatic and terrible ending within a Universe within our Grand Universe, it then gave him the right, as one of the Father-Creator's "Creator Sons", to finally assume the title of "Sovereign of the Universe of Nebadon." [More information on Christ Michael and of our Creation's entire Hierarchy, Universes and Worlds is available at the end of this Book II in the Link to: "The Creation of the Grand Universe and our Planet Urantia/Earth", or for even greater detail, the "Urantia Book"]

In the following Messages, the Reader may become aware that there is a somewhat different program for the coming Earth Changes as outlined by the Galactic Federation and by Christ Michael, the Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon. Whereas Christ Michael emphasises the coming "Stasis Event" (a period of suspended animation for all Humans and Higher Animal Forms for up to 2 years) following the emergence of Planet Jupiter as a Second Sun, which will also precipitate a "Pole Reversal", the Galactic Federation concentrates on the "First Contact Event" of Mass Landings of Spacecraft following the uncovering of the UFO Cover-up and the announcement of their existence by world Governments. It would seem that the Galactic Federation have not been permitted to announce the coming "Stasis Event" at this point, presumably as this is the sole prerogative of Christ Michael. The Galactic Federation's "First Contact Event" would therefore probably follow the completion of the Stasis period when all Humans remaining will have had their vibration levels upgraded to the 5th Dimension and existing Earth Governments changed and re-ordered.



SaLuSa of Sirius, - Michael Quinsey - 1 October 2008:

Dear Ones a beautiful wave of Light is sweeping over the Earth and will continue to do so as there is a new awakening, hastened by the emergence of joy and happiness at the first public announcement of our arrival. How much it will reveal is up to your response in the meantime. We not only observe but also register the upsurge of a heightened energy full of expectation as to the future. The financial chaos now being experienced by you is the period of cleansing that shall see opportunities for a totally new approach to your needs. No longer are the old ways acceptable, and it would be a waste of your energy and resources to resurrect the format upon which your financial markets were based. It will be a time of concern for many of you, but remember that in the long run all of your needs will be satisfied.

The suddenness of what is happening has been looming for a long time, and the outcome could no longer be held back. It has come as a great shock to the Illuminati who thought they were still in charge. However, your destiny has been taken out of their hands for some time now, and at last you are beginning to see how the changes are manifesting for your betterment. There are still a few steps to go, and we await the opportunity to promote our Allies to the positions of power, but this time they shall be trustworthy, honest and true to the Light within…..

Ker-On of Venus - Michael Quinsey - 3 October 2008

Dear Ones, hold on to the reins that you now have to lead your Civilization forward, into a new period of progress towards a solution to all of your ills. The answers are there just waiting for the right ones of Light to emerge, and lift you up out of the murky waters of yesterday. At present the financial mess in your Money Markets lays it open for massive changes, and you will see that a new system will be put in place. There will be no going back to the corrupt and unfair systems that have bled you dry. Fairness and justice will bring eventually bring about a proper distribution of wealth, and no one shall be without the means to survive. A new Light is shining upon you and it is bringing out your compassion and love for your Earth, and all life upon it.

You are the Guardians of the Earth, and soon the opportunities to undo the harm and damage caused over many centuries will be presented to you. The Earth also prepares for Ascension and needs your help to restore its condition in readiness. Those tasks are not for you alone, and we have fully prepared for this time and we shall be as one force working for its upliftment. You are beautiful Beings and have much love to give to each other, and the days of greed and selfishness are over. At heart you are desirous of helping each other and we hear your pleas for help. We are ready to come to your aid and bring our highly advanced technology, and it will speed up the cleansing of your Planet. We have such large resources at our disposal, that you need not have any concern at the size of the tasks ahead.

I am Ker-On from Venus, and we are long standing members of the Galactic Federation serving all civilizations throughout the Universe. For the time being you are our focus of attention, and the most vital task we have had for a long time. You are part of a major event that carries so much importance for the whole process of Ascension. We are here to ensure that everything goes ahead and is completed as planned. We know you are full of questions and once we can safely walk amongst you, the time will come for a series of revelations about the history of your civilization. It will mean that much of what has been presented to you previously will have to be discarded, as your version of it is far from accurate. You have been deliberately kept from learning the truth about your links with us, and how we have guided your evolution.

Each day now is revealing more about the nature of changes that are taking place. Rest easy knowing that they are all for your greater benefit, and soon you shall see the proof in the resultant outcome. Look to the skies as we approach you and come nearer to First Contact than ever before. We bring love and seek to restore peace upon Earth, and bring all souls together in lasting friendship.


A Channeled Message From Mira From the Pleiadian High Council – 4 November 2008 - Through Valerie Donner

This is the beginning of a new day for the Earth. It is the Election Day in the United States. You will have a new President. Do you know that we are all celebrating with you? Do you know how important it is for the planet that Obama be placed in office? There is much work and repair that needs to be done. He is divinely guided and directed to go about this business.

The energy today is a Galactic celebration. This is the beginning of the end of the times that you have known for too long. It is the beginning of a new era of healing and unity on the Earth. We have long awaited for this to occur. It is also creating a passport for our reunion with our Human family on Earth. It won't happen right away but it will occur. There is a shift in power that is overdue. There will be a rebalancing that will occur and this will be a part of the new balance. The time is short and the wheels are in motion.

Please do not ask us how or when this will take place. Simply be assured that it is part of the Divine Plan. Little by little the healing of Humanity's heart will happen and the peace, love, unity and truth that are necessary templates for us to arrive be will be laid in place. Love will replace fear. The truth will right all wrongs. You will begin to find the happiness that you have longed for on the Earth.

You must understand that you have never been left alone. It was necessary for the evolution of consciousness that these dark energies be played out. They have to be freed so that you can be free. It is impossible to bottle up the energy that has run rampant on the Earth for so long. It has to be released. Look up to the Light. Let there be no discouragement on the dawning of a new day.

Prejudice must become a way of the past. This has been part of the Dark Forces plan to create the separation under which the Planet has lived. Simply placing Obama in the Presidency removes prejudice. Even though some in fear and darkness would like to perpetuate it you will see how much healing will occur. This will fall by the wayside as all people benefit from the higher consciousness of this great leader.

We in the Pleiadian High Council, all members of the Galactic Federation, the Light Realms, welcome this new day for the Earth. We welcome all of Humanity back into the oneness of life. We will work with you to see a new way of life for a new Earth. We will work with the governance of the Earth to clear the past and start anew. Together we will work together so that only love can prevail on the Earth.

Your new President is one with us. He will expose the truth that will release the fear of those of us who come from other planets. He has the utmost support and protection that he needs to get this job done.

Celebrate with us as we come back together into the remembrance of what life can be like in peace, joy and love. Unity is the message of the day.

I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael ATON [Creator Son of our Universe of Nebadon] Speaks on the Nov. 4th Election and of Future Events - Jess Anthony - 5 November 2008:

Jess, I will speak to you to set the record straight as to what has occurred and what I plan to initiate. I will not announce the changes in Global Governance until the time is appropriate for me to do so. This has to do with removal of the miscreants that have manipulated the Election to make it appear as if a new, fresh candidate has been elected your Leader. This was a selection that caused a dissatisfied populace to flock to a candidate designed to appeal to their most unfilled needs according to their own perceptions. The solutions offered were superficial platitudes that didn't address the reality of the issues, and did not focus on who was to blame for them in the first place. The typical causes touted by the media are not those that are at fault. The serious problems the Earth finds itself entangled with are those caused by the handful of powerful people at the expense of many others.

My perception of the direction Earth will move will determine how I can join in. My presence is naturally more encompassing and more insightful than Man can comprehend. I have determined the nature of the problems you are having, and I understand how to resolve them. For that reason, I have stepped back and allowed Man on Earth to search for solutions based on his understanding and creative ability.

You ask why I have done this. I have been exploring how Man is able to function with little awareness of my presence. Man in his incarnation on Earth is the determinant of his actions. He chooses the path he wishes to follow, and this is by my design for those living on Earth. This explores the capacity of free will choice, which will be the indicator of an individual Soul's grasp of his Ascension process. Man's experiences here have pushed the concept of free will to an extreme I had not anticipated when I created this experimental Planet. I have learned much, and Man is awakening to his possibilities as he begins to regain his balance in the equilibrium that is his chosen experience of incarnation. He is finally able to see the nature of his status and how he can change it.

The nature of this change is determined by the extent of his recognition of the degree his previous choices have aligned with my fixed Universal Law. The degree of his nonalignment indicates the extent of the journey he must take to become at one with my purpose. Many on Earth are at odds with Universal Law. The Lightworkers by their example and intent show an alternate way to self-realization. The political turmoil that has come to a head recently is a visible image of the selfishness and lack of a sense of equality and compassion for all. Man categorizes these actions as evil and judges them as suitable for punishment. They are only attempts to avoid being unified with my universal ideals that are inside each individual I have created. I judge them as aligned or not, and I determine if actions require punishment.

This punishment is uncreation. Until an individual chooses this option, they are still experiencing the path they have created to examine their life purpose. They are my creations still, with a spark of me in them, however much it is ignored. Rather than judge and call for separation based on his personal set of rules and expectations, Man should first ask if I have a plan for how their actions fit within the parameters he has chosen. He should also ask if his parameters are following the path most effectively before he declares someone else's action are wrong. They may be wrong in his view, but they are another option in mine. I love all my Creation equally, although much does not return my affection. This is frustrating and disappointing.

It should be remembered that my love for my Universe extends beyond Earth and the immediate concerns of those choosing to inhabit it. My vision and plan encompasses much that Earth does not comprehend, although Earth is a significant piece in the cosmological structure. My plans for Earth are connected to my plans for the Ascension of my Universe. My plans for Earth's progression are locked into my vision for the Ascension of the Solar System Earth exists in, and the quadrant of Nebadon that your local section occupies. The Universe moves in its own sequence, and Earth must accommodate the schedule of its progression.

You see the progress being made on the other Planets in your Solar System, if you look beyond the official Government news releases. They are quickening in their own vibrational frequency and beginning to restore their natural features that had been lost or intentionally destroyed many eons ago. This cycle of resurgence includes the changes that should happen on Earth. Man has destroyed so many of the natural elements on Earth, however, that the Planet's Ascension needs assistance. Man is not able to tackle these problems fast enough alone to be able to assist Earth to progress in sequence with the rest of the Solar System. That is why there was until twenty years ago a decision to allow the Poles to reverse naturally to wipe the slate clean and enable the Planet to be reborn on its own.

The wishes of enough of Earth's inhabitants intervened to cause those overseeing Earth's progress to change their opinion and allow Earth to pursue a new option for Ascension that would allow Man to participate. This led to a re-thinking of the geophysical parameters that could take place and still allow Man to survive. This re-thinking has necessitated Earth being helped with off-world assistance to steer the direction and intensity of the changes that are continuing to happen.

The notion of what you now call a “Stasis Event” [a period of suspended animation for Humans and animal life] was formulated three years ago by your time to provide a window of opportunity for major reclamation and cleaning that Man was not able to do on his own. The cultural attitudes on Earth toward open Galactic assistance still are largely antagonistic and in opposition to this type of help being provided. Those in control of the governing decisions are the ones most opposed to this new reality being embraced. For this reason, we have been working on many fronts and assisting in many ways that are unknown to the general public in opposition to those publicly opposed to us. This has grown to hundreds of thousands of Galactic Forces working within the structure of the opposition to the Dark. They are the ones who have guided the decision making process that has led to what happened yesterday.

The candidates running were not the means by which these changes are being made, but the ideas being discussed. These discussions and investigations are causing a whole new sector of the public to open their eyes to a different reality. The intent for change was reflected in the Election results. This level of intention was necessary to guide the visions into manifestation. It was not an intervention, but a steered series of choices that were based on clear insight and factual information.

This Election was the necessary step along the path Earth's inhabitants must take to realize the unity and broader vision that characterizes a higher level of spiritual development. This is not leading to the “promised land” overnight, but it is laying the groundwork for more awareness and personal insight. This is a very complex game plan and the variables at play are beyond your comprehension in terms of their complexity. The financial debacle is but one aspect of this tangle of created ideas. The defense posture is another, with Man's culturally ingrained fear of the unknown and his emotional preference for violence and attack. The political structure is a means to allow these concepts to flourish, and this governmental system is controlled by only a few with access to the one thing that drives all of Earth's decisions - its money.

These elements are what must be changed and removed in order for Man to realize his place within the universal body that is connected with the Earth. He has been prevented from recognizing his true identity and hearing the guidance I provide to allow him to exist in harmony with his surroundings. Man must be able to do this to Ascend with Earth.

To that end, I have determined a sequence of events that will take place. As Man begins to assimilate the concept of change he has triggered with the Election, he must be conscious of how this starts to be structured. He must exercise his awakened ability to discern his own path and actively seek to implement these ideas for change. He cannot again fall asleep, or his intention will not be realized.

This groundwork is the necessary foundation Man can provide to assist with the events that will be taking place to Earth and with the help of Earth. His intention for change brings him into alignment with Earth's desire to change. In order for Earth to change, however, there has to be a physical reshaping and a massive cleaning and raising of its natural vibrational frequency to synchronize with what is happening in the Solar System and in the Galaxy. Earth is already being bombarded by energy from the Photon Belt and from increased energy reflected through the Sun. This is raising Earth's frequency by increments, but it is being obstructed by the lower level of energy vibration created by the manifested ideas that have attempted to counter alignment with universal frequency. These heavier energies caused the events and physical realizations that have shaped your past history. These must now be removed to allow Earth to progress with Ascension.

This was the reason a Stasis Event was determined. This pause in Man's activities will raise the energy level of Earth enough to allow the Galactic Workers to resolve some of the major problems quickly. Those continuing with Earth's Ascension will be taken to other sites for training and reconditioning. This will not be just a “Big Sleep” but a change in internal vibrational frequency. It will start with a group of Ships circling the Earth and beaming energy at a particular vibrational level that causes higher level mammals and Humans to pause in their organic cycle by retuning their natural frequency [up to the 5th Dimensional frequency]. This causes Earth inhabitants to be outside of the progression of time as they know it in a form of physical stasis. While this is happening, Earth will be allowed to undergo geophysical changes that must happen to renew the Planet's structure. Those Ascending inhabitants in stasis in those areas will be taken to safety.

The other major event that has been spoken of is turning Jupiter into a Second Sun. This will indeed happen during the Stasis Event. The ignition of the Planet will cause havoc on Earth if it happens without some barrier preventing much of its burst of energy from reaching this Planet. This preliminary ignition is planned to happen when Jupiter is behind the Sun in January.

The reason for this ignition is to provide the additional energy needed to continue to raise Earth's vibrational level to bring it up to that of the other Planets in this Solar System. The others are already functioning at a higher frequency of energy circuitry than Earth, and in order for Earth to move to that level quickly, additional energy must be sent from a second small Sun. This also sets up a higher frequency of energy interaction within the whole Solar System that allows it to synchronize with the higher energy frequency being introduced by the Photon Belt and other surrounding Star Systems. The simple idea of two different energy frequencies synchronizing to the faster one is at the core of all these changes.

I have waited for a year to set these events in motion to see how Man would cope with the financial revelations and the political realities that have been presented. The warning last year was in part politically motivated to spur on change faster. It didn't work as successfully as it could have. Man's desire for change was not triggered sufficiently to cause the cultural shift to take place in their ideas and intentions. The results of the Election and the revelations of the fiscal upheaval are indications that Man is ready to take the next steps in his progress of Ascension.

Christ Michael ATON [Creator Son of our Universe of Nebadon]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SaLuSa of Sirius - Michael Quinsey - 19 January 2009:

Dear Ones, the possibility of a new direction for Humanity, is rapidly dawning upon people who had otherwise given up hope of seeing the world move towards peace. The energy created through the great optimism accompanying the U.S. President Elect, has spread and the Light has increased beyond our immediate expectations. Certainly we knew that Obama was destined to lead the world out of its years of disaster under the old regime, but the manner in which hope and belief has grown is quite impressive. There is no turning back now as the die has been cast, and together you shall open up new ways and return to the pathway of Light that leads to freedom.

However, there is still work to be done and it will bring Humanity together in a common purpose. With a new world leader who is spiritually awakened, you will go ahead in leaps and bounds. As he moves into the full realization of his role, he will become a tower of strength. Already his words carry an energy that is uplifting people, and he is gaining support very quickly. This year will be quite remarkable for the changes that will be started, and it will not be long before you recognize the direction you are going in. After all, there are not many years left before Ascension is completed, and you want to be totally free to move into the new energies as they are beamed to Earth.

Ker-On of Venus Michael Quinsey - 21 January 2009:

After a most momentous day in the history of not just America but the whole world, I come with the energy of pure love because you have lifted up to another level. Love is so powerful that it brings changes much greater than you would imagine, and a wonderful feeling of release from the dark days of the soul. Light permeates everywhere and suddenly many are awakening who have been in the shadows for so long. A new era has begun, and you can joyfully tread your way through the last vestiges of the lower vibrations. Know that all is proceeding well and if you look back to the Millennium, it is even better as you have since emerged victorious.

What many thought would never come in their lifetime, has suddenly arrived. The opening of a new pathway that is glowing with a Golden Light, that is going to become more intense. One that beckons all who have desired the opportunity to Ascend, and requires only your intent to live the remainder of your life to your very highest understanding of what it means. You are now preparing for the final days of this cycle, and you are attracting help proportionate to your present level of Light.

The bullish approach of your last administration is to be replaced, with one of friendship and desire to broker peace throughout the world. It will come as the people exercise their power, and demand their rights to live in total peace and harmony. The time for firm action has arrived and many political institutions will have to change, and seen to operate above board and answer to the people for what they do. If the leaders of the different countries do not respond favorably they will be removed, and Dear Ones who aspire to lead from the heart with love for Humanity, are standing ready to emerge as soon as it is safe. Not all of the Dark Ones can be removed at once, but will be identified by their past actions and crimes committed against the people.

Have no fear that in the long run all will answer for their crimes, but spare your judgement as they will be their own strongest critics when their life reviews take place. Do not spend your energy focusing on the Dark and their deeds, but turn to all that is of the Light. That is how you will do your best work, and bring Ascension so much nearer. You are first and foremost great Beings of Light and your capacity to love is unlimited. Be that which you are and remember that Mother Earth will also respond to the higher vibrations, and her physical changes will be less damaging as a result. She is also celebrating this occasion that signals changes within Humanity, as she has borne you on her back for thousands of years. She has been through the most disruptive and damaging times, which have left her in despair as to whether you would rise up again into the Light.

Your success means so much to this Universe, as failure and the consequent destruction of the Earth would have reverberated all through it. The damage would have reached far into Space and touched many different dimensions and civilizations. Realize also that it would have set back your evolution once again, so you are to be congratulated in turning the corner and taking a new path opening you up to the Light. Many times you have courted disaster in your long history, and we have helped you along. However, your right to use your freewill has been observed by us, and our presence has not gone beyond permissible intervention in accordance with the Laws of the One. Yet once you are well on the path to Ascension, by the Law of Attraction we can freely help you and openly approach you once more.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael of Nebadon's Update on the Stasis Event – Through Candace – 21-22 January 2009

Dearly Beloveds, It is I Christ Michael. This will be a brief courtesy Update as we have suddenly become engaged in a separate serious issue that is not of concern to this Project, but something else. I had promised a somewhat longer Message with Candace, perhaps a bit later.

I can say that the recent downing of the aircraft in the Hudson was our terminating a “False Flag” attack [a “staged” 9/11 style terrorist attack by the Dark Cabal behind the Bush Administration in order to introduce Emergency Martial Laws, abrogating the Obama Inauguration], but while certain investigating is going on by Earth authorities, I will not reveal details. We did tractor-beam the aircraft into the Hudson River and get assistance to it by sending code to the operators of the surrounding riverboats. I simply advise you to observe the varying games at this point in the news and learn from that.

Candace has been getting questions about the Stasis Event [an up to two-year period of “suspended animation” for Earth's Humans and higher mammals] and what to expect after a longer period. A large question is about whether those Human bodies who have passed-over will be removed or not. In many cases, Yes, and in others, Nature will do what Nature does. The people of Earth need to realize immediately that this was not a Rapture, as missing bodies may well cause some to believe it was the Rapture. Where Celestial Guides are available to assess individual situations, people will not wake up to sharing their beds with a skeleton either. We will not be cutting the weeds and also altering what happens to food and the like; it will be whatever is left as leftovers after two years time. People will not awaken to neatly trimmed lawns.

In regards to questions about the children: Those special “Star Children” who are staying but losing both parents will awaken in a special area set aside for this purpose. Now in comment to that statement, understand “Star” kids and all reincarnating “children” are not really children, Dear Ones, and some of these will return in “cloned” [reconstructed] bodies, or even possibly their “real” Light Bodies. The only “children” on your Dimensional Plane are the few that are animals moving up and which live in your simple Indigenous Races, or the Robotoid children [Beings not governed by a “Soul” with its discriminatory powers of moral right and wrong]. There are very few true “New Souls” on Earth coming out of the evolutionary process, and having a first life as a child on your Physical Plane. You have millions of animals on your “other side” [Earth's Higher Plane] awaiting the beginning of their incarnations in the Human type body, and actually some of these may well start out as the Porpoises and the like, who are in many cases more advanced spiritually than you who have arms and legs.

I remind you, every ensouled person, whether in a child's body or not, has made their decision as to whether they wish to continue their journey here on Earth or not, and all ensouled people have Angelic Guardians who oversee this process.

We do also have at our disposal a “New Planet”, and individuals and whole families who have been chosen this option will go in body to this new Planet. They will be awakened from Stasis in succeeding intervals, as we do not want too many arriving en-mass. Those going to the New Planet in their physical body from the areas around the Pacific Rim will go first to that Planet. You already have 200,000 living people from Earth now on that World. No criminals are to be allowed on this new Planet. At the end of the Stasis Event, there will be perhaps 2-3 million people on the New Planet [not the New Earth].

Leave the children in our hands and not to worry. Do not forget we will be on the Television and Radio immediately as the Planet is coming out of Stasis [the “Deep Sleep”] to provide the necessary education. All has been provided for that which is necessary. Communications, heat, lighting will be functioning. There will be adequate food in storage and will be delivered promptly to stores. In some areas we will “drop” “Manna” and other necessary supplies until the people can resume. You will NOT be left behind without preparation and care until you can function again. But function you will quickly and don't forget that at least 100,000 people [Lightworkers] will be returning to provide local direction round about the Earth Globe.

When? now you ask. Any time Dear Ones, anytime. I will not give the details of possibilities, these have been suggested before and Candace has placed some commentary recently. I do not want to alert the Dark Forces, who read here in advance, of the exact timing and conditions. If there is an emergency, we will go directly into the Stasis Event. Otherwise, you will “know” as you watch each of the coming days. Simply live your lives normally, as you wait, Patiently.

Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon.

January 22, 2009 (continued): Now another commentary on the “Ignition Event” of Jupiter. The Planet is not at present matching your scientific profiles and computer programs. Neither was it last year, and it has not for a period of time now. Your Scientists manipulate the data to keep people in a state of not-knowing. Some have also asked a question about the Moon, when you were in a brief Stasis during the entry into the Photon Belt years ago [c. 1992]. Most of you should know by now that your Moon is artificial, created elsewhere and towed to this World. Consider that we can tow the Moon so it matches the expected time cycles. Whether we did or not, I will leave you to ponder that. We can also tow Jupiter or retard its progress to “buy time”. Besides the length of your year changing, there are many other possibilities to consider in the broader game.

You will find in your “Urantia Book” [the original name for Planet Earth] that long ago another Solar System came close to your Sun and drew off pieces of it that became some of your Planets. Solar Systems are built dear ones, they are not necessarily “natural.” Another System was towed close to your Sun to cause chunks of it to separate. And you have Planets which are not from your Sun. Venus is one example. It was a wandering dead chunk of an old Sun that was called 'The Destroyer” when it visited your World periodically. It was placed in orbit, as part of stabilizing this Solar System, so it would not be able to destroy again, and it is a suitable candidate to now begin “terraforming”, and that has already started.

You must have a balanced Solar System to achieve the ultimate state of “Light and Life”. This includes the outer “Gas” Planets [derived from condensing gasses] becoming Suns, and this helps keep the balance of energies. You are being “towed” into a different Celestial location, which you will also thus benefit from an eternal energy stream. In a sense it will be sort of like being forever in a Photon Belt, but without the full cleansing force of a Photon Belt that your World has experienced in previous cycles.

Are some of you old enough to notice the Stars are not where they used to be? Lots of Natives, Indigenous Peoples have noticed. In fact many of your Stars are not really Stars, they are simply “placemats” made up of Motherships, so that your sky doesn't appear to change too much at this particular time. You can't tell from your back-yard telescopes what is a Mothership and what is a Star. If it changes color and/or twinkles a lot, it is likely a Mothership, Dear Ones, look skyward. Most of you have no idea what is in your sky at night, except for perhaps the famous Big Dipper. And your “Seven Sisters” [7 Stars of the Pleiades] are in fact really Motherships, for the time being, too. Your Solar System will remain circling Alcyone [Central Star of the Pleiades and the Central Sun for our Local Quadrant of Star Systems], but the “real” Seven Sisters have been moved considerably at the present time from your Earth vantage point.

We can and have retarded Jupiter's location. It “buys time”. We could just as well move it forwards, had I decided on Stasis earlier last year. You ones on the Earth Planet who consider yourselves “modern” rarely even know what is in your skies. Candace has been watching Jupiter now for a few years, and she is correct that it was still in her view recently, and that last year it failed to show “on time” in the Eastern morning sky. I will leave you guessing why! Christ Michael Aton.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MATTHEW from the Spiritual Realms (www.godumentary.com/matthew.htm)– on the “False Flag” Aircraft crash – 29 January 2009:

The plane that made a forced landing in New York's Hudson River was much more than the capability of the Captain, - with all due respect for his capability - he had a host of heavenly helpers because no person in that plane had a "Life-Contract" that was due to terminate. The plane was sabotaged by the Dark Cabal, and those responsible cannot understand why their diabolical plan failed just as it did when the intent was to assassinate Obama in a plane crash. They cannot even imagine his protection within the impermeable Grid of the Light of Christ Consciousness just as they cannot accept that the long reign of darkness is over.

This time the sabotage was multi-purposed: kill the passengers they wanted to eliminate; cause many deaths and great property destruction when the plane crashed as anticipated on terra firma in the same city where two planes destroyed the twin towers; create a logical atmosphere for refreshing the fear after "9/11"; claim a terrorist caused the crash and cast doubts on Obama's ability to protect the United States from terrorism and thereby turn optimism to negativity. What the Illuminati lack in conscience, they make up for in intelligence, however lacking in prudence and wisdom; and it is now strikingly clear to those who thought it was their efforts that took your new President from a junior Senator to the White House, that he has a vision for the Nation and World that is diametrically opposed to their own.

We cannot give a specific time when the truth about "9/11" will come forth publicly, but we assure you, it will. Part of Earth's cleansing is truth replacing lies in every nook and cranny of the former strongholds of the darkness.

We understand that it is difficult to reconcile unusually low temperatures, heavy snowfalls, flooding, melting glaciers and wind storms with what we have told you, that eventually there will be a moderate climate globally and all lands will be habitable. The harsh conditions are part of Earth's balancing through planetary cleansing and the restoration of her health as a body, a return to her original Eden self; and almost all who are dealing with weather-related destruction and other hardships chose these kinds of experiences to bring balance to other lifetimes.

The increasing sightings of spacecraft are a preface to the appearance of such a large fleet that their presence no longer can be denied by those governments that have long ignored, ridiculed via "entertainment" or concocted foolish stories to prove that UFOs and ETs don't exist. The little Grays living underground will not emerge en masse - the time has long since passed when the Illuminati could have managed that, and the same is so regarding a holographic representation of an invading force descending from the skies.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SaLuSa of Sirius – 26 January 2009: At present the material changes must seem a long way off to you, yet in reality all is ready to proceed at a minutes notice. You must give your new Administration time to settle in, and for the legal processes to make the changes lawful. Then we shall approach President Obama with a view to receiving approval for our first official flyover. That will be the start of a new era for Mankind and affect the whole world, as every country can benefit from the advice and new technologies we have to offer you. Health is a big issue everywhere, and we shall help you eradicate all forms of pollution and disease making toxins in your food, water and air. We will also introduce you to advanced forms of healing that are on many occasions instantaneous.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu Immanuel [Jesus/Sananda] Kumara - Jess Anthony – 8 February 2009:

I will speak briefly of the timeline of events you face. Jupiter has begun its new role of bringing energy and light to your Solar System. This is hidden at the moment, but it will become obvious. Earth will experience the after-effects of this changeover. Earth will react with geophysical manifestations that can wreck havoc on a large scale. Much of Earth's structure is misaligned, and the force of new and powerful energy coming first from the Sun and ultimately from Jupiter will cause restructuring and unleashing of blocked energy circuits. This will manifest as earthquakes, wind, electrical disruptions, and magnetic shifts.

Man will experience this briefly before he is put into a Stasis period for intensive repair. His systems will, in effect, pause to allow an overhaul of his physical system. As this happens, his spiritual self will become reconnected with aspects of his true nature. As this evolution takes place he will be progressing — Ascending, if you will. Ascending for Man is not one event, but an infinitely long process of returning to his full connection with his creator.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael: We Have Our Glorious New Sun! – Candace - February 12, 2009:


Oh MY, my Dearly Beloveds, we have a most bodacious glorious new SUN! It has been quite a challenge for the Team from central Paradise who does these things. This was a very difficult situation, but one needed to Ascend Planet Earth and also the Solar System into “Eternal Life”.

We could not have done this last year, because the Jupiter “implosion” process could have gone terribly badly and we would have had a great risk of creating a Black Hole, or a ball of matter so tightly compressed that the Planet would have exploded into bits and pieces instead of flaring into a second Sun.

It is beautiful. I wish I could send a digital picture, but you shall see it soon enough, but mostly likely after Stasis, which will still seem soon enough! A digital photo would not do it justice anyway. We are not sure of its ultimate size, the growth process will continue for quite a bit of time. It will become a brilliant beautiful white high-energy Sun! It of course is not to be a large Sun, but enough to stimulate the necessary changes for a Solar System to enter the final state of “Light and Life”.

This little Sun will reenergize your existing larger Sun. And the larger Sun will reenergize the little Sun - a back and forth process. Your entire Solar System is gradually being towed to a new location closer to Alcyone [Central Sun of the Pleiades and of our local quadrant of Solar Systems] and also into a new “Energy River” at some point which will also further sustain this Solar System.

Right now the Photon Belt adds a great deal of energy and will be adding energy to this new Solar System over the time you are in it. This new little Sun is gobbling up energy like a new baby does, and it is a new baby! As it gobbles up the food it needs to grow bigger, as all babies do, until it reaches its adult size.

Now, we have to discuss the issue of there having been no big Proton blast as yet. Well, we initiated this Sun on Thursday January 29th. It took about six days for the process to bloom, which occurred on Candace's time, late February 4th. A bit late, like all premature babies who are not fully developed in some way. I say premature, simply because this little Sun was made of really compacted matter typical of this dark Solar System, and thus was not a fully mature baby as are normal gas Planets being made into Suns. This was not a full term baby, and actually would never have been.

This has been a long and arduous process for all. I chose not to put out that we were having problems delivering our “Baby” last year. I also chose that course to allow for the existence of the Dark Ones, and also we chose to announce it a year early to allow for more preparation time. There is in fact a reason for my apparent “madness” in this and I ask your forgiveness simply because you do not sit where I am sitting.

If we had never attempted to make Jupiter a Sun, this Solar System would have continued to deteriorate and become eventually a type of Black Hole of compressed matter that would then eventually simply explode into a new creation. There are reasons for this not being the desired outcome.

Now the folks that build Solar Systems are a special group of Descending Sons from Paradise, which are mentioned in the Urantia Book. This work is not in the domain of the Creator Sons and their Sons. This level of creation is beyond the capabilities of almost anyone that lives in the Central Universe, except for this special group.

Now, because of difficulties encountered within this Universe, little of the greater Creation is as “dark” as it is here, Dear Ones. There were thus several possibilities which we have already covered above and repeat here. We could have had an explosion of Jupiter into many bits and pieces through an “implosion” that would have produced a Black Hole that would have sucked the Solar System into it over time, or else a small Sun. WE HAVE OUR SUN. Be in Joy!

Now, because this process did not follow the normal circumstances of a more mature “baby”, its process of evolution into a Sun did not go normally either. It was more gradual and did not produce the big blast of Protons that was expected. It did not scream the lusty new scream of a big newborn. It made lots of little fusses and whimpers, putting out little puffs of Protons and other subatomic particles.

And it will continue for a time to send little puffs of them in your direction. You have so far avoided some difficulties, such as having your satellites destroyed and the like. But the pressures will continue to build and start to disturb Earth and her people. There are already plenty of effects now in the growing storms, winds and bad weather. Earthquakes will come forth, and there is a continuous increasing measure of “static electricity” that will further increase, making people miserable. And shortly the new Sun will become more and more obvious.

Of course we are still going into Stasis, and we have some other ideas to explore since we didn't have the expected Proton blast that would have convinced people something was terribly wrong in their Solar System. We are reconfiguring dates on this a bit, because I still desire for Earth's residents to realize something of the End Times is coming. I do think we will go into Stasis before Jupiter emerges as a new Morning Star apparent to all, because there are going to be lots of weather problems. You have this already in the fires in Australia and the winds in America and other places.

We still do not expect to be able to make any public statements, but if enough people start fleeing, perhaps we may have to do something when the opportunity arises, unless there is satellite damage. And it could be that the Dark Cabal will do us a favor anyway by whatever game they might play and we can always make use of that. They have to play something! We will play with them as necessary. And the game will likely be secret without updates unless I want to give them some clues as part of the game.

So Dear Ones, we are definitely on the “Red Road” to Ascension of the Solar System.

Namaste, Christ Michael, Sovereign of Nebadon



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael: Impending Magnetic Pole Reversal - Candace - March 18, 2009:

Christ Michael: Dearly beloveds, the Planet Earth is going into Magnetic Pole Reversal and we have made the decision to not prevent it, but merely keep it slowed down.

Now this is a Magnetic Pole Reversal, not a flip or Axis change. This means the Sun will continue to slow down, maybe be more erratic in this for up to perhaps a day at a time, perhaps sooner, perhaps a bit longer. This means the Planet is preparing to slow her rotation. Then it will stop for a period of time, a few hours at most, and then the Sun will begin moving backwards to set again in the East, or will not rise at all for some of you who happen to be on the dark side of the Earth at the time. This would be a period of 3 days of darkness as the Planet gradually stops, reverses and keeps up the reversal until the Sun rises in the West.

This is the "Day of Judgment" in your religious books, as many do not survive, and the Earth Changes greatly pick up, but not to the degree they do from an large Axis change. We will keep the change very slow, to last approximately a couple weeks which will also slow down the Earth Changes. We do not wish to have massive loss of life from carbon dioxide in the air.

Now, once this becomes unmistakenly obvious to Earth residents, we will start the "Stasis Process", which will take about 4 hours. I desire Earth Residents that will survive this, and who are to awaken out of Stasis, to see this. This is in part the result of Jupiter, and why we have kept its progress greatly slowed, so we have more control. Those of you who think you are watching Jupiter are watching “Star Ship Jupiter” as Candace likes to call it, and "Star Ship Venus" too, Dear Ones, which for the last year at least has been dancing in the sky periodically.

You on Earth are not waking up much to the realisation of this with Venus and the other Starships twinkling at night. But so be it. You will shortly awaken rapidly and many Religions to be made known of what Pole Reversals represent. If it is not known by that name, the 3 days of darkness will soon get attention, and particularly when the Sun begins to move backwards.

The Plan otherwise changes not. There will not be a general evacuation, since most people would not be boarding ship anyway because we will go into Stasis and then to proceed as expected. However, although we have not said this before, this was going to occur during Stasis anyway, and the people would have awoken to a Western sunrise.

We have already suggested there would be significant Earth Changes during Stasis, and this is one method of accomplishing that. We have done all we can do in terms of awakening a sleeping people and it has not been successful. Yes, some, but not enough. So we allow Mother Earth her freedom at this time to Ascend. The pollution is huge, the Dark have already installed most of the New World Order excepting Russia and China, and there could have been awful things coming your way. Since enough of Earth Residents have asked for intervention, even if they don't know what they are asking for, that is why we have gone with this new Plan of the last several years.

The length of Stasis is not determined, as it is based on observation, time, and fixing of issues with the necessary Earth Changes and the like. Two years is but a simple estimate. We will be putting most of the life on the Planet into Stasis, until the Earth movements are stabilized and the air cleansed enough of carbon dioxide to awaken the animal life. Plants will benefit from the higher levels of carbon dioxide and this is useful, and needed in fact. Some life forms will be evacuated during the early parts of the physical changes which affect their area, and all of those who are continuing the Ascension on Earth will be evacuated during Stasis to areas of safety IF they are in harms way. A build-up of carbon dioxide and other chemicals do not affect physical bodies when in Stasis. This is why a more general Stasis has been planned, even though it has not released as an action for some time yet.

Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu/Jesus Comments on Magnetic Pole Reversal – Esu – 22 March 2009:

Esu: Let's speak of what is to come. Earth is becoming erratic in its rotation. The axis position is moving constantly, causing what you have termed a "wobble" in its rotation. Celestial bodies are appearing in different places than they were scheduled to be, and their positions are shifted because of the position of Earth's tilt in relation to them. The more serious problem, in your terms, is the need to reverse the direction of the Earth's rotation. This is necessary to re-spin the "top", as it were, and keep Earth rotating at a fresh and stable angle. This action is not a unique event in terms of planetary movements; it happens to all planets as they reach the end of one cycle and need to begin another. This action was always planned to happen during the period you will be calling "Stasis". That action in itself was the anomaly. Planets normally reverse their course naturally to begin the process of restructuring themselves with no assistance or extra consideration of the life forms that exist there at that time.

People on Earth have developed an awareness of the need for change, although most don't understand what that literally entails. The awareness has caused a decision to be made to assist the inhabitants to undertake the process of shifting to a new phase of existence. This was not the sole decision of Christ Michael Aton. This was the decision of a Council representing those who create Universes as an expression of the intent of the Creator Source. The construction of all Local Universes such as Nebadon is overseen by the special Creator Beings that design the elements that make a Universe possible. In creating Nebadon, Christ Michael acted in accordance with their guidance, although he initiated the idea for the unique structure his Universe took. His idea was approved by the Father Creator Source, and his plans were coordinated by those who physically make Universes possible.

To put the creation of Nebadon into more context, the Overseers in the Central Universe of Havona that manifested the creation of the Seventh Superuniverse of Orvonton as a representation of the three-person Trinity set in motion the process that allowed Christ Michael Aton to explore the issues of choice and co-creation that characterize the nature of our Local Universe of Nebadon. The Universe Builders shaped this concept into a physical form that would embody the concept. Earth was developed as a Seed Planet within the periphery of the organized systems and energy sources. It was intended to be a special Laboratory for trial and experimentation that would benefit the rest of the Nebadon Universe structure. Earth was not created first, but it developed later as the need for more complex experimentation became manifest.

Earth was taken over during the Lucifer Rebellion and then put into quarantine. The direct nourishment that alignment with universal truth would have brought was stopped to allow these new issues of rejection to work themselves out. These ideas were at odds with the most direct progression Earth would normally have taken. By that I mean Earth had to compromise her natural tendencies to accommodate ideas that were imposed from beyond her System. Earth was flexible to a remarkable extent, but the strength of the resistance to Christ Michael's concept exhausted her resources and brought her to the shape she is in today. Much as a physical person would be in your experience, she is unwilling to continue to accommodate the foreign elements and seeks to throw them off in the only way she can naturally. This process has been monitored and assisted for several years, always attempting to accommodate the needs of the inhabitants at the same time Earth's most crucial needs were addressed. The resources of Earth are used up, at this point, and a change is mandatory to continue to preserve the planet. This limit has been known and has been a consideration in all the sequence of deadlines and delays that have been decided. The last decision was to interfere with Earth's progression no longer and allow her to take the traditional course for change by reversing the Magnetic Polarity caused by the Sun's interaction with Earth's rotation.

This reversal is typically caused by a slowing down of the speed of the rotation, which allows the direction of the polarity to be drawn into another direction. Stopping the rotation leads to a pause in the Sun's apparent movement that is caused by the stopped rotation. The Earth is a ball, of sorts, and stopping it from spinning while it orbits around the Sun will cause one part to be dark and one part to be in the light until it begins rotating again. This resumption of spinning in a reverse direction will reverse Earth's magnetic orientation to the Sun. The geographic North Pole of the Earth's axis will remain positioned as it is, but the direction of the magnetic current will flow towards the South Pole.

This shift and magnetic reversal was always scheduled to happen during the period you call Stasis [suspended animation]. This is part of the assistance we are giving you to allow Earth to make her transition with her inhabitants intact, for the most part. This assistance will set the stage for the transformations you hear described in other channelings. It will clear the playing field to allow you to build communities that are sustainable, with resources that are more compatible with a more direct spiritual connection to the Universe you are part of. Earth's fear of access and contact with Galactic Forces will be replaced with verified awareness and a certainty of beneficial assistance. The Planet will house a more sustainable level of inhabitants. There is no way to ignore the fact, however, that the Earth's revitalized resources would be strained in the future by the excess of demands placed on her at the present time. Those who have served their purpose by incarnating here will leave. Those who have chosen to Ascend with the Planet will stay to help with the process.

The time of Stasis is here. Its beginning will be timed by the schedule Earth takes in her transition. When the Sun stops moving, it will be time to prepare for Stasis being set in motion. Christ Michael Aton wants to delay its start until Earth's inhabitants see physical evidence that is beyond the scope of Man to contrive. Only then will they be convinced and open to guidance to new interpretations. No other method has worked up to this point. The deadline given at the beginning of this year was the confirmation that told the Universe Builders to let Mother Earth go her own needed way.

Sananda Esu Immanuel



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Galactic Federation Council of Sirius - Sheldan Nidle - 24 March 2009:
Right now, you are in the process of being prepared for the final ascension procedures. Heaven is doing this now because the time for first contact approaches. So far most of you have completed the first two stages of this procedure. You are rising out of your former slumbers and daily question what you see around you. You have also been through significant amounts of change that have affected your metabolism, redirected your nervous system, caused periods of strange fatigue and the need, from time to time, for more sleep at night. These adjustments brought on line a new set of Chakras as well as a new range of aches and pains and other assorted discomforts. The good news is, this stage is nearing an end. Nevertheless, you are still on a path that is to take you back to Full Consciousness. Meanwhile, Mother Earth's surface activity basically mirrors your own changes. All this is in divine preparation for the final steps that are to take place once "First Contact" becomes a reality.

These sacred alterations are affecting all aspects of your reality. Everywhere, the need for foundational reform is evident. Your society is at a major crossroads as is your own evolution. For millennia, you gazed at those in power and accepted the concept of rule-from-the-top as natural. You accepted without question the many peculiarities of your social environment as well as the unsatisfactory and unlikely explanations of those in power. This specious worldview is now breaking up and is seen by most of you as inadequate. New viewpoints are raising questions and coalescing into a global movement we like to call the "Quiet Revolution". This mass movement is not mentioned in the mainstream press nor in the forms of media it controls. Occasionally an article will appear on some aspect of this subject, but none of them go into this phenomenon in any depth or look at the how the local aspects influence the global sphere. Thus this intricate and quite remarkable plethora of grassroots movements is largely unknown to the general public.

These movements are wide-ranging and focus on, for example, equitable access to financial resources and alternative medicine; protection of wilderness, wildlife, and organic farmland and food sources. They include people-based networks that address natural rights, personal sovereignty, and true literacy. Underlying this is a drive to link up into a global network that would be dedicated to basic ethics and humanity, elements which we consider essential for even a rudimentary form of galactic society. We have talked before about the diligent individuals and groups responsible for these movements and associated them directly with what our Earth allies are doing. These small yet expanding groups, whether local, national, or international in outlook, are the fertile ground in which the issues we mention can take root and flourish. This new growth springs from the inner drive of many activists to approach old problems in new ways. Open now to reevaluating old beliefs, they have in many cases stumbled upon the ideas put forth by our Earth allies.

This point is important. A synchronicity is developing that is tying together these small people-oriented movements and our Earth allies, a connection we touched upon in previous messages. What is wondrous is the amount of interlocking that is taking place throughout the globe. This development, along with the current economic crisis, is melting away the barriers to merging these diverse initiatives in the very near future. In fact, your economic difficulties are accelerating this process. Awareness of the necessity for massive global change has taken on a life of its own. Numerous economic and political leaders have espoused the need to rewrite the way your world does business and to examine how its financial institutions are to operate in the new business environment. This brings us to the programs mentioned in recent messages. Your world of fiat currencies, unfettered anything-goes strategies, and over-the-top greed needs to be replaced with a more socially responsible model.

This new model has been outlined before. What is pivotal is how it is to be implemented. This transition should be done in a way that safely mitigates any new forms of political or economic abuse. Hence, our Earth Allies are deeply committed to a legal process that brings to light past abuses, replaces those responsible, and then establishes a fair procedure for dispensing justice. There is to be no violent overthrow, but rather a considered, responsible, and above all, consensual series of changes. As you are aware, some of what needs to be done has taken longer to prepare, but it is better by far to do things properly from the start than to build upon hastily construed foundations that are incapable of achieving the right results. A few more adjustments may be needed to get the requisite majority approval, but the vehicles agreed to in this manner now form a network of action agendas that can be revealed when the time is right.





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu/Jesus Speaks on Earth Changes - Jess Anthony - 29 March 2009:

Esu: Much has been happening that we haven't spoken of previously. The preparations for Stasis are much a topic for discussion, and we have had major arguments on the efficacy of the process in terms of Soul growth and Ascension, to use your words. The process centers on awakening the strands of your physical body that you have ignored up to now. You have much more capability and potential than you realize at this point. This is couched in the descriptions we have cultivated for purposes of conveying to you the significance of what is about to begin.

Let's speak of the physical journey Earth is taking. The havoc of the devastation that has been brought to Mother Earth is ever an irritant and obstacle in remaking her image. The scars that have been placed upon her are difficult to remove. Her pristine condition has long deteriorated into what you see now, yet you still see remnants of what is truly glorious. This is not a new realization, but one that can never be pointed out enough.

Realigning the Magnetic Field will reorient Earth's relationship to the Solar System. The existing polarity arrangement serves the purpose of holding the Planet in position, but it also prevents it from setting up an independent energetic grid that establishes a prototype of the Monopolarity it will need to move higher in energetic connection with the Universal ideals. It is a continuation of the bipolar duality that characterizes the Planet at present. Let me be clearer on this: switching the Magnetic Poles will not usher in Monopolarity or Ascension to a higher dimensional construct, but it will set the stage for that to happening on conjunction with the spiritual awakening that Man is undergoing. Man and Earth are one energetic package that must operate in parallel ways to move to higher spiritually.

Slowing down the speed of the rotation is part of the process that prepares for this to happen. This planetary physical state is common but Man has no concept of this occurring. Rotation is caused by the pull of the dynamic currents generating the magnetic field. The attraction of the magnetic pull causes the Planet to move in a circular fashion. The orientation of the North and South polarities in opposition to the geographic poles creates the spin direction you call counterclockwise. Reversing the Magnetic Poles causes a reverse direction of magnetic pull - the rotation moves clockwise, with the Sun coming up in the West, as you describe it. Your Planet will now be rotating towards the Sun in a reverse way from what it has been.

In order for this to happen, the current rotation process has to stop. This is complicated by the wobble in the geographic axis that is occurring because of weakening magnetic currents. The Earth's magnetic counter-force is out of balance with the charged polarity on the physical surface, and when the tautly pulled energetic resistance, normally in place with the Planet's geographic axis, begins to loosen, it causes the angle of alignment of move around. This has been occurring for several years, but now it is intensifying.

There are a number of factors at work here. The spin of the Inner Core is affected by various outside contributors, each of which is influenced by the others in a geometrically intensifying sequence. Solar flares influence the atmosphere's electricity, which influences the weather, which impacts the Earth's geography, which causes plate movements, which cause earthquakes, tsunamis, and volcanic eruptions. These are absorbed by the liquid Outer Core as unbalanced energy bursts, which causes imbalance within the Inner Core rotation system, and which affects the dynamo effect. This then weakens the Magnetic Grid, affecting the rotation pattern and which allows more solar influence and pressure on the Magnetosphere, etc. What you see is the increasing weather problems, a significant number of earthquakes and other rotation problems. You also see some signs of Solar Flares and increased pressure on the Magnetosphere. You will not see the increase in energy being imposed on Earth from Jupiter, as it is at present filtered by being behind the Sun's Corona.

This is being allowed to happen now because we are standing back to let the natural cycle on Earth play out for the eventual benefit it will have on Earth's physical structure. This is also complicated by the need to preserve Man's place on Earth. The wholesale reconstruction that would typically take place cannot be allowed to happen, as it would traditionally have been done. This is why the Galactic Forces have been monitoring Earth for years, and why they even now are still providing some guidance for the process. The analogy of braking a car is perfectly apt. You know that in hazardous driving conditions you have to pump the brake pedal rather than slam it down. That is the only way to prevent it locking up and becoming useless on wet or icy driving surfaces. Short pumps will slow the car down more gradually, but in a controlled way so that you can determine better how it stops. If Earth is allowed to slam on her brakes and create a sudden stop, it will cause tremendous upheaval and geographic destruction because of the force of the energy being stopped from moving forward. The direction of the momentum would continue and use the Earth's surface to brake its motion.

This physical coming process will take place, and much sooner than the published experts believe. This sequence is also affecting the intentions of those Members of the Dark Forces still trying to control the direction of Earth's inhabitants. We had hoped enough inhabitants would “wise up” to what was going on and cause some “braking” of this political and economic momentum, but this seems to be headed for a similar crash. This internal process of Earth's inhabitants is one that the Galactic Forces have less control over, because it is a manifestation of the people's desires and intentions. It is a co-created scenario that must be changed by those who created it. The odds of this happening now are almost zero. Christ Michael has waited so long because he hoped it would manifest as it was originally envisioned to occur in a positive way.

It seems that a clean slate is best at this point. There is not much more relevant to be examined by continuing this stumbling in the dark in light of the mandatory changes that must be made to Earth's connection with her place in the changing Solar System.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Update by Esu/Jesus on the impending Pole Reversal - Candace – 10 April 2009:

Dearly Beloveds, I gather many of you are wondering where is this impending Pole Reversal. It is still impending. We are doing some adjustments so that it doesn't occur suddenly and we can have more control over it. Christ Michael desires, after a review with this Advisors, to keep the Planet stable a tad longer as best possible, for this cannot be held-over for forever; the tension is building up too much and must be released at some point.

SOON, Beloveds, that is the essence of the message. We must control the Pole Reversal and many discussions have also been taking place over where Man is at this time vs. the changes ahead of us. Sadly, again, few come forth in your world, except the alert ones, on this issue with Obama and his crowd. Since when is it OK to cut back in Iraq and expand to Afghanistan is an appropriate question to ask. While all Souls made their final decision, on Spiritual levels, by last December 31 whether to continue with Earth or not, there is still an issue as to where else some of them may be able to carry onto and this final decision could affect the overall balance of those remaining.

We have a decision always ready and of that you will always be told, unless of course Nature suddenly modifies it for us too. We have slowed the Pole Reversal a bit, because it is not desired for the Planet to keep speeding up and then applying her brakes, or the work of the Resurrection of the Planet would be null and void for quite a long time, and the joint venture of Man and God to keep a civilization on this Earth throughout the Ascension period would also be null and void. This is not your desire, is it?? - No, I thought not.

All we are doing at this time is quieting the Earth Changes a bit, so that the external rotation and internal rotation of the Planet are synchronous with that which allows a slow and graceful stop of her rotation. This is close now and we shall all dance to this with grace and perfect steps!

As the Earth gradually draws to a stop, you may start to notice. She will not slam on her breaks, but the Sun will move ever gradually to a halt, likely to be over a period of a few days. Man, if not yet into Stasis, could not but help to begin to notice this unless he is completely blind. The sunrises will start later, the sunsets earlier, as if Fall and Winter are coming on, but much more rapidly. Your Sun now is rising and setting rather North for this time of year.

You are currently in a Coronal-hole Wind Stream and actually this is useful at this time, in helping to slow the Planet gradually. We will go into Stasis just as soon as a lot of people begin to notice the slowing down, as we do want to get some of the work done quickly, such as in the evacuation of those needing it in areas of danger, and in gathering various food supplies and equipment to be stored for use later after all return from Stasis.

We were ourselves pretty worried that our plans were being made more difficult. It was decided not to wait until full Pole Reversal stoppage for the Stasis Event, as the fear engendered by the stoppage is not needed and this also gives us time to retrieve goods and people before we ourselves are no longer able to enter the atmosphere for a time. There will be huge volcanic actions and electric changes that will keep our Spacecraft out too, so it was important to place some new plans with the various Groups, since things are now more tightly coordinated. We are pleased to note that Mother Earth is so far doing fine, and so please live your lives in the meantime to the fullest possible extent.

Namaste, Esu



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Galactic Federation Council of Sirius - Sheldan Nidle- 28 April 2009:

Inner Earth and its Agarthan nation await you! The Agarthan people have lovingly constructed a whole series of special Crystal Cities for all those of you who need to be moved from areas of sudden change on the outer Earth. Now we would like to give you more details about Agartha and your Crystal-City residences. To begin with, Inner Earth is a place filled with wonders. Inside your Earth is a Fifth-dimensional realm created with Light technology, which turns Inner Earth into a paradise beyond compare. When you enter, you notice the gentler, diffuse glow of Earth's Central Sun. Surrounding you are lush fields; great mountains; broad, dense forests; and stunning, luminous crystal cities, radiating with ever-changing colors. These clusters of immense, glowing crystals house a society of fully conscious Humans whose customs and ceremonies mirror those of other Galactic Humans throughout the Galaxy. Other things that strike you are the wide-open sky and the wonderfully pure scent of the air.

When you enter a Crystal City, you will feel a great calmness and a sense of coming home. You will marvel at the miles-high dome overhead and at the magic of the holography that makes the inside resemble the outside. The people are very friendly and are as curious as children about who you are and are eager to help you. Their homes are at once spacious and intimate due to the same holographic technology that combines their own superb abilities with the capabilities of their unique brand of organic computers. The environment conforms perfectly to the wants and creativity of each inhabitant. Daily ceremonies consist of dance, music, songs, and special ceremonies, and the different colored clothing of each group of participants adds to the overall delight of these special gatherings. Life here is a collage of work, family, and sacred duties, interspersed with daily interaction with Galactic Federation personnel.

There can be no doubt that the occasion of the "First Contact" is vitally important to the Agarthans. Everything they do reflects this focus. An example of their dedication to this cause is the Crystal Cities that they have built to house those when the time comes to morph, like a butterfly, into a Fully Conscious Human. Alongside your own appartment is your individual Light chamber, calibrated to your specific needs. To accomplish your metamorphosis the Galactic Federation has asked all its medical teams to compile a meticulous, daily medical dossier on each of you to enable this unbelievably complex process to be carried out with seamless precision. You are to be changed back into Full Consciousness at the same time. Normally such a process takes centuries to achieve, but Heaven has decreed that you are to take this final step all together, in one fell swoop, followed by training in Full-Consciousness etiquette. Earth's surface, too, is to undergo a vast reconfiguration. Her new Biosphere is to resemble that of Inner Earth so that, for the first time since the Lemurian catastrophe, Inner and Surface Earth can be linked, as they are designed to be.

Naturally, while this is happening many of you in likely aras of danger need to be elsewhere: in the safe haven of Inner Earth. At the same time, we will evacuate from the same areas all animals and plants which your local Spiritual Hierarchy deem compatible with the new reality. This means no ticks or mosquitoes! Under their direction, a new surface topography is to emerge that will strongly resemble the one during the time of Lemuria, and when you awaken from your morphing-slumber this new world will be ready for its new Guardians: You! In your fully conscious state the ways of other Galactic Humans will quickly become clear to you, including the reasons for some to live inside their Planet, not on her surface. All Planets are hollow, and many of their Fully Conscious Guardians live in the inside. Surface expeditions are undertaken mainly to conduct sacred ceremonies designed to sustain and support the Planet and her beautiful, diverse ecology. Mars and Venus, too, will be terraformed and ready to receive those of you who choose to move there.

Among the many changes to Mother Earth will be some magnetic and electric ones. This means that many electro-magnetic Beings, such as yourselves, will be much more comfortable in Inner Earth where the Earth forces are properly aligned with you. All creatures returning to the new surface will need to undergo a Divine Change that makes it possible for them to exist on the surface. Some of Earth's flora and fauna will be temporarily lifted off the Planet during the time of her reconfiguration. Here, it helps to remember that many of you are originally from other Worlds. You are invited Guests to Earth, with a special Mission to perform. Your task is not to impose on the surface ecology but to sustain and foster its well-being. As Earth Guardians you are here to ensure the thriving health of a most glorious Electrogravitic Being, Mother Earth.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael of Nebadon: The Magnetosphere will collapse - through Candace- 24 May 2009

Christ Michael: Dearly Beloveds, it has seemingly been some time since I have issued an Update. We have been most busy. We are setting it up (again) so Iran may not be attacked, nothing new there, just to let you know this has still been the Game Plan of the USA and Israel. Russian troops will be able to fully assist if anything occurs, as these are your battles to be handled on the ground, but we do provide various kinds of assistance.

The funds for NESARA are long gone. These will not manifest. In regards to who has the best current truth on these matters on the Internet, that would be Whistleblower, who describes how the World itself is kept funded with the Collateral Accounts, and it is these funds which runs the world and they are not anything at all related to NESARA and GESARA. The NESARA idea was built up over 200 years by St Germaine, but it did not manifest since your World was not really ready for it, unless we could have had the international attention required as part of the Second Coming Mission. There was some hope in 2004, and 2005, and a little more after that of manifesting this whole program. When I said we would go global as in GESARA, for ease of understanding, I am referring to that which comes prior to the installation of "Light and Life" status on a world. We do need a global Banking System and it is not manifesting in any shape or form right now because of the squabbling. A new Banking System will manifest after the Stasis Event.

Back in 2005 we put 25,000 Star People in bodies on the ground to help in a large number of areas. Some have had some success in furthering ideas needed around sustainability and you are now seeing the results of this. They were moderately successful in setting up some of the Banking behind the Banking you might say, but not successful with the masterful Dark "Thugs" at all. We have lost quite a few to bullets. We are now very careful as to how and what is done. Any additional manifestation in Banking is to be done by hologram - they can't kill a 3D "Movie."

We placed 5000 people into the various religious organizations as "Members." This was a complete failure by all accounts. The failure in Christianity and Islam was complete, and we made NO progress whatsoever and pulled our people back out. While these ones didn't suffer murder, you can imagine what they did suffer from bad mouthing. It was the worst within Christianity. You ones in that religion who have such an approach most certainly will NOT be experiencing any sort of Rapture/Ascension.

There is no real hope left of getting any more projects done. We are letting the Planet, as you know, go into its "Cleansing". We did not wish an excessive "Cleansing", and so we are controlling the rate of the collapse of the Magnetosphere. The Magnetosphere will collapse and this process is exponential, which means the faster it goes, the faster it goes; it is not linear, for those with a math background. The collapse is getting close, but we cannot predict as to the exact hour. When the Magnetosphere collapses you will be flooded with a lot of radiation of several types. Thus we will move into Stasis very rapidly, as it is collapsing. All life is going to be put into Stasis, because of this.

Jupiter is back out within the Sun's Corona again, to assist the Earth Changes process "naturally." There are other "natural" processes also going on, which include large Gamma Ray blasts that are coming from INSIDE your Solar System and not from distant Creations, although of course the Creation is always growing, and these events do occur.

Your Wind Stream, the "Solar Wind" as you label it has been very low for some time now. Your Sun is very quiet, but your Solar Wind was getting lower long before the last intense Solar Cycle. It will take little to finish the collapse of the Magnetosphere. A large Coronal Mass Ejection [Solar Flare] should do it.

Until the Magnetosphere collapses, there will be other signs. A few more quakes, and increased Gamma Rays for those of you who are sensitive on picking them up, and the like, as well as huge weather-changes. Most crops are now planted, and some of them will be harvested and stored. It remains now to harvest the People. Who of you will be amongst them? As was reported by Archangel Michael through Candace, more than we originally expected but still less than we had always hoped for.

To get to "Heaven" you must have a sense of Goodness. Good, is God with an extra O in English. What is "good" about the wars the Christians want to "bring on" in the name of Christ? Christ does not come back to settle down on Worlds engaged in war - only those engaged in Goodness. Why are you in America still allowing this new President in Office to continue the wars? He stated he would march right into Afghanistan and Pakistan, and is it not so? The only good thing about the choice of person you voted for, is that you were able to vote for a black man, who is in fact not that black, as you will have noticed, but only because he seemed to you a better choice within the bounds of a limited system than the other two Candidates.

I noticed there was not any real action from the World towards Israel when it attacked little Gaza. That said, some of the Gazaians are by Soul intent really akin to "Jews" and since Israel was going to carry out their New World Order, some Palestinians in Gaza did need to experience the other side of the coin. Those were the Slaughterers in their previous lives - many of them had a hand in the genocide of your Red Brothers. That doesn't however make it "Right", as the lesson was more for the Americans and Europeans who continue to ignore what is of God and allow slaughter. Nobody incarnated specially to punish the Gazaians, that is not how God does things, they suffered at the hands of their own kind, in fact from their own hands in that sense.

We move forward still with the new Plans. I remain saddened that "things" did not work out better. Mother Earth/GAIA has had enough, we have helped with cleansing of the pollution in the best way that can be done behind the scenes, until we can work more openly. Now it is time.

Namaste, Christ Michael, ATON of Nebadon.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu [Jesus Christ/Sananda] – An Update on the Magnetosphere - Jess Anthony – 28 May 2009

Let's speak of the upcoming events - for they truly are happening. The timeframe we are following is the one that is formed by the shifts in Earth's energy through its Magnetosphere. This connecting “skin,” to use that image, is frayed and unraveling, as we communicate. I honestly don't see this lasting for more than several months, your time. I don't like to make “predictions,” but this seems on the verge of happening. We are guiding it as best we can, with bursts of power to sustain a slower release of existing polarity. This allows Earth to put on additional brakes as it lets go of previous magnetic connections. The speed of this letting go is slowed down by Galactic Federation assistance, although the stages of its progress are determined solely by the Earth system it expresses.

The timing of what is to come is what you have heard these last few years: we intend to wait now until the Magnetosphere lets go completely. Normally this would trigger massive upheavals and a prolonged period of reversal of polarity. The Planet's geophysical system has to remove the built up stress at faults and land-masses. These stresses, unfortunately, are located at some of the most densely populated centers. This is within the Pacific “Ring of Fire” and the places in the Atlantic Caribbean that lie closest to the Atlantic Ridge. The danger there is the tsunami effects that can occur on the East Coast. We are trying to moderate these slippages and prevent the worst disasters from happening by evening out the stress levels through magnetic manipulation and energy input into buffer zones.

The letting go of the Magnetic Poles will result in climactic changes and disorientation as to the flow of Solar Energy. Existing electric circuitry will short circuit and cease to function as the inhabitants would expect. There will still be polarity once it reverses, but there will be a massive need to reorient all operations based on new magnetic forces and newly assumed polarity.

The “Stasis Event” will be the time to sort out our needs and make plans on how this will function. I anticipate you are right to think that Earth will be less problematic than now, even though still not fully understanding what is happening. We are helping the most negatively influential and disruptive inhabitants to leave. This will create a more positive perception of the Universal Laws that will be integrated into cultural thinking. The political chaos and financial machinations will be stopped and replaced with workable examples of sustainable communities. These individual pockets of culture will determine the ways the larger groups react on a national and international scale.

Esu [Jesus Christ/Sananda].



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Things are Getting Interesting… By Christ Michael of Nebadon - Candace – 28 May 2009

We energized the Magnetic Field last night, it was deteriorating quickly and it is not quite time, as we need to assist the releasing of pressures massively first. Our plan is complete now, completely complete, to perfection, and there is not a thing you of the Black Cabal can do about it, so how about the Military getting the troops back from the Middle East very quickly so that they can be placed where they can actually be of service?

We must relieve some pressure building in the Atlantic Rift. We must also release some pressure in the Pacific Rim along the Oriental countries. Speaking of those countries, that was no nuclear testing that happened in North Korea. You Dark Ones “took advantage” of a release of energy, and built a lie to cover up for the other impending games. North Korea does not have a single nuclear device, friends, and for that matter, neither do you anyway, that is, ones that will be allowed to “function”.

You of the geology professions must have noticed an intense increase in the super little Micro Quakes in California recently. These once averaged 25 or so a week, and now average 300 or so a week. This is NOT our doing, however, in terms of releasing energy. These are wholly natural, and the State is crumbling generally, from the rifts forming underneath. Any underground Races left living in those great caverns at this time were advised to leave recently, as they are not safe. There are many who are not of the Reptilian Race living down there. The ocean waters are working their way in, and this goes beyond the suggested borders given out a couple years ago or more to be around LA. This is happening further inland and further North. (Candace: Many of those underground Reptilian Races were removed two and a half years ago, about 8 billion of them, for sorting to elsewhere. Most are not suitable for Ascension on this Planet. )

The Planet each day is not staying in its former set course because of the weakening magnetic field. Indeed the Sun is rising too far North and is continuing that course. Do you realize if we did NOT control this process, your Planet by mid Summer could actually roll over? Because of the field condition at this time, you could possibly not experience a “Solstice” in which the Sun would begin to journey South again. Ditto the opposite for those in the Southern Hemisphere.

Now I did not say above “tilt” on it's axis, I said ROLL OVER, and this is a different procedure from a Magnetic Reversal [as previously outlined as soon to happen]. This “Roll Over” will not happen however, but your Scientists are more than worried about this possibility looming on the horizon from their own studies. We will not be coming back in thousands of years to start over again. It will be a Magnetic Pole Reversal, and there is nothing you can do to affect that either. That is why some War Games will not be allowed to happen, which could further upset the delicate magnetic balance.

Now, you of the Dark Cabal are advised however to step down and allow us to do some preparations. In fact, we might even just remove you from being in our way. That idea is still being discussed and not firm as we have not made the decision yet whether to commandeer the airwaves and inform the People, or just let things go on as Nature will allow.

Don't forget, we will assist that “Nature.” The Planet is going to Ascend, along with the rest of the Solar System. In fact much of the Solar System already has. The reason Mars does not seem to have a Magnetosphere is because it Ascended quite some time ago and has no need of one.

And if you could better study Jupiter right now which remains “hidden” within the Sun's Corona, you would know it is no longer bi-polar, having made its own Ascension. And your Sun, well you Dark Brothers, you have long hidden from the Public that it is now in any way different too. That could be “why” you are not having the Sunspots that support your idea of the magnetism expected for this next Solar Cycle? Have you considered the possibility there is NO next Solar Cycle coming? Something to ponder I would suggest.

You continue to not look at our timely hints that have been going on since January concerning your Magnetosphere. We gave you a small one on May 25. Your gamma ray detection systems are also detecting more of these all the time, but they are not coming from the distant Creations. These are “Heaven-sent” by our Space Craft. They are necessary to the remodeling of the Human form. They are “harmful” to forms not already in balance and helpful to those that will be continuing the Ascension journey, and this means all Life Forms, and not just the “Human” form on the Planet.

Now Dear Dark Brothers, you can toss in the rag now, and come into assistance and actually help for the next couple of weeks, or whatever it takes to finish the environmental releases and balancing that must continue to occur, so that Mother Earth doesn't have to slam on the brakes. Or NOT - it is your choice! You could at least get your respective troops HOME from the Middle East and place them where they can be of benefit to others.

We cannot predict exactly which weather changes are going to initially happen, but I suggest you might well see some very early hurricanes and huge wind and water storms about the Planet. These will muster quickly, and in some countries they know of these and are preparing their peoples as much as they are able to. We can't predict exactly where ruptures will occur, but you did have a nice rupture after last night's intervention near Honduras.

The protons were heavy for a four hour period. You continue to have high “heat” today in the Solar Wind as you perceive it. This is more like high heat in your Ionosphere and this will provoke quite a bit of reaction. We must have these releases before Mother Earth drops her Magnetic Field. We will control the reversal to our specifications.

When the shield drops, the “Stasis Event” will start in order to protect the life forms. There will be two basic phases of “Stasis”, an initial total Stasis for all Life Forms, while we take the Planet through the Magnetic Pole Reversal, and then some of the Life Forms will be awakened once the polarity is re-established in the opposite direction.

Now, when the Magnetic Field collapses, this is “Judgment Day” for many. You have a story going around on the Net, about some hearing “The Voice” and being told it is time to exit; there is valid basis to this story. There may be some “blood baths” going on within the ranks of the Rich and Powerful Ones, as this is very typical during the Ends Times with struggles amongst themselves. Be not alarmed if stories start hitting the News and the Internet. These are not of your concern, let them slide over and do not go along with those who may be freaking out over it.

Obviously the “Swine Flu” is NOT going to hit. This was a distraction game by the Dark Ones and is nearly completed. What happened in Mexico City was a case of some murdering going on before and during Obama's visit. Many murders may be listed as “Swine Flu.” Pay them no attention yourselves, please. Be the “Rocks of Ages” you have come to be, during this upcoming Transition Time before the Magnetic Field collapses. There may either be little publicity, or stories may fly everywhere.

Many of you may have intense feelings of sadness during the times when the Magnetic Field is nearing collapse. You may have headaches and other physical symptoms. You need not run off to the Doctor over every little thing. Sleep as well as you may and support your body and emotional needs naturally. During the prep times of a Magnetic Field approaching collapse, the energies will be very intense to almost everyone on the Planet. You may find many of your Family Members being very emotional, or withdrawn, striking out and other excessive behaviors. Usually these energies exacerbate behavior that is already out of balance, so the depressed person may actually commit suicide, and the angry person become even more so.

Some in your circles may in fact become dangerous. Do what is necessary in these conditions to protect others. Trying to talk the person out of the problem is not likely to work, so get others out of the way. Those that drink will seek to drink more. Those that retire will retire more. Expect the unexpected. This will not go on for very long. And it will end suddenly as the Magnetosphere Shield comes down.

And put away your calendars, because this is not a situation that can be dated. We have an estimate of perhaps months, but it could just be 6 weeks. Our scientists constantly now assess the situation and determine when we should release pressure. It is the INTERNAL pressures building up that actually damage the Magnetic Field, so to speak.

The Mother Planet wants to reverse the Magnetic Polarity in these times, and continues to want to do so. And thus we will prevent certain war activities, which is why the Dark Brothers are themselves “revving up” both because of the exacerbation of problem behaviors and because of their desire to somehow beat God at the Game. This war behavior is hoped to cause more destruction. This is what destructive people do. It is hoped by them since they cannot “win”, that they can instead “win” by harming the Planet. These Ones support Evil down to the last straw, in their thinking they should honor their own Satanic version of God.

Be calm and in trust. Calm those around you as you can. And do not add to this condition by your own fears of war mongering. I think shortly, there will enough weather and quakes to consume the Dark's interest. Those of you attending Stasis, or otherwise going to continue in body, will be removed if a natural disaster comes in your direction during this period.

It would be advisable to have survival supplies on hand as much as you are able to do so. There could be electrical outages and other events that might delay goods arriving in the stores. It would not be a bad idea in case of electrical outages, which could be severe or temporary, to have ice-coolers and the like to help with the fresh food preservation if that you already have, and to stock up on canned and dried foods if needed. We can't predict who will be affected. We were a little surprised by the Honduras quake, for example, last night. There would seem to have been better places for a release of energy.

Namaste, Christ Michael [Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu on Energy Changes and Stasis - Jess Anthony – 2 June 2009

The timeframe of the events to come is still uncertain, some decisions still have not been finalized at this point. It is now contingent on the Earth's cycle of letting go the Magnetic Structure and our causing a system of buffers to moderate the effects of this letting go.

Once it is decided it is time to move into Stasis, the scenarios you have heard of will begin, with the exception, that now the initial phase will be a total Stasis. Everything will pause its natural living cycle to allow us to restructure the energy parameters you expect to determine your existence. The Magnetic Polarity will collapse and then reverse its Magnetic Poles to refresh the direction of energy circuitry. North becomes South and expectations will be changed.

Everything will pause for a few months. This will not seem like any time has passed to those continuing with the shift to a higher dimensionality. Stasis is not a sleep, it is a limbo stage where nothing progresses in the sense you have been conditioned to expect. Stasis will be introduced quickly to avoid mass confusion. The Spaceships triggering this energy frequency are already stationed around the globe and are ready to begin moderating the energy levels associated with paused frequency. This shift in frequency will initially cause functions to seem to stop, although this pause is not final. The movement of energy currents that make up the Magnetic Field will appear to be at a standstill. This is so that the Reversal can happen and the currents can begin to flow in the opposite direction. This realignment is not something you should experience consciously. This shift can be dealt with more easily within a lack of consciousness.

The collapse of the Magnetic Field will have unpredictable effects on the delicate balance holding together the existing geophysical system of faults and internal pressure points. The pressure of the Solar Wind will be immense without the mitigating effects of the Magnetic Grid. Pressure pockets will be pushed beyond their balanced state and will erupt in earthquakes and volcanic explosions.

Because the Solar and Galactic pressure will be great, we are at this time easing some of the most catastrophic fault stresses to allow an easier transition. The Honduran earthquake released pressure in that area of the Atlantic and the continued quakes in the Eastern portions of the Pacific are similarly releasing built up pressure in those areas. We are doing this by sending “pulses” of energy into the Magnetic Field. This has the effect, also, of prolonging the collapse of the Magnetic Field connected to the existing polar structure. This has a wave effect with the increased Solar pressure triggering renewed magnetic activity, which then spreads throughout the existing Magnetic Field, transmitting the extra energy to existing magnetic connections and disrupting electrical circuitry that is designed to work with a less extreme burst of energy.

These pulses of energy are preparations for the intensive changes that will manifest during the Stasis period. Most of Earth's inhabitants will be sheltered and overseen. They will be kept safe from upheavals that may happen on the Earth's surface, and they will be assisted in transforming their physical being to accommodate the increased energy that will be coming to Earth. They will then come out of the Stasis period to face a new world with a new and much higher energy frequency.

Those inhabitants agreeing to work with transforming the World will find an energy grid of a new polarity. They will need to transform their environment and its technical inventions into a system that functions with reversed poles. They will do this with a new awareness of social unity and cooperation that will ease the friction that would traditionally have developed. There will be awareness and understanding of the reasons for the change and the roles they have to take in creating a sustainable global community.

Other inhabitants who have been following the Path of Darkness and control of others will not continue with the transformation. There are various reasons why they will not. You have heard many of these decisions explained and have already a sense of why they are leaving and where they will go to continue their path. Their decisions will no longer involve the Earth. They will no longer control the economic and financial straight jacket they have brought to the majority of Earth's inhabitants. Their personal wishes will no longer be the determinant in cultural issues or matters of personal growth. Man will be able to choose the best path he can take.

Esu [Jesus Christ/Sananda]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu on the upcoming Stasis Period - Jess Anthony – 7 August 2009

It is time to speak of your concerns on the coming “Stasis period” [a period of suspended animation for all life-forms] and to explain the current thinking regarding its use and imposition. Stasis is a device that occurs whenever a Planet that is inhabited must undergo some sort of upheaval - be it galactic or geophysical. This allows the Planet's system to stop and reorganize itself to adapt to the next level of vibrational intensity its surroundings demand. This presumes the evolution of its surroundings are linked to the evolutionary process the Planet itself is undergoing. The Planet's evolution does or does not only take its Ecosystem into account. If it is beyond any sort of salvaging, then its environment and life-forms are removed and the system is begun again at a new level of Universal interaction. The problems and imbalances are not continued, even in an adapted form.

The system with Earth is unique. Christ Michael wishes to maintain the remnants of the existence that has become established in accordance with his own vision, in order for it to evolve into the higher frequency [Fifth dimensional] that the Planet itself is moving into. In order for this to take place, the Planet has to be adapted to suit the evolvement of the inhabitants that are staying, and vice versa. This involves changing the inhabitants and the existing ecosystem to accommodate the new frequencies. This change is most easily accomplished by a period of Stasis on the Planet. Existence as it is presently will pause and be reacclimatized to a new vibration in a higher dimensional status. Man is nothing but a series of vibrational interactions that appear to be chemical in nature. Change his vibrational pattern and he will morph into a new vibrational sequence. This is the same process as entraining two frequencies vibrating at different speeds. The higher and faster one prevails and the two merge into one frequency, becoming two strings of the one.

Man's vibrational pattern will change and adapt to the new frequency for Earth. This requires a strong and resilient physical body and a mental awareness that doesn't challenge spiritual perception or experiential discoveries. Only a percentage of the Earth's current population will be able to adapt. This requires a physical body that is connected to spiritual awareness. Spiritual insight automatically shapes the physical and mental bodies that function on this Earthly plane. Only lately has Man's understanding of this relationship been nourished enough to allow comprehension. Now is the time for Man to move ahead into his next evolutionary phase. This evolutionary status will involve a symbiosis with the evolution of the Earth. Man will interact with his environment on a much more conscious level and will realize the importance of spiritual dialogue with his surroundings.

I will speak of the timeline as it is proposed at present. We are looking to the appearance of Jupiter as a new second Sun to provide sufficient shock and disruption to established scientific and religious belief systems to enable enough awareness of a difference to trigger a conscious desire for action. We don't expect much will happen as a result of any Earthly action or crisis. People are too passive and ineffectual to galvanize much rethinking because of just another political or environmental crisis.

We expect to move into Stasis mode very soon after Jupiter finally is allowed to reveal itself. The process of starting this mode has been tremendously streamlined since the earlier descriptions that have come through. The length of time it will take should be two hours or less, still moving around the global time zones as described previously. Enough Spaceships are available to beam working energy to Earth to interact with existing vibrational motion and cause it to "pause". This is not a process of going to sleep - this is putting existence totally on hold. Nothing is planned to age, because time will seem to stop. Time, you realize, is only a perception on Earth to systematize the relationship between two people or two incidents.

The Plan of the Stasis Process involves sending a beam of energy to Earth that is of such a frequency that it causes the basic speed of energy transfer to pause in its movement. When energy is not moving there is no sequence of interactions that characterize life on your Planet. This is different from what you regard as Death. That involves the Spirit leaving the physical shell and reuniting with its Family Soul assemblage. The physical shell continues to interact with its environment and energy exchange is still going on. Stasis stops this energy movement for a period of time. There is no aging as a result, and time seems to be halted in your perception. With time stopped, there is no perception by you, in fact, because observations or evaluations are based on your measurements of your physical context.

Our perception of time is different and our physical embodiment is not dependant on the attributes you require. We are able to interact with your Energy Grid work on many levels of complexity and redirect those pathways that are out of balance with a higher frequency of energy movement unaffected by your perceptions. We are able to retool your design, as it were, and produce a more efficient structure that is more integrated with the ascending universal manifestation.

Those of you who intend to stay and work after the Stasis period will be redesigned and refashioned to accommodate the changes that Earth will be going through. The symbiosis with your environment will need to be much more exact. It will require a more intuitive understanding of Community needs and an accepted awareness of the necessity of considering your fellow inhabitants in the context of your Community.

Many will choose not to stay to work with Earth's Ascension. Cleaning your environment involves supporting a population that is suited to the available resources necessary for balance and harmony. A maximum number of about a tenth of your current population is appropriate for the landmass that will be most beneficial for the Planet's Ascension. Parts of the current geography will be removed and new land will emerge from the existing oceans. This was part of the surface that was flooded when Lemuria and Atlantis submerged. This will happen when the Earth shifts its Axis tilt. The water will cover different portions of the existing landmass. There will also be earthquakes to remove built up tectonic stress, and these too will change the shape of the current landforms.

These events will occur during the Stasis Period because they are connected with a larger system of energy exchange that does not depend on interaction with the ecosystem developed around Earth's inhabitants. The inhabitants are an extension of their surroundings, but they do not themselves cause the surroundings to change to the extent that will be necessary to cleanse and refashion Earth. The Earth changes are linked to geophysical shifts and redirected energy from the Sun and Solar System. The energy changes coming to Earth affect the Magnetosphere's operation and alter the system of planetary rotation. These changes are necessary to re-circuit the grid pattern the Earth is operating in. This restructuring will provide the new environment for Earth's inhabitants.

I cannot say at this point how long this will take. Your measurement of the length of time will occur after you emerge from the Stasis Period. I suspect your perception of the length of time it takes will be different from what you presume now. You will not see it as it occurs and you will be surprised when you awake from it.

The plan is not to physically remove all of Earth's inhabitants and take you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying will remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will choose to leave or will not be spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolution. This change must be viewed as a necessary step in the Ascension. No Soul is destroyed unless he or she chooses that option; when someone ends existence on Earth, that Soul moves into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you will experience here must be tempered by awareness and a realization of the larger picture of a Soul's evolution.

There will be a large group of inhabitants that will be assembled in Retreat Centers to continue their education. These are Members of the group that have been called Lightworkers, meaning those who have had awareness of the true nature of what is happening on Earth and have held out some form of insight to others. This group of teachers and workers will make up the large body of facilitators who have chosen to help others accommodate their new forms to the new environment. These will be leaders, artists, educators, healers, and workers who have committed themselves to building a sustainable society. They have special talents suited to the tasks that lie ahead and have incarnated at this time to take on those roles. They will be brought out of Stasis at the time that is necessary for their training to begin.

I think this is sufficient to say at this time. Look for the signs that will be appearing in the skies. This will be happening in sequence from now on. Much of the harvest is being stored, and events will happen when you least expect them. The Sun will move and Jupiter will appear as it actually is. Then you will know that Stasis is ready to begin.

Esu, Planetary Prince in Physical form.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Esu Comments on the Conclave and Earth Changes - Jess Anthony – 13 Sepember 2009

Pre-note from Candace – 10 September 2009: There has been a Conclave going aboard the Phoenix Mothership for several days. Really "big wigs" were in personal attendance from our Superuniverse of Orvonton. I was asked to attend part of it 3 nights ago. The purpose of my attendance was much to do with interviewing me and also asking questions around AbundantHope and my postings on my work. There was lots of chatting. This was an honor. I was aboard for 5 hours. Esu came around the next morning full of hugs for me, he thought I did well, on such short notice. There seemed to be about 30 folks there. I didn't count them, I was in quite a state of surprise much of the time. I had no idea I was going there, except Christ Michael contacted about 2 hours before and said to prepare, so I did, meaning taking a shower, and going to bed to prepare for the “beam-me-up-Scotty” process. All I knew before I went is I would be gone longer than previous times and I was not to set the alarm to get up the next morning, because I was going to be exhausted…

Esu-Jesus: Much is happening and has been decided and determined. The Conclave on the Phoenix Mothership was a discussion of where things stand in terms of where our Local Universe stands in relation to the 7th Superuniverse of Orvonton. The concept that Christ Michael is exploring is unique, and the Hierarchy of the larger Galactic groups and Orders is carefully observing the outcome of his experiment. It is working surprising well in their estimation. They were cognizant of the potential of his idea, but they are fascinated to see it working itself out in terms of physicality and ascending evolution. The notion of duality and antagonism becoming balanced and unified is new and exciting to see.

This has happened because the Spirit-Souls that have incarnated on Earth over the centuries have played a collaborative role in shaping this transformation. It is still not completed, but the shift towards greater Light and Unity has begun in the lives of those that will continue to complete this transformation.

Others of a dark nature will be leaving this planetary scenario, their roles completed here. They served as obstacles and problems to be overcome. Their pathway called for that role and they provided that force of resistance that others needed to overcome in their pathways.

Earth is a living progression, just as each of you are working out your own pathway for personal growth. The changes that must come are outcomes of the choices Earth has made previously to allow her inhabitants to explore their systems of interaction. Their choices involved her physical nature, and she has allowed herself to be damaged for an object lesson to others. It is now time for Earth to begin to heal. The lessons learned through damage and destruction by Manmade forces are at an end. The slate is about to be wiped clean, as it were.

I can speak more about the Conclave. The participants, as Candace indicated, were “bigwigs” from Orvonton and the surrounding major universe systems that interact with the direction Earth and its Solar System is pursuing. The great Seventh Superuniverse of Orvonton is interrelated in all its vast components, and all must be considered whenever a major shift or change is initiated. This involves Consultants and Coordinators who speak on the potential for growth and interaction the changes suggest.

Many representatives from the Governing Council of Orvonton were there, including Lord Siraya, whom you have spoken to on several occasions. His input was in terms of rethinking that which will occur as a result of the shift in feelings and sensations that will come with a raised frequency of energy activation. Man's perceptions and awareness will be reoriented, and this will affect the way he interacts with each other and with his plane of existence on Earth. This energy shift will have an impact much beyond the perimeters of your limited solar system. Universes within universes will readjust and Orvonton will change over the course of time, as you consider it. Evolution is continual and ascension is a part of it.

I'll speak briefly about the activation of the embedded Crystals within Earth. There is not such a formal programme being made at this time as has been envisioned by some Messengers and Lightworkers. The concept is good and useful in terms of energy activation through the crystal deposits that are strewn throughout Earth, but the time frame involved with the collapse of the Magnetosphere and the upcoming Stasis Period precludes any projected schedule of future crystal activations. The sequence is perfectly workable if the time is available to carry it out, but I fear it will not be followed through as anticipated. This is not to say that the crystal deposits won't be activated in the Stasis Period. They are prime agents for the energy vortexes that are necessary to enliven the Earth's energy circuits.

The 9-9-9 ceremonies were good as a focus of spiritual attention and additional awareness of the need to connect with Earth's resources in a symbiotic way. Man's attention was drawn to this interconnection through such festivals. This is good.

The Conclave did decide to let the Earth's magnetosphere follow its own process of collapse without much artificial propping up. It seems time now for this to happen. Time wise, this is still geared to the seasonal cycle of the US. This is not to slight the other parts of the globe, but to provide the most workable cushion for the Lightworkers to fall back when the country's governmental and financial structure fall apart. And they will. This seems almost on the verge of happening. This again is an example of a projected potential, rather than an actual prediction. No one can say what events will transpire in trying to reach a closure of the events put in motion earlier. Signs seem full of potential, however.

My suggestion to you is to continue with what you are doing in your work and in your preparation. I don't see the need for many more messages to be transcribed. We will give a specific update through Candace when there is the need for one, in terms of general awareness of what is to occur. You should remain balanced and aware of changes occurring. Try to be non-judgmental; only observe what is presented and release any anger or fear that the observation may occasion in your thinking.

Esu [Jesus-Sananda].



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ESU update on Stasis and the Evacuation procedure from danger areas - Candace – 3 October 2009

ESU: By now most of you are aware of the increasing earthquakes in the South East Asia regions. This is a direct response to the constant flipping back and forth of Gaia/Earth. She is soon to find the balance point and move into the Pole Reversal process. There is going to be more of this and California is also “ripe” for Earth changes at this time.

Now we have taken a new course of action. The Planet Earth is really in a difficult physical struggle and we must carefully control the change-over rate of the Pole Reversal, as mentioned in past messages. The Dark Cabal has increasing plans for discord and wishes to solve it's financial issues by, of course, still attacking several cities in the US and again provoking more agitating in Iran and Afghanistan. This itself could cause the Pole-reversal and then some, and Mother Earth/Gaia cannot handle this. To address your dark plans, Dark Ones, we will simply, if necessary, be forced to proceed directly into Stasis. Our Spaceships have long be placed in readiness to control everything and you will be left to “dissolve” and no longer be. This will be your final end during the Stasis period. I advise you think twice about your dark games, because in pulling off such a game you will have signed your own Death Certificate. And that is a permanent, eternal Death Certificate.

Now, for you Readers, if an evacuation option becomes necessary, many of you living in areas of danger will be promptly evacuated. Some of you can be directly beamed up, but others must board our Scoutships by the Levitation Beam. The Scout-craft will come down low overhead and you must then step into the beam area outlined on the ground. Most of these Scout-craft will be circular in shape. Usually they will be showing green and red lights, but there is also assistance being given by others to the Ashtar Command, so the lights may vary. Step into the beam, one at a time, and it simply carries you safely up and it will feel a bit like riding an elevator.

If you find yourselves confronted by a beam presenting itself, PLEASE, Dear Ones, step into it. You will have no time to dither. Do not worry, just do it. If it is to be at night, you will be awakened and taken outside to board. All Scoutships are staffed by Galactic Federation folks and they will have the Trilateral Insignia* of some sort, although it varies a little in type. A Staff person will come down the beam and give instructions. They have a list and will ask names if necessary, because you will have a built-in invisible priority boarding “Pass.” Others will be taken depending on timing. There are some situations where there is a set period of time to pick up folks, but in others, such as where the ocean waves are already coming in and affecting coastal areas, just get on that craft. Extremely high gale winds would be another reason for evacuation. The Stasis Process does take a couple of hours to complete and we do have many craft ready for this purpose.

The need for this would arise if Mother Earth suddenly begins the Pole Reversal process, which could be “jerky” in effect so to speak. Also during your present waiting period of going into Stasis, those of you who already have an invisible “Boarding Pass” and happen to be in harms-way of a quake, volcanic eruption, or any other dire situation, you will be immediately lifted. We recently lifted a number of you in South East Asia and we will be lifting you if you live in California or any other dangerous area. All those of you who are either staying with Earth or are going to the alternative new Planet being prepared for you, or for that matter anywhere else through remaining in your Physical Body, will be lifted as needed when an emergency occurs.

If your spiritual Soul-self, as opposed to your physical body, is destined to be leaving Earth for elsewhere, there is less need for a physical evacuation, and we will not endanger our evacuation process in attempting to come into situations where it is either physically too late, or we must get our craft out quickly. Some of you have relatives nearby who do not necessarily need to go in their physical body, but we will lift these ones anyway to reduce the stress on you or them, but only if we are able to do so. Some areas will face more evacuation requirements than others. We normally will take pets, except in rapidly deteriorating situations. The person assisting from the Scoutcraft will advise you.

If you are told to board NOW, board now, and do not look back. Your beloved animals will always have a chance to reincarnate, and animals are much more tolerant of this change process than the rest of you. Also animals dematerialize much more easily through not entertaining mental thoughts of doubt as to its possibility. If they are to be rescued, they will be brought up by the “Beam-me-up-Scotty” teleporting method.

Some evacuations will be very specific as to who goes and who does not, and you must accept this. There are some destined to not continue with Earth and while it might be painful to watch, they simply will not be returning. Your “passport” is your special chip that was etherically implanted at birth and you are in the computer on the Ashtar Command Mothership, the “New Jerusalem”, and it locates you constantly, and the Scout spacecraft covering the area where you live have that information. If you have family with you, they will go. But others may not be boarding. So just prepare yourself for the fact that some in the neighborhood may not be removed. There are areas where there are huge populations and many will be offered to go and if we do pick up unworthy people, these will be sorted out and dispatched elsewhere later.

Now after pickup obviously you will be going up to the Motherships, and the onboard Staff are well experienced in this process. You will be asked to calm yourself, and if can't you will be put into a sleep state. Do not worry about your children if they are not with you. We will get everybody sorted and children are usually put into a sleep state, unless they are obviously fine with the situation and wish to help. Many Starseed children will immediately realize what is going on and pitch in. You also will no doubt be pitching in where and when asked.

All the folks picking you up will be fully Human in appearance. We don't use other Races during evacuation that are unknown to the Races on the Planet. Now those of you during the massive emergency pick-ups who were originally intending to sleep on Earth during the Stasis period, may find yourself in Stasis for a short time aboard the Mothership. When some of the major Earth Changes have passed over, you may be returned to safe havens in the Inner Earth, or within the outer surface crust, all of which have been built to accommodate the various national cultures. There you will awaken gradually and to then begin living and socializing within those environments. You will enjoy this when it happens during the cleansing and alteration work being carried out on Earth's surface. The others remaining on Earth during the Stasis period in safe areas will just sleep on unaffected by the Earth cleansing and changes going on around them.

It may be at any time that we initiate the Stasis process so that we can have full control over the Pole-reversal process. It is possible that Planet Jupiter will not be allowed to emerge completely from behind the Sun for a short while yet, since Planet Earth, as you can now see, is already having increased weather and earthquake difficulties. If we can work it out to happen a day or so before the Stasis process commences, Jupiter will be allowed to be directly seen [a large spacecraft “look-alike” is presently covering its position in the Heavens], so that those that believe in the “Great Light in the East” becoming visible can have that belief satisfied. And I, Esu, will of course NOT be coming across the sky riding a white horse!

At present we are already removing some people here and there before the Stasis Period begins, so there will be some people going through an apparent “Rapture” disappearance, as those in certain Churches believe will happen. However, these Ones will be brought up either by Levitation Beam or Teleporting with whatever they are wearing, or not wearing, and there will be no neatly folded clothes left behind. If these events are actually to be seen by some people, you may find that there are then some vivid “Rapture” stories circulating.

If you are to be brought up from the special danger-areas, your mate and children will come up with you, so no one is to be left behind to be in fear about where the others have gone. For those who know of Christians with a belief in the “Rapture”, if word does get around, seek to correct them as you see best at this point. For instance, if another major quake comes when some may disappear and Scout craft are seen, just suggest that the “Angels of the Lord” are removing people from the harm of natural forces. Or use something else that seems appropriate in your communication. Keep it simple. There are many Beloveds already missing in the recent earthquakes and tsunamis that are not going to be found because they are already with us, so simply expect more of what may make the News, or at least the Internet.

We do not know at this point the exact timing of the Stasis Event. It all depends on Mother Earth and our observations of her needs within the overall situation. We have considerably less than some months left, so it appears it will come soon. Please keep adequate food and cash around. Stay a little ahead. There is always the possibility of damaged electric cables from storms coming before the Stasis event, or even of your Dark “Controllers” calling a Bank holiday-closing or carrying out something else nasty in the meantime. Have some CASH. And keep your tank full. Automated-teller cash machines will not be able to produce cash for you without electricity. It would be wise to take adequate money out of the Bank for at least a few weeks' spending.

Esu/Jesus.

*Trilateral Insignia: Usually a triangle with 3 equal sides, but most exhibiting different colors and schemes. The majority of Space Commands use this type of insignia. Many are going to be glowing, of higher vibration, and this is most useful because they are seen as “Angels” on this world. They will always identify themselves.

Dematerialization: This is the “Beam-me-up-Scotty” teleporting method (as opposed to the Levitation Beam). Your physical make-up of atoms is disassembled and then re-assembled on the Mothership. Candace in her many beamings up to the Mothership has safely been through this many times.

Levitation Beam. This is like the little cartoons you see a lot of nowadays. You stand in the circle of the beam outlined on the ground, and you are then gently elevated up, without any loss of balance, into the craft. Don't freak out, it isn't any harder than riding an elevator. You cannot fall out of the beam. Be brave and show the way for others watching.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Galactic Federation Council of Sirius – Sheldan Nidle - 6 October 2009

The plans to move several major global governments into their transitional modes are currently being implemented. Of these, the “American Corporation”, run by the Dark Cabal, constitutes the primary stumbling block to profound global change, but this impediment will quite shortly be unblocked. Then a range of transformative measures immediately go into effect worldwide. These include: the new pro-Basil III Banking System, a new hard currency system, a number of new Central Banks, and global debt forgiveness. All this will come under the rubric of a new multinational financial system which forms a much-needed stopgap between the present financial morass and a new comprehensive system of abundance. Eventually this abundance is to outgrow the need for money as a survival mechanism because new 'miracle' technologies will give each household the ability to provide its own food, clothing, and furniture. This eliminates the need for farms, factories, and other staples of your present economy.

A slosh of wonderful new technologies is to transform how your society operates. Your cities and suburbs will be rebuilt. Vast greenbelts will replace your farms and factories, giving a miraculous face-lift to your environment! This will be the prelude to the announcements that end the cover-up of our benevolent existence. The first step of this process addresses the UFO cover-up and introduces the public to the amazing technologies developed over the past six decades by your major Governments. We shall request that these devices, long in use in many of their covert Bases, be disclosed. These disclosures form a preamble to the formal broadcast about the “First Contact Mission”. Over the past few decades we have groomed a number of individuals and Governments to proclaim our presence. Then, at the right time, the Galactic Federation and this mission in particular are to be made known to you. The disclosure that you are not alone and that a great deal of secret technology exists needs to be revealed in digestible bites.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14 October 2009 – SaLuSa of Sirius – Michael Quinsey

Perhaps somewhat sooner than you might have anticipated, the first meaningful contact is soon to be announced. The news is already spreading like wildfire, and it is going to be a moment when history will be made. You have reached a new stage in this cycle that will see you move even further ahead, and all the promise of a new age will begin to unfold before your eyes. Does it not seem appropriate that at a time when you will be preparing to celebrate Christmas and the New Year, you will have another reason that will bring joy to so many of you. Between now and the end of the year the first official announcement of our existence will go ahead, and none other than President Obama will sit at that table. Over a period of time we had been anticipating a more open contact, but in keeping up with your likely re-action it has been decided to take a formal approach.

The message that you are to receive, whether direct or through President Obama will set the stage for a series of announcements. These will reveal the facts about us and our long relationship with you, and put aside the false and distorted stories. You should have reached this point many years ago, but a deliberate plan to conceal the truth has caused much confusion. In the last cycle during the Atlantean and Lemurian times we regularly visited their civilizations. It is quite normal to do so when a civilization reaches a certain level of understanding, and is ready to receive us. In your case it is imperative that we start working together as soon as possible, as there is much to do to ensure the plan for Ascension is carried forward. You must know by now the nature of the preparations for it, and we shall be able to help you speed up the process. The year 2012 will remain a crucial point in your evolution, and from thereon it will continue in the higher dimensions.

We shall progressively come more into your lives as the months roll by, and we see co-operation between countries coming at an unprecedented level. However, first there must be changes that result in the more spiritually inspired souls finding their way into government. We cannot entrust our projects to dubious characters, or those who have proven to be corrupt. So you see Dear Ones, you must make allowances for the groundwork to be completed before you expect too much from us. It is all there under our safekeeping and no one person or group will be able to prevent the completion of our tasks. Our security is way beyond your comprehension, but we still need to set the scene so that all proceeds according to plan.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, just one of millions of individuals who are members of the Galactic Federation. Along with our technology that surpasses anything you have at present, we shall speed along at an astonishing rate. It is the sheer numbers of personnel and craft that are available, that will seemingly perform miracles. We send you endless Light and Love to lift you up.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christ Michael Update – Candace - 1 November 2009:

Dearly Beloveds, Christ Michael here to speak a bit after a rather long absence it would seem. First, let's cover just a bit on what I have been doing. I recently posted through Daniel Raphael that I have turned over more day to day management of Earth to Machiventa Melchizedek and Paradise Son Monjoronson. There are some other Planets that are part of the Lucifer Rebellion requiring a bit of my personal attention right now, in this body that I am using.

One planet is particularly having troubles, and this is in Orion. We are currently removing the last of the Reptilian Race also from that place, as we did on your world a couple years ago or so. I am doing much there similarly to here. I am often visiting this other world for a few days at a time, and though it is not quite as troublesome as your world, it is farther away from a state of “Light and Life”. It is not in a Solar System yet facing Ascension, but in time, it will also come in the Galactic Ecliptic and experience what your world has been now experiencing for 3 years. It has yet to rotate directly in line. Your world actually entered a little earlier because we are towing you to a new energy stream, meaning your whole Solar System is being towed, not just Planet Earth.

As regards the “towing”, Candace collects a lot of silly comment over this, as if we have little tow trucks or something. We have only to tow “Planet X” and the whole Solar System comes with it. Every Solar System has its “Planet X”, and it is through these bodies that whole Solar Systems travel around their Central Stars. Your Central Star is Alcyone in the Pleiades. And in time, in your new energy stream, you will be much closer to Alcyone, and thus not in the long dark period [outside of the Photon Belt of Light] you have been in previously, of 11,000 years at a time. You will be “in the Light” all of the time, based on both the energy stream, and the effects of your 3 Suns, as Saturn will also be ignited in due time.

Regards being in that Milky Way galactic ecliptic, you should be noticing some of the rather rapid effects regards your Ascension syndromes, and that of your animals. Most of you who are around animals should be noticing they are getting smarter too. The God Particles remodel everything!!!! There will be a great surge in evolution upon your plane.

Now, let's get into the not so nice stuff. Despite the now 3 years of work with the energy particles coming through to you, your Dark Ones just aren't getting a hint yet and it doesn't appear they will at all. We did hope some would awaken a bit, with their Reptilian and Anunnaki Controllers now out of the way, but sadly, the difficulties remain huge.

Out of concern for Earth's peoples in general, we have prevented a large array of 9-11 type attacks. Russia has been most helpful in this endeavor since they have so many Cosmospheres and have come into alignment with the Divine Plan. That allows for easier following of the rules of intervention on a planet. These rules however on this one, MY planet, are different.

We are going directly into Stasis fairly soon. We do not believe bringing out Jupiter will be of any help, but nevertheless, we may or may not. It is placed as far out as possible in the Sun's Corona from time to time and even has been exposed for short periods. It continues to upset the balance on Earth more than we would like. We wish to have that very slow Pole Reversal, so going into Stasis first will bring that completely under our control. We have continued to keep a quiet Sun for this reason.

Your scientists think that these few new Sun spots are of the next cycle, but they do not understand that the Sun is also going to be completely monopolar and it will not thusly experience cycles. This is a slow transition into that state for the this world Sun.

We are placing Spaceships so folks can see them at sunrise and sunset. This is not very effective either, because so many never even notice sunrise and sunset, which in normal societies are a time of wonderment and prayer each day. You have lost all of any Holy cycles and the knowledge contained therein.

I would suggest that all of you during the remainder of time, sungaze each day where you have opportunity, and MAKE that opportunity. It will help prepare you. You need merely stand outside preferably, or indoors if very cold or at work, and stare at the Sun when it is low in the sky. If it is too high, as you will know, you won't be able to stare at it. This will help raise up your energy levels a bit and help in remodeling your brains.

I was going to give more information more for the Dark Ones, but it seems completely futile to waste my breathe, so to speak. I do breathe in this body by the way. I will only say, that in ignoring the OITC, you ones completely blew it. There is unlimited help to this world through that Organization, except for warfare.

Casper, and Bellringer, your story is NEVER going to happen. I have my people in control, and that plan is NOT God's plan and never was. Those monies, which were traded, could have been, but again, you lied and misused your trust. Some of the thugs actually stole legitimate funds started by private individuals and companies.

Casper, I do know who you are and your purpose. These monies you keep writing about, are Bush et all funds, and illicit funds at that. The metals that sort of backed them, will be fully returned from where they sit, as they are NOT yours to continue to worsen the conditions of this world. The IMF and similar organizations and banks will be dismantled during the Stasis, and the precious metals returned and placed in safe keeping. That Gold in the hands of the IMF, even though being “sold” is not for sale, and will be recovered physically for use after the Return.

I suppose you all want the date of Stasis. No bananas on that dear ones. Candace will still go first for her Team, and they will be notified, but the rest, you will just find yourselves when it happens wherever you should be. To put out any date, the Dark Ones would attempt something more than they have attempted, and will also be off to “safe keeping” or so they think, before it happens.

The Magnetosphere is truly ready to flop. Flop it does, the vortexes will collapse on each other. We will be going into Stasis BEFORE this happens, again, so that we can control this, which is probably why we will likely not bring out Jupiter. We will continue with showing ourselves at night, sunrise, and sunset, until Stasis. Your world, as above, is so out of sync and the rumors of what makes up the appearance of God at the time of cleansing, is all over the place, and we are sorry, but Jesus still isn't going to gallop across the sky on a White Horse to gather the Saints, er Christians.

There are many at this time leaving for the Mansion Worlds [Training Worlds for the development of Souls for those Ascendant Beings working upwards in evolution towards the Isles of Paradise], and you thus have excess amounts of deaths. There are also, as Esu mentioned in his last piece, the beginning of people becoming ill from the Dark's released customized Virus-Flu illness, and more than the Ukraine are in great fear right now. That news just doesn't reach the United States, and you have in increase in this in the United States and it's being labeled Swine Flu, and it is not. You do have some better health care there, so it's less noticeable.

China faced a severe time during the “Bird Flu” days. This was a direct attack on them, and they did place several areas under extreme quarantine, and even removed several small towns of people entirely from the face of the Earth to stop the spread. We did intervene with some help in that scenario.

As to the Swine Flu vaccine, we have been going into the labs and disabling the virus that is contained therein. This is only to keep what little peace remains on the Planet in it's final days. Many have petitioned to not allow the Planet to go into complete chaos and prayers were answered. But this cannot continue Beloveds, because of the pollution to the Planet. We cleansed as many places as we could, and also we left some of it to remain visible, so that you would all learn, but you did not.

We will be studying for a long time just why the people of this Planet have not learnt their lesson over the eons. We will also be studying for some time, just why the Starseeds did not awaken in greater numbers. In fact, the Starseeds have been some of the problem. They have become incredibly blind. Their Higher Selves, to use that term, have been unsuccessful in finding an opportunity to download Monads into the bodies being used. This is a perplexing condition.

The “Higher Self” knows, but the lower self personality of the incarnation has been most resistant to hearing “from Above.” Yea ones are not fully incarnate into the body, your energies are too high, and the communications go through the “Silver Cord” [the connecting link from the Physical body to the Spiritual body] so to speak, and the Silver Cord develops “shorts”, and the message is not received. Usually the Ascension process of the DNA makes the communications more accessible, but this did not happen for many.

I am back here to stay until the Planet Earth is in Stasis, whilst the issues with the other Planet in Orion and my need to be there are resolved at this time. I needed to personally attend the issues with the Reptilians there. Beloveds, the Reptilian form has not been successful. These ones are still very cold blooded. Those who did develop worthy souls will continue on in other forms but basically the Reptilian form is being gradually removed from existence. They develop on climatically hostile planets, and that hostility seems to be difficult to overcome. Some of you who read here are preparing for various difficult jobs ahead, and thus I am giving this little detail. Such is the nature of overseeing the Creation and all that develops from it.

I will ask many of you to lay back. Do not continue to attempt to educate those around you in these last days. As the energies “churn” more, the Dark are getting very nasty. And the Dark includes family members who are not awakened for some of you. It is not necessary for you all be faced with the increasing intolerance and insults. Just be quiet and look the other way.

It can be deadly to upset some people in these times. Just do the Yes Sir or Ma'am, when faced with ridiculous requests and surround yourselves in your protective Light. Do NOT frequent Bars and the like right now. Those who get drunk are going to act out even more, and as fear spreads from the rumors of illness and the like, people are going to drink more, use drugs more, and become more dangerous. Do not intervene if you see any sort of disagreements in public, and even at home, if there is danger. Walk away. Your lives may be at stake.

Now, I have something to share with you. This has been a very long and very difficult process for myself. My Local Universe became infested with a source of Darkness. Some of this infestation was from other Universes; some of it developed in front of my own eyes. I have mentioned before, we must get a handle on this strange, not-seen-before Darkness that has infested the Lighted Creations. It is very intelligent. Your movie on Artificial Intelligence, touched on this. Some of it is artificial. Some comes from machines learning to think, which have no sense of Right or Wrong, no God-sense and which are not being handled properly by those that control those machines. Certain Races also have stolen DNA and then in the laboratory downgraded it to make slaves, who themselves also have no God sense of Right and Wrong.

Creation is old. These problems however did not exist in the first 6 Superuniverses. It is in the Seventh Superuniverse, Orvonton, that they manifested. And this must be solved. I am a very “open” Creator Son to finding ways to deal with this. It was my purpose in fact before I came to create and direct the Local Universe of Nebadon. I have long studied this, and we planned ways, actually to attract some of this to Nebadon, and concentrate it there, in order to try and get rid of it. And many of you who read this material are volunteers unto that Service. This darkness must be stopped.

It is not easy for me emotionally, myself. I do not enjoy having to uncreate something. All Local Universes do face problems of this nature however, there are some life forms that develop that are not always satisfactory. But what was a most difficult situation, was my own Angels that “went south” to use your Human phraseology. These are my personal creations, and it is not easy to walk from family. Do not your own selves face difficulties with children who seem to not turn out so well? Thus the story of the Prodigal Son, conveyed by me in my incarnation as Jesus Christ. I have let my Ones to go out and err, in the hope that they would come “Home” with new wisdom, and that worked fairly well with my Angels and most of Nebadonia's other created Worlds.

Some failed. Lucifer failed, and when welcomed back, that was his failure: he would not undergo any further rehabilitation to relearn and instead chose his uncreation, and that was heartbreaking. He was not the evil Satanist suggested on your Planet, but awfully misguided, and he did let his ego get the best of him. He did want to be his own God, and you still see remnants of this in the New Age teachings. You have to come into alignment with the whole of Creation, if you wish to climb that big ladder ahead. He made many Management errors. So we let him have Earth, my Seed Planet, for a time, along with the Dark Ones, and he did realize eventually that he had bitten off more than he could chew and that he could no longer attempt to be “God” of his Local Regional System of Satania [of which he was the System Ruler up until his Lucifer Rebellion – Satania is the “Regional System” within Christ Michael's Local Universe of Nebadon in which Planet Earth is situated] in the manner he had hoped.

We still have a great deal of work ahead. I have shed many tears myself, yes, the Spirit Form of mine, while it doesn't shed literal tears, nevertheless I have cried. And so has my Partner, Mother Nebadonia. This was not an easy journey. The plan of placing the Dark Ones together was not altogether successful. These warring groups just don't seem to get the message, and they have been repeatedly “welcomed home” or rather the offer made, and it doesn't take. This is my Universe, and I am going to have to do some more un-creating. We are all learning from this, and I know we will in future be “nipping the problems in the bud” much sooner.

We so have to develop ways yet, to foresee these sooner. We have to not allow quite so much Freedom-of-will in developing young Worlds. Often these Worlds have been given, as yours was recently, technology they are not ready for by others, so tough new guidelines are going up regarding the evolutionary and lower “Heaven” Worlds.

The Higher Councils of the Seventh Superuniverse of Orvonton have “Seen the Light”, so to speak, and know there must be some toughness, otherwise, much will be swallowed up into the Black Holes. Black Holes are not understood by your Scientists. They are the “garbage dumps”. There are too many. This is an enigma too. What does happen to them, in time, is they become Suns once again, since the material matter as it is compressed gets quite hot, and thus explodes. Nothing is ever lost, but we sometimes also get Suns where we don't want them yet!

This is because the Black Holes are the densest that Matter can become, and they aren't “moveable.” No “tug boats” have been designed yet that work. We sometimes have to move some formations out of the way instead. When these explode, huge amounts of material matter are released for re-use. They do not “suck”in additional Matter as some of your Scientists suggest. But they are imploded Matter where a Creation went wrong, and the Like-attracts-Like rule functions.

In summary, we are going into Stasis [Earth's coming suspended-animation event] at my command. I have been back and forth dealing with the other planetary issue in Orion that was necessary, but I must also be here personally for the initiation of Stasis. “We have thrown in the rag”. The Earth is crying some more and the pollution continues to worsen, and the lives of other classes of Beings on this world are to be taken into consideration, as this is a Seed Planet, and it is going back to it's original purpose. The DNA forms that are not in alignment will be removed by the process of the Magnetic Pole Reversal, more so than we have covered to date. And then we start over. Understand, I said DNA forms, NOT Souls, which include that Soul/Spirit in plants and animals. Soul on Earth will mature in healed forms.

Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10 November 2009: The Celestial Spiritual Master Metatron discussing the 11/11 Portal

Metatron: Tomorrow, President Obama will be leaving for a trip to China. There will be talk about the World Bank.

The old timeline is coming to an end. In order for the old timeline to dissolve, all institutions, including banks and the stock market, must dissolve. Once torn down, a new system may be introduced. You have seen many messages about 11:11 being a portal, a place to get your individual house in order. Globally, it is a portal to call it quits to deals written on bad paper.

Real Estate sales, Stock Market Futures, Taxes, Currency with no base, Utilities, False imprisonment, are a few examples where bad paper has been used for illegal scams. When the Chinese call in the loans, they have given around the world, it will shift everything.

It will resemble a house of cards falling quickly. There may appear to be chaos for a short time. One of the reasons for the wait in decloakings [Spacecraft making themselves visible to the Third Dimension], is so every single minute detail can happen as fairly as is possible.

Timing is everything. There is no reason to have one group or another in a hardship. It is better to wait and allow all issues to be handled in a fluid manner.

Arrests, Decloakings, Announcements, NESARA, Mass Landings, in that order. The trip to China has been planned for at least a month. The Dalai Lama visited a Chinese border town a few days ago. China holds an important part of the puzzle piece. There are many needs in China for everything. The Communist regime has made life difficult for her citizens for far too long. The relief these Souls seek is here now. Not only is this meeting about dissolving the old financial system, it is also a signal to a large group of Earth Citizens.

The President of the United States will be attending life changing meetings. He will be organizing the Plan for including the new leaders who will take over when the Chinese Heads of State are arrested and new ones will be put in place.

This is all about Disclosure, Disclosure, Disclosure. The last bit of the Master Plan is coming into play. The Time For Peace Is Now. Metatron



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10 November 2009: Commander ASHTAR on the 11/11 Portal Opening - Channeler: Beth Trutwin

ASHTAR: As the Earth shifts its alignment in the Heavens, it opens a portal of energy. This is a transformative energy. As the prepared ones - who have spent many years - clearing and cleansing, continue on their path, they are in alignment for Twin Flame Reunions.

There is a sequential flow for all of the events happening which will change the Earth, and it will never be the same again.

With Mass Decloakings [Spacecraft appearances], we will receive a half-step increase in consciousness. This means that there will be a heart and mind opening and a deeper understanding of Love. Some Lightworkers have never given up believing that everything will change for the better.

They have studied, done their inner work, participated in spiritual service, and continued on the path of Ascension for 20 to 30 years or more. These are the prepared ones. They will not have to wait any longer to see their Twin Flames. Millions of Twin Flames have been working, on the Starships, awaiting this moment.

We are ready. We are coming to Earth to be with you now. Your Twin Flame partner has been supporting your work in the Ground Crew all this time, from the ships.

The veils drop Now! After arrests, come the decloakings. This will involve the removal of the Dark Ones and brings forth a World of Peace. Peace for every man, woman and child on Earth. The next step is Announcements, including the Bank of St Germain and NESARA and Common Law. This is the end of to forced slavery and the beginning of sovereignty. The sequential flow continues with waves of mass landings [the “First Contact” event]. This will be the time for Twin Flame Reunions. Many of you should know, that this is happening now. Be ready to see your Loved-One, and begin your new joint-mission assignments.

Ashtar – through Beth and Mark - www.GalacticRoundTable.com



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10 November 2009: St Germain on the 11/11 Portal - Beth Trutwin and Mark

St Germain: It is I, St. Germain. Greetings you two. There is magic afoot. You are about to see your world magically dissolve.

There will be reports of decloaked [visible] craft all over the World. There will not be a lot of news about arrests [of major political persons]. That part will be down played. People will focus on the joy of decloakings and the sensations of a half-step increase in consciousness and heart opening. It will be easy, gentle, compassionate, and loving. It will be a song, a warm breeze, relief where there has been none. Shortly after, there will be Announcements. This long televised briefing will include information about the arrests. Now at this time, everyone will have an open heart and a half step increase in consciousness. Everyone will have a better capability of understanding. Everyone is simply throwing off societies' lies. Everyone is throwing off their upbringing and the dogma placed on them. All is as it should be. Each person is developing, increasing their ascension, at the perfect rate, for their Plan, their Mission.

There are things that can hold a person back. The portal opening of 11/11/09 is the time to shed off the old timeline.

This is the time to look inside and reflect on anything within yourself that needs changing. To begin, look at your physical body, are you treating it well? Do you eat well? Do you get out in nature? Do you have loving relationships? Do you love your work, work your passion?

Are there any of these things that need corrections, revisions? How about your personal finances? Are there promises you have made and have not kept? Do you have correspondence waiting? Are you procrastinating on business which needs your attention? Are there emails you should send? What about your personal space and your vehicle? Have you kept your area clean, kept up with maintenance? Are you in a safe environment? Are your children taken care of? Are all your priorities in order, as you desire them?

11/11 is about ironing out all the wrinkles. It is about being honest with yourself, and applying the necessary polish to the surface of You that is needed. Now, soon the Bank of St. Germain will be open for business.

Does it make sense to take anything from the Old Timeline into a new space where problems are wiped away? There will be lingering issues, of any of these things that have not been handled before now. Take these last few seconds, look around, be honest with yourself. Change what can be changed. Accept - and Love - that which cannot be changed. Be wise and know the difference. The portal will open, will you be clear when you walk through it?

Blessings, St Germain. Through Beth and Mark - www.GalacticRoundTable.com



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15 November 2009: - Esu on Coming Events – Jess Anthony

I will speak now a bit about what is happening. We are waiting for the situation to unravel its last knots. You may think we are far from a resolution, but I can tell you we are near. This sounds like the never ending story of Casper and Story, but our ending is more definite. We want the OITC to establish itself more publically in the circles that are most visible in the community groups. This is outlining the alternative fiscal method that will be the financial structure after Stasis. This is creating an awareness that will be useful.

We are also allowing the government situation to reach an impasse beyond which there can be no alternative solutions. This is to finally collapse the system that as created so many problems. This comes mostly through a lack of actual cash to operate. The trillions of dollars of debt are impossible to reconcile. This is becoming public knowledge. There are many who see the illusion for what it is. I realize you have lost patience with our constant comments of “soon.” Remember that I don't know when this will be resolved. There is a time table with events indicated, but there are not any definite dates to correspond with your sense of time passing. The events I mention will happen first. They are almost at the point where the critical mass of awareness is sufficient to conclude they have had a definite impact. This is setting up levels of understanding that will be more easily accepted later. This transitional state is more workable than what you have now.

There are too many unresolved levels of uncertainty and indecision to move quickly ahead once the vibrational surroundings are raised to a new level. The mental awareness of the majority of the Earth's inhabitants must be reacting positively to the new influx of information. This is a slow process, as much as I would like to say it can be done overnight. The changes in understanding of what Nebadon is and how Earth has a crucial role to play in this universe are not immediate. This will be necessary to move Earth into the state of connection and alignment with Aton [Christ Michael] that transitions to the “Light and Life” state that is decided will be the goal. That too is not a quick process. The overnight epiphanies that are described do not understand the actual process that is necessary.

Esu [Jesus Immanuel Sananda]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17 November 2009: Galactic Federation Council on Sirius - Sheldan Nidle

At present, we are watching the strange events that comprise the ongoing struggle between our Earth Allies and the last Dark Cabal. These events are the strategies of each side unfolding rapidly under many different guises. The USA Corporation continues to derive sufficient funds from its many dirty dealings to remain one step ahead of bankruptcy, while our Earth Allies are managing to keep the dark opposition from mounting any meaningful counteroffensive. This stalemate can potentially be drawn out until Heaven gives us the green light to massively intervene. Hence we are looking at ways to provide our Earth Allies with a substantial and definitive advantage over their adversaries. It is abundantly clear to all that the Dark will continue to break any and all agreements reached with them; indeed, the count of their broken promises has reach mythical proportions, compelling us to come up with a new approach. Therefore, we have begun to intervene directly in their many secret and cruel projects.

This dark group has many heinous plans for inflicting damage on you. These include a massive worldwide pandemic; a spike in the amount of global pollution; and the means for increasing the number of major conflicts. Our strategy so far has been to let the dark ones seriously incriminate themselves and to help in those areas most afflicted by dark hands. We wish we could do more but are restricted to countering the dark's activities only when necessary. Meanwhile, these ones are intent upon tactics used throughout history by desperate rulers with their backs against the wall. This scorched-earth policy (e.g. the recent financial crash) is something our Earth Allies are well aware of. For example, all attempts at beneficial legislation is either being blocked or else the masses are being manipulated to turn against it (health reform). This is for the most part failing as the people favor reform over being maneuvered into destroying what they dearly wish for.

A number of specific agreements are to be put in motion once these Dark Ones are routed: Many caretaker governments are to be put in place and worldwide debt forgiveness enacted. This will be followed swiftly by diverse measures that return this globe to peace, prosperity, and cooperation with the Light. Then come the announcements fully disclosing our presence in your skies and the coming event of "First Contact". This, above all, is what the dark minions dread; they understand only too well that this information alters your reality forever and do everything in their power to keep us from being formally acknowledged.

This stalling-time is being permitted to allow the Dark to play out its final mischief on your world. This moment is not to be a long one. In the meantime we are positioning our Fleet for contact. At the same time, a major proportion of our personnel is helping our Earth Allies in finishing off the Dark Ones with all due haste. This time is also being used by us to compile a full and final chronicle of accountability with which our Earth Allies are to charge the Dark Ones at the judiciously appropriate time. Heaven informs us that the landings are on schedule since the final date for this is still in the near future. It is important that we topple the Dark ahead of this divine date as we know full well that the various organizations that form the bulwark of the Dark are still capable of delaying, but not stopping, the inevitable.

Mother Earth is currently applying pressure on your society by increasing her reactions to the high levels of pollution and global warming. This is done to hasten the awakening of your communities to the grave danger presented by Mother Earth's ecological instability. Many of your geologists are aware that the Earth's wobble is getting more pronounced. This constitutes another portent, to those who are aware, that some very drastic measures are now called for. This alerts all, especially the Dark, that Heaven and the Divine mandate the imminent return of this reality to the Light! In the face of all this pressure the Dark remains obdurate in its determination to hold this World back. The present tension is to last only a little while longer. The Dark's defeat is near and the grand transformation is set to alter your world forever and for the better.

Mother Earth is part of the huge transformation of the Solar System. The Sun is altering her surface energies by changing the nature of her interior magnetic and gravitational fields. This changes the way she relates to her nearest daughters. Mercury, long thought to be a dead world, is fast becoming one of the most active members of the Solar System and Venus is increasing her surface activity as well. Meanwhile, both Mother Earth and Mars are going through their own unique forms of 'global warming.' The outer gaseous planets are reacting by generating large new spots, and hyperactivity is observed in their rings and on many of their larger moons. Also affected are the smaller planetoids and even the Oort debris cloud, which is exhibiting strange, sudden bouts of effulgence which signifies hyperactivity.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 November 2009: Lady Master NADA at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn - Beth Trutwin

Beth Trutwin: Beth & Mark receive and accept an invitation to visit the Solar Tribunal on Saturn where Lady Master Nada will speak to us. We join with our TwinFlames [SunStar4] and the KingOfSwords[KOS] and Ashtar to go to Saturn in a shuttle craft piloted by KOS.

When we get to Saturn we see the rings around the Planet. We fly into the Pole with our craft and up through the diamond tetrahedron crystalline core. We ignite into Light, cleansing and purifying our beings before proceeding.

Now we go to the Solar Tribunal. This building has a white dome on top. The architecture of the solar tribunal echos the styles of ancient Greece and Egypt with the corinthian columns and white polished marble interior. The dome lets in a flood of sunlight onto the white surfaces and grand hallway. This leads up to a very modern, sentient-computer designed holographic meeting room. In this room Galactic technology with viewing screens, automatic translations and stadium style seating around a central Council. On this day the Council floor is empty.

Lady Master Nada takes us to one of the small meeting rooms off the main Council floor. This room offers comfortable seating in an intimate atmosphere for smaller discussions during large meetings. There are communication and information technologies in this room. We sit at the table and chairs.

Lady Master Nada Speaks: I wanted to give you a tour of the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. I am President of this Body. We are made up of Representatives of Star Nations from this Galaxy. We join here to formulate Unified Missions for our Galaxy. We also set Guidelines in which to work together on joint interests. Some examples are travel, exchange, law, and exploration. The Tribunal is a legislation branch of this Solar System which hears and tries cases which are relevant to Universal Law. Our Mission is to see that we progress with the Highest Good of All enforced. By doing this we remain in a State of Peace. Only by keeping Peace are we able to evolve freely unencumbered as a co-creative consensus. We welcome Earth to the Galactic Round Table.

I am the Twin Flame of the King of Swords (KOS) He is the physical template of Admiral Sananda on Earth. We are Galactic Humans. St Germain and I are the architects of a whole new planetary economic and legal revitalization to prepare us for Earth Ascension's reunification with Source.

In this role me and my Twin Flame work with millions of Galactic Humans in government as well as millions of members of the Galactic Federation to bring about all necessary changes needed to put the Master Plan, as it is known, into place.

This will effect all political, financial, military, medical, educational and industrial concerns on the Planet. With the Federal Reserve dissolved and the Bank of St. Germain in place, as well as the Dark Hats removed from the planet, we will be free to begin self governance.

After the Mass Landings when we reunite with you our families, you revisit the Stars where you came from, and you become acclimated and trained to the new technology and new way of life, we will be ready to become more together.

When all inhabitants on Earth have their basic needs met and they remember who they are, and open their minds and hearts to Higher Truths, we will be ready to form a co-consensus reality together with our whole Galactic Family.

It will be at this time, some months after mass landings - 18-24 months later - we will begin to meet to develop our self governance. There are legal provisions we have developed that will go into place at the time of the Announcements. This is called The Reformation Act [NESARA]. As soon as it is announced, there are immediate provisions that will go into effect.

As we carry out the new Law, other provisions will be put into place, such as re-indexing - of all goods and services - which guarantee equitable treatment of all. There will be a restructuring of the financial institutions on Earth and new laws which will govern them. These laws will be enforced Worldwide and there is a 16 million Man Galactic, + 4 millionearth, Militia in place, headed up by the King of Swords, with the Mission of maintaining World Peace.

Shortly after the Landings, and the changes it brings, we will begin to work together for Earth's Ascension-reunification with Source. Earth will be required to establish laws which work in harmony with Universal Law and Cosmic Laws. Earth will be invited back into the Galactic Arena as a full participant. Earth will have Representative Votes at the Galactic Council Meetings with the other Planetary Representatives. Earth will evolve and expand its Galactic Role for the first time in millions of years. We invite all of you to be aware of these changes as they happen. Become cognizant of the expanding role of Planet Earth.

We will walk together through the legal revitalization. We will make a government body which will include all nations equally and meet the concerns for all involved, fairly. We will be committed to harmony and balance in all countries around the globe. We will accept nothing less than world peace. We will rebuild the infrastructure of our government so that is works to enhance growth and evolution of Earth in the Galactic Governance. As all other Planets in this local group, Earth will be her own sovereign Being with her own peoples, diversity, cultures and needs. These will be respected and maintained through the new legal system which will be in harmony with Source. There will be a reestablishment of Higher Mind working with Love to solve problems and move the Earth forward in her evolution.

In the past, Earth has functioned as disembodied parts with no cohesive connection to Universal Mind. Earth also had a disconnect from feminine and masculine balance. In this duality setting, the financial and legal systems functioned in imbalanced ways.

Earth is being formed as Terra Nova, connected to Source, with love consciousness, and acting as One Being.As we return Humanity to the One Race, which includes all Galactic species of hybrid, living in harmony together, we will govern as a cohesive intelligent group from love. We will design our legal system to make room for inclusiveness and fairness to all.

As we write the new laws, governing as One, we come into the freedom that we have long missed. It is then we will experience this Galaxy multidimensionally and we are restored to our former selves. It is then we are reunited with Source as One with All That Is. Earth will be free again to experience Cosmic Ascension in harmony with all in our Galaxy.

Lady Nada



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25 November 2009: SaLuSa of Sirius - Michael Quinsey

.....We can hardly wait to get fully started on our mission, and a ripple of excitement is spreading through the Galactic Federation at the prospect of commencing very shortly. For us time is not as you experience it, but nevertheless we understand that as you live by linear time matters seem to have been drawn out. We share your concern about your pressing needs, that have led to a worsening quality of life for many of you. Again we say this is largely due to necessary changes that can only follow a dismantling of your old systems. Once we get the go ahead we can so to say move mountains, and no task presents us with any problems whatsoever. We are equipped to ensure that you are inconvenienced as little as possible whilst the changes occur. Speed will be our priority and you will be pleasantly surprised at our rate of progress.

So Dear Ones, it is a bit of a waiting game but it will not go on too long. A point has been reached when our presence must come about, to enable us to be accepted and mobilize our allies to work in co-ordination with us. Be assured that we are in any event aware of exactly where we need to be, and what action to take prior to our official landing on Earth. We can start at a minutes notice, and that is a measure of how prepared we are already. So please do not be unduly worried at any delay, it will hardly have any effect on our overall objectives and time scales.

More and more people see our craft in your skies, and clear enough to sufficiently determine that they are extraterrestrial and not of Earth. However, there are designs of earthly craft that could be mistaken for ours. Size is indicative of origin, as our Mother Craft that are disc shaped can be hundreds of miles in diameter. They are not called Cities of the Skies for nothing and as inter galactic craft, they are totally equipped for their crews to stay in space for extremely long periods of time. Because of their sheer size, they stay at a safe distance from Earth for your safety. Technological advances must be accompanied by an understanding of what conduct is expected to go with it. The ambitions of your dark forces are not in accordance with such aims, and for this reason they will not allowed to move beyond your solar system. Law and order exists throughout your Universe, and when civilizations show that they can abide by it they are allowed to explore beyond their own solar system.

27 November 2009:

You must realize by now that you have been deliberately held back, and every attempt made to keep you in the dark about your true purpose in life. You may not see full justice carried out, because of the extent of the Dark Ones activities over the last century. However every soul concerned with them, will eventually answer for what they done that has gone against the Laws of the One. Each of you review your lifetime's thoughts and actions, and normally you are your most stern critic. You do not therefore have to concern yourselves too much, about the fate of those who masterminded your experiences to make you their slaves. The days of the lynch mobs are well past, and revenge is not something we advocate. Indeed, we are against all such reprisals and remind you that you are the Children of God, and dwell in Love and Light. Your most rewarding response to such matters would be to see all souls as part of yourselves, needing your love as much as any one else. Perhaps Dear Ones, more so if they are to return to the Light quickly as all will do so eventually. Even though you may be well placed in the Light now, like everyone else you will have gone through many experiences that have also included the dark side. Think upon the occasions that you may have been helped to rise up, and the love that you must have been given to heal the damage to your soul, and be generous to others.

If we are unable to meet you within a specified time that we are not allowed to reveal, there is an ultimate date by which we shall take a different course and go ahead. So Dear Ones you have nothing to fear, as we will by one means or another, follow the announcement of our presence with official landings. ...Peace will come when the guns of war have been quietened, and we can ensure that once it is agreed all weaponry will be made unusable. We will protect you from any attempts to disrupt any part of the program to restore your Earth, and establish your path to Ascension.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28 November 2009: Lady Master Nada on President Obama – Beth Trutwin and Mark

Lady Master Nada speaks:

We have brought you to the Council of Nine to give you more information about President Obama. He is also known as The Sirian Commander and he is a Member on The Council of Nine on Sirius. Barack Obama is a Galactic Human, as are many of those living on the Earth at this time of Change Point. He has adept skills and abilities and spent the last 1000 lifetimes preparing for this one.

The Great White Brotherhood have represented the Christed Galactics, or those working through the Office of The Christ. The Blue Lodge is located on Sirius and is a part of the Great White Brotherhood. The six Kumaras use six color rays with St Germain, the Blue logos, synthesising all rays with the seventh violet/white ray. Here, at the Council of Nine, President Obama is the ninth Council Member.

This Council works together with the Galactic Federation. The Council of Nine represent the Solar System here in the Milky Way Galaxy. This is a collective consciousness of the Solar System. President Obama is the Representative for what is known as Gaia Collective Consciousness.

Then there are about 12 Galaxies circling around the Milky Way Galaxy, and this includes Andromeda, and these Galaxies together form another Collective Consciousness to which there is another Council.

This is an energy matrix to which each one of us belong. We are intrinsically connected, in all our aspects, to the Planetary, Galactic, Universal and Cosmic Councils.

Sananda, Lady Master Nada, and Barack Obama are working together in support roles. I am the President of the Solar Tribunal, and we enforce the Universal Law and Cosmic Laws at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. My Twin Flame, Sananda, works with the Secret Forces of the Galactic Federation and is closely involved with the Hall of Records at Shamballa.

Barack Obama is President of the United States and the Member Representative on the Council of Nine at Sirius representing the Gaia/Earth Collective Consciousness.

All those living on Earth give their Divine Spark into the Gaia Collective Consciousness. This can be seen as a fractal of conscious energy, circling in and spiraling out to other Galaxies and beyond our Universe. We have experienced this year that more than 51% of those in Gaia Collective Consciousness have asked for change of some type. This is called a critical mass. Consciousness is the Force moving through each one of us. It is the Creative Energy from Source combined with Love.

We are at a critical mass with this and now we may take the necessary steps to change Planet Earth, as the Gaia Collective Conscious has commanded.

We [Nada, Sananda & Obama] will announce Galactic Presence and thereby reinstate Earth as a Member on the Galactic Councils. The main role of the Council of Nine at Sirius is to monitor and assist with Galactic Ascension. Earth has been left out of Galactic Councils and other governing bodies for 65 Million years.

It is time to for Gaia/Earth to move forward in their Ascension. As Earth becomes a World of Peace, it profoundly effects everything in the Solar System. It opens up new avenues for growth for all the other citizens of the Galaxy. The Master Plan is greatly supported by our surrounding Star Nations and nothing can stop the changes from happening now.

Lady Master Nada - Beth Tutwin and Mark - www.GalacticRoundTable.com



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28 November 2009: Matthew & Hatonn on “First Contact” Announcement - Suzanne Ward

This is Matthew to extend loving greetings from all Souls at this station and to share with you our observations. In this moment “anticipatory” may be the best word to describe the collective feelings of enlightened souls—not exclusively pertaining to an announcement of our universal family's presence, but that is where a great deal of anticipation energy is being directed. Some of you are waiting calmly, yet with excited certainty; others who feel excitement also have a large measure of “get this show on the road” impatience; and in some of you the energy of eagerness is overshadowed by “show me” doubtfulness. Then there are the majority of peoples, those who have no idea whatsoever that official recognition of other civilizations is imminent.

Commander Hatonn of the Pleiades has agreed to speak about what is happening behind the scenes pertaining to the public announcement, and we turn over this forum to him.

HATONN: Thank you, Matthew, my friend. As an intergalactic Fleet Commander and director of multidimensional communication, I am knowledgeable about preparations for a globally televised program that will present evidence of extraterrestrial civilizations.

Official recognition can't be further delayed because much has to be accomplished during this phase of universal activity. It's essential to repair the severe damage that has been done to Earth so she can regain her health and restore wellbeing to her inhabitants, and there's no time to waste. We're here by Earth's request and God's authorization because we have the capacity and desire to help you, but your representatives are responsible for making decisions because this is your world.

The program announcing our presence is a complex undertaking. The numbers of folks who are expecting us and will greet us wholeheartedly are very few, and the program is being designed for the multitudes. It has to be presented without creating fear or undue backlash. There's formidable opposition to any recognition of our very existence, and the security of all persons involved in the program is a foremost consideration. When I say “security,” I also mean the emotional security of all witnesses and other participants and their families, not only their physical safety — we have that well in hand.

The program can't be just film clips of spacecraft sightings. In some areas these are so numerous that it's ho-hum, they're back. There has to be solid evidence about our presence and that's where personal accounts come in. Testifying before a panel that pledges witnesses to secrecy is quite different from letting the world know their identities, and the same goes for the people who have been working with us or at least know why we are here. Some have been blackballed in their professions or declared delusional or crazy. In some cases families have been threatened and individuals killed by factions that don't want you to know we exist, especially not right here with you. Those in charge of the program want everyone who's willing to speak about personal experiences to feel emotionally secure doing it.

This is an international action and it's important that there is agreement among the governments involved. Major decisions have been made, but some details are still being discussed. Some of your representatives favor keeping the initial program brief and releasing information in increments so people won't feel overwhelmed. They propose a brief statement that many spacecraft seen during the past several years are from other civilizations, there's no reason to think any harm is intended, and more information will follow as it's compiled. Others want the program to answer all logical questions and some of our representatives tell how they've been working to helping the planet through what you call the Shift or Cleansing. Some think it would be frightening to see us as we appear in our native lands — not all of us look like you. Others say it's necessary to show ourselves as we are to prove that we aren't from your civilization. Some think including live coverage of a Mothership decloaking [becoming visible to Earth Beings] is a good idea, others think it could be more threatening than reassuring.

What kinds of information to present on the program and how much can be covered without overload is being debated. Would it be helpful or overkill to explain that Earth is moving out of her regular orbit by intention and needs our help off and on the planet? Would that involve explaining that Earth is a Soul? How much can be said about our technologies without alarming folks about how we might use it? Would it be foolish or comforting to say that our presence has prevented other civilizations from trying to invade Earth? To what extent should the cover-up be disclosed? What about admitting that your governments refused our offers of technology in exchange for ending weaponry development and wars that could annihilate you all? How would it affect your population to know that both Dark and Light Beings from other civilizations have been living among you and influencing your way of life? Should the program include personal accounts of both positive and negative abduction experiences? What to say about the “Little Grays” that have been living for many years in underground cities on Earth? What mixture of scientific, political and religious spokespersons should be in the program?

There are differing opinions about when to air it. The United States Government, once the most vocal in denying our existence, now favors the most extensive disclosure with maximum speed. A few of your Representatives want more polls and strategic interviews to determine how much information your world is ready for. Some in both camps want every National Leader to be personally told what will be in the program prior to show time and others think sending each one the program outline is enough diplomatic courtesy.

This vital decision-making process that started off slowly a year ago has reached the point that within a couple of months at the outside, this “Earth-awakening” program will be on the air. The movers and shakers with integrity, wisdom and spiritual conviction will not be swayed by threats, bribes, even assassination attempts by the ones who oppose them. You can call them Illuminati or the Elite, the Cabal, New World Government or Secret Government, New World Order or the Darkness, it's all the same. It's the disparate groups that are operating under the heavy influence of the Dark Forces, that vast force field of negative thought forms. That is too esoteric to give out on the program, but the full truth about this vast populated universe will be revealed as Earth progresses into higher energy planes.

I think that covers everything. Thank you, Matthew. Hatonn.

Matthew: There is a universal “window” for Earth's Ascension and the linear clock is ticking. She is assured of reaching her destination in good time, but if you want to physically go along, you must wind up Third Density karmic lessons, just as you chose in your Soul Contract. Remembering that the Soul nudges your consciousness in accordance with that contract, uncomfortable feelings about self are important messages. So far from this being a time of merely acknowledging discomfort with your attitudes or behavior, it is an opportunity with time limits to change them.

Evolving from Third Density into Fourth/Fifth does not happen simply because you're on the Planet and the Planet is Ascending. Your evolution comes with heeding conscience and intuition and the other wisdom your Soul is giving to guide you in alignment with your contract. It comes with self-introspection, acting with honor, respecting all of Nature's life forms, discerning truth from falsity, emulating but not copying persons whom you greatly respect, and not judging others. It comes with recognizing and feeling grateful for the blessings in your life, with forgiving yourself and others for perceived injustices. It comes with living from your heart, the seat of your Soul.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 December 2009: Commander Ashtar - Mark and Beth

I want everyone to see this aspect of the Galactic Federation. I want everyone to know that beaming your Light and being in your joy is going to be the most important thing you can do right now. Giving up hope is just what the Dark Forces want. We are going to stand in our joy knowing the changes we seek are happening. Every thought and every action effects everything else.

It is time to understand that there has been a war within the Illuminati to control Planet Earth for themselves and also other Planets as well. This is why the Gaia/Earth Conscious Collective called the Galactic Federation with the Secret Forces headed Christ michael and Sananda are working with Korton from Mars. The Planet needed intergalactic help to overcome the threat. Earth has been made into a place where all the finances are hedged on bad paper and the population at large are slaves. The Annunaki [Nibiruans of the Battle Planet Nibiru, founders of Earth's Sumerian Empire and until recently the controlling influence behind the Dark Cabals] were working, up to 8/8/09, hand in hand with Politicians and Bankers around the World, as well as the Biomedical Military Industrial Complex to control everyone. You are now in the process of watching this dissolve. These Annunaki still have Ships in Earth's orbit. Last week a very large Ship of negative ETs was taken out of the Planet's orbit and will not have access to come back. The Earth's vibration will be 5D or above and their Ships will vibrationally not be able to penetrate the field of the atmosphere. It is the Galactic Federation which has kept the U.S., the Germans, and the French and Russians from unearthing the Iranian Intergalactic Star Gate. The International forces on Earth, are guarding the Star Gates. The Annunaki have had control of certain Star Gates. They have been bringing their Mother Ships in and out of these Star Gates on Earth, the ones originally set by the Master Builders. They used these to travel to other Worlds as well as to Inner Earth. They kept secret facilities below ground and had scientists working to manipulate every aspect of Human life.

There are those who are Galactic Humans working in the Pentagon who are Double Agents for the Forces of Light. They are running behind the scenes and are in place and waiting for a signal from the Galactic Federation. Until that signal is given, they must act as they are continuing the war machine. They must do this in order to hold their position of rank and be in place to make the changes for Peace when the signal is given.

President Obama has met with the 1st World and 2nd World Leaders in closed door meetings. This is his part of the preparation for World Peace. They have been informed of their roles. If they do not want to participate in the Master Plan, they have been given their pink slip. They will be removed from their positions and have the corrective action that is right for them, their day in court, and in some cases removal from the Planet.

Not only did we have to arrest and remove any and all working with the Annunaki, we also had to remove the Annunaki Ships. They have been all but hindered from using the Star Gates. They have run out of places to hide. We have used teams from all Star Nations in the local Galaxy and you have met one such Team today. This Colony from Arcadia has been stationed at Sirius B and working with the Galactic Federation Teams doing surveillance and helping the delegation Teams as well as gathering intelligence to move the Master Plan forward. There has been much going on that has not been reported to you before.

When the Star Gates are clear, there will be a mass influx of Ships after the announcements of their existence are made by your Governments. There are only certain ones willing to work in Earth's atmosphere with these renegade Ships still here. All the other Member Nations of the Intergalactic Galactic Federation will be free to come and go when we give the All Clear.

This day is fast approaching. We ask you to be alert, be in joy, and continue to beam love and light as we finish the final steps in the Master Plan.

Salut! Ashtar

Mark and Beth - www.GalacticRoundTable.com



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21 December 2009: SaLuSa of Sirius - Michael Quinsey

Dear Ones, yet again a promising arrangement has come to nothing, due to the inappropriate release of the date on which Disclosure was to be made by President Barack Obama. Our disappointment more than matches your own, as the announcement was agreed and the details completed many weeks ago. It cannot be as easily re-arranged, but there is a sense of urgency to get started again and lose no more time. Keeping details secret is extremely difficult once they get into the public domain. However, we have other ploys that will continue to emphasize our existence, and we ask you once again to keep your eyes on the skies. These are the days when the signs have become talking points, that will awaken people's awareness to not just our presence but our methods of contact with you. For many years we have made crop circles as one means of getting your attention. As you will have noticed in more recent times, they have become more sophisticated. The messages they send have been interpreted, and their symbolism correctly understood. They have carried energy with them, and even although everyone has not understood them, it has connected with them sub-consciously.

We are fascinated by your many interpretations of the blue spiral-beam over Norway. It has certainly become a good talking point, and your perception is sufficiently open to consider that it originated in space and that it has been beamed down to you. The connection with the presence of President Obama is also interesting, and shows that you see it as some indication of attempts to contact you. Millions of people accept the existence of Space Beings, and now many more believe that they have a place in the lives of Mankind. With a sudden surge of interest in us, and a desire to know us you have created the opportunity for contact to manifest. There are many factors involved, not least of all our role in ensuring that the plan for your conscious upliftment and Ascension takes place as decreed by the Creator.

As you can understand, there are many reasons for speeding ahead with official contact. We want it to come out naturally, and in a way that will not shock those souls who have no belief in our existence. Many have put up a barrier in spite of the evidence that supports us, and the underlying reason is fear. Be assured whatever view you have of us, that we are peaceful Beings with no design on taking over your Earth or your people. Ours is a mission of love and the desire to prepare you for Ascension, by releasing you from the control and domination by the Dark Forces. Their power base is crumbling and their attempts to prolong their reign are going to fail. They certainly do not want you to get to know us better or place your trust in us, as that means the end of their influence and ability to hold onto their own positions. They trade on their massive fortunes that are used to buy people off, and support covert operations that are used to bolster their powerful positions. World domination is their goal, but they will not be allowed to go any further than at present. We are monitoring their every action and they are doomed to failure.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22 December 2009: Galactic Federation Council on Sirius – Sheldan Nidle

Pivotal events are taking shape before us. Our Earth Allies are completing a very delicate series of maneuvers which constitute grave dilemmas for the Dark Cabal. Once achieved, these predicaments will force the Dark Cabal to resign finally from the game. Concurrently, the new "Caretaker Regimes" are to assume authority, and their first act in office will be a series of formal announcements explaining the whys and wherefores of the sweeping debt forgiveness programs and the new hard-backed currency. These two simultaneous initiations are just the beginning of a new monetary policy for your world. These broadcasts are to be followed swiftly by pronouncements that put an end to illegal wars and invasions. A timetable for a return to true representative governance will also be laid out. Once these primary items are dealt with, the UFO disclosure goes to the top of the agenda. This can be an exciting as well as a disturbing time because for many decades exotic devices were used in secret by a number of your major governments.

These devices include suppressed on-planet inventions as well as Alien technology, the latter having been well tested and proven in many "Black" operations. UFO disclosure is to provide the opportunity to unveil these immense inventories along with many other inventions that have been kept out of the public arena. In a few short steps your technology is to surge forward bringing online a new scientific paradigm and birthing an exciting milieu which can reflect back to you many surprising things about yourselves, including how your reality is truly constructed…

Toppling this labyrinthine empire has not been easy for our Earth Allies. It controls major governments and has allied itself with the old power structure left behind by the Anunnaki [The Niburians of the Battle Planet Niburu who founded our Sumerian Empire]. The denizens of this megastructure are what we call the Dark Cabal and it has its roots in the horrors of WW II. It is true to say that on many levels the hidden agenda of this war did not end in 1945. Its goals are ongoing today, and what is about to happen now is the de facto final defeat of these awful objectives. These undercurrents explain some of the scary developments of the present times. For our part, we can only give you broad brushstrokes about current events. This goes rather against our grain as we greatly prefer to be open and frank, but secrecy is how things get done on your world. We have, however, clearly outlined the predominant issues and repeat that victory is approaching swiftly as the Dark is running out of resources and ways to defer the inevitable. Around you, undeniable developments are apparent: beneficent changes in peoples' awareness; grass-roots organizations growing and interconnecting on the World Wide Web; and behind the scenes, the gratifying coming-together of the groups we call our Earth Allies. The new reality this attests to recognizes the importance of ending the UFO cover-up.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


26 December 2009: Esu [Jesus]Speaks on the Coming New World - Jess Anthony

This is a time for truth, as you say, and a time for moving into a new recognition of the purpose of your existence on Earth. You are incarnated here to learn to be co-creators with God, as you perceive him. His purpose in creating this Planet and guiding it through all its history of turmoil and role as the seventh and final "Bestowal Planet" of Christ Michael was to provide a laboratory for his unique creations to grow and learn. This Planet has a distinctive purpose, and you all are here as his physical representatives to experience this dimensional paradigm. This experience is exacting, but you would not have volunteered to come here and experience it if you had had any qualms as to its power to overwhelm you ultimately. You knew it would be difficult, but you also knew that the lessons you would learn would be unlike anything you could experience anywhere else…

I will now speak more specifically about certain issues and topics. The banking situation as it now appears is tenuous and built on an unreal foundation. There is no currency backing up the mountains of printed "fiat dollar-bills" that are substituted for real monetary exchanges. This happened at the instigation of the Federal Reserve System through the Federal Reserve Bank in America. The metal based assets that were constitutionally determined to be the fiscal foundation of your Republic have long since been spent or traded away for hidden agendas. The creation of the paper Reserve Note was planned to be a believable substitute for what was no longer available. The fiscal exchange system with its loans and credit packages was all a subterfuge to trick the general public into paying more than it owed.

The only legitimate system of physical assets and metal based deposits is the vast collection amassed by the Office of International Treasury Control [OITC - A Bureau within the UN]. This sovereign entity is structured so that it can manage what truly is the bulk of global resources without governmental interference. This organization has only recently realized the need to have more efficient supervision of the management of its assets; an earlier, looser organizational structure allowed certain countries to manipulate OITC assets illegally. The money accrued through these fraudulent transactions has been confiscated and returned to the legitimate owners of the assets, the OITC. The governments, as a result, have been desperately trying to find substitute funds to continue programs they started with illegal investments. The amount of these illegal investments is extremely large and the amount of money now owed in exchange is beyond what is available for payment.

The global economy and financial system based on American dollars is ready to collapse at any moment. This is known in many international circles, and all aware of this crisis are taking steps to preserve what they can of their own resources. Without the underpinnings of an assumed financial foundation, many who have depended on their paper assets will be forced to rethink what their purpose in the face of new circumstances.

Warnings of this potential collapse have been consistently ignored. The only way to extricate many from the system will be for it to break up. Many are working with misgivings, and feel trapped in a system they did not design. These are ones that can have an invaluable role to play in a reorganized economic system based on fair exchange. Their contribution will take place as soon as the ground rules for a new system of payment have been established.

The idea of the “Stasis Event” is still in operation. The concept of pausing your linear time sequence to allow changes to be made beyond the scope of your current capabilities is the only alternative that will allow Earth to continue her Ascension processes without complete geophysical restructuring. We are not intervening to solve your cultural problems, but are assisting Earth to Ascend with you intact. You are part of the parameters that we are considering in determining when and how this assistance will be most helpful. Your benefit will be a higher frequency of energy to connect with your neew Fifth Dimensional physical environment. You will automatically function more efficiently and your clarity of assessment of your situation will be greatly intensified. You will be aware of the unity of Mankind. You will see the necessity of developing sustainable communities that work in symbiosis with the environment and with cultural organizations. You will understand how your personal identity fits into the larger picture and will seek to find ways to align yourself with this vision.

You physical environment is so critically endangered at present that the assistance of the Galactic Federation Forces during the Stasis period will only address the most serious problems. Others issues will be left for Mankind to tackle, although with the continued advice and guidance of spiritual counselors. This interaction will be part of the redirection of Man's approach to recreating his existence on a transformed Earth. Old patterns will not work as effectively, and the need for spiritual collaboration will suggest new approaches that involve group decision making. Cultural structures will form the core of large associations. Representatives of the core structures will speak for the community in large associated groups.

Esu Immanuel Kumara [Jesus Christ/Sananda]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29 December 2009: Galactic Federation Council on Sirius - Sheldan Nidle

In previous messages we briefly delineated the make-up of our Earth Allies and of the last Dark Cabal. The latter is a predominantly American entity with associates spread across the globe. This group is heir to the policy of skullduggery and deceit that the "Illuminati" perpetrated under the command of your former off-world masters, the Anunnaki [Nibiruans of the Battle Planet Nibiru] . This set-up changed when the Anunnaki decided to make peace with the Galactic Federation in mid 1994, drastically altering the distribution of power on your Planet and sparking a deeply entrenched internecine war between the Dark Cabals that remained, leading up to only one dominant Dark Cabal continuing to this day. It is important for you now to have more background on this conflict so that you can better comprehend what is happening on your world. Until the Anunnaki switched sides, they monitored the discords among their minions very closely to ensure that one side dominated, but not to the extent of outright supremacy. This point of power was retained by the Anunnaki in order to keep ultimate control over their ever-squabbling henchmen.

Once the Anunnaki left, the Illuminati factions engaged in a pitched battle to acquire the decisive dominance that was previously impossible to obtain. The American corporate-led Cabal was the first to make its move by physically imposing its control through a series of political, military, and financial moves. This strategy was meant to peak shortly after 'winning' the Election of 2000. A base for sweeping political and military moves was created by taking more direct control of the United States Government. The first of these acts involved illegally seizing a large amount of money from the US government and using it to conduct a massive worldwide assault on the other Illuminati factions. This led to the 9/11 attacks, the subsequent 'announced' wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, and a number of 'undeclared' wars in Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Americas. The fulcrum for these actions was the great American Banks centered on the privately held US Federal Reserve banking system. In the first years of this strategy a number of initial successes were realized.

But a basic financial weakness was there from the start: The American economy was undermined by a number of conservative regimes which allowed their corporate cronies' greed to run amok. This weak point was countered by a special Government Fund that was part of the Illuminati Trusts reorganized and set up after the conclusion of WW II. Taking control of this USA Trust was one of the prime objectives of the American Dark Cabal. Another essential element was the UFO cover-up, which is in many ways the core issue for this Cabal. Now armed with growing control of the USA corporate government, this faction is determined not only to defeat those who oppose it but also to keep at bay the ongoing UFO presence. The other Illuminati factions understand full well the changes happening to you and the destined “First Contact” with us. They cooperate with us and a structure for formal liaisons is in full swing between us. Meetings are held daily to determine the timing and dates of the UFO disclosure conferences.

The first task is to take down the American Dark Cabal. It has plundered Mother Earth for decades and caused a widespread ecological extinction process to begin, leading to the death of entire species of trees, plants, and animals. This is a harbinger for the massive changes to be wrought by Mother Nature when the time comes for her to return to “Full Consciousness”. As we watch these changes, we see your Planet as well as the Solar System sounding the alarm for a great turn toward the Light. The merciless Dark faction refuses to accede to this urgency and to permit a wholesale realignment of the Anunnaki's former minions. It remains obdurate in maintaining the past as a way to control the future, a most unwise proposition given the circumstances. You are embarked upon a period of huge change which is to intensify. If this transition is to be smooth, a global distribution of power needs to be reestablished, in which one rogue faction is unable to hold the rest hostage as is the case at present.

What this amounts to is the need for a new economic, financial, and political system. Basic agreements between nations and various organizations are in place and can produce the required results. These accords began with the Agreements of 1998 between our Earth Allies and us. Since then a number of items were added which clarified issues and established new governmental structures. The overall thrust concerns global abundance, peace, and universal individual and national sovereignty. We wish to make it clear that this is not about setting up a new Global Congress to rule your world, but about paving the way for “First Contact”, which remains the ultimate objective. A transitional reality is to facilitate a whole host of events that are to prepare you completely for contact. We continue to monitor your reactions to us and these indicate a level of fear in you that still needs to be fully addressed.

When we took on this Mission we fully understood what we were getting into. You have been manipulated by fear for eons and are deeply xenophobic toward anything slightly different from you. Except for a small minority, you are very resistant to change. Heaven knew all this and set about to transform those factors which control you. The first was to encourage the Electronic Age and the next was to raise your consciousness. These prerequisites were carried out between 1960 and the present. The advent of your Atomic Age in the 1940s brought both the Light and also members of the Dark Anchara Alliance to your shores to observe how your primitive technology was being used. Then came the encounters between your governments and the dark Anchara Alliance in the early 1950s. Our overtures at the time were ignored but we knew that this hostile milieu was set to change during the ensuing decades.

The present period is about the secret battle raging between this American Dark Corporate Cabal with its many global partners and those seeking to turn around this unfair and unsound set-up. This conflict has brought most of your world to its knees, and worse is to follow in the beginning of your next Gregorian year! We therefore deem it essential to have our Earth Allies quickly resolve whatever is preventing the next steps from immediately manifesting. Your suffering over the last year, as the last Dark Cabal wreaks its final havoc upon you, is intolerable to us. Our liaison teams are reaching a point where we both feel that an even greater degree of intervention is called for so that the immediate period can be used to achieve our pre-contact goals. It is definitely time to move this entire scenario forward to victory!

Our momentum toward contact cannot be stalled much longer. “First Contact” is needed if only to level the playing field and give the Light on your world a means to end the deadlock of the previous decade and a half of waiting for the right time to act. We understand your xenophobia and know it is often hard to reverse long-standing erroneous beliefs. However, we know intuitively that you need a game-changer moment to allow you to move swiftly to your victory. We ask you to come together now and courageously acknowledge what it may take to move forward. Many things are to break loose to ensure that what we both want occurs. This is no time to expect anything less than a miracle! So, prepare yourself for success! The time is Now!



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29 December 2009: Christ Michael: Jupiter is preparing the unveiling! - Candace

Hello Beloveds, my temper, as best my temper can be described is growing very short and I know some of you are happy to hear that comment. Jupiter has been placed so that it will shortly be viewable. Understand Beloved's to keep it behind the Sun, it has to go faster than Earth, so it has made nearly a 12 year cycle now, 9 years or so since last winter. We have merely paused it's progress and it will now appear naturally as Earth makes her own rotation around the Sun, and thus it will show first in the early mornings as you would normally expect it to do so after its normal period of being behind the Sun [February this year].

To the Dark Ones, you are being very naughty and your time draws nigh. If any more serious activities occur, I could take the option of bringing Stasis sooner, but my preference is to have Jupiter visible first, and let people begin to notice more and more the earthquakes and the like that will result from the increasing energy. Data on your Earth recordings from the Satellites should be changing as the energy begins to reach Earth. We have begun letting the Sun also "wake up."

Dark Ones, those of you with souls, it is not going to be pretty for you if I must take the Planet into Stasis before the appearance of Jupiter, and I suggest you be finding your honesty before then, because as all the Earth's traditions suggest, at the End of the Cycle, the Great Light in the East will appear. And so it shall. That is enough for now.

Namaste, Christ Michael.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

30 December 2009: SaLuSa of Sirius – Michael Quinsey

There is an air of expectation as you move through the last days of this year on to 2010. You are finding that many sources agree that it will be one of completion. What started many years ago and promised major changes within your civilization, is bearing fruit. No longer is it a question of whether they will take place but when, and 2010 will quickly see the first of many changes. Our Allies are fully prepared to carry out their part, and are primed as to their role in the coming months. There are whole sequences of events that will gradually fulfill the plan for your upliftment. Changes within your Universe are as ever moving ahead with Ascension in mind, and on an energy level will also continue to affect your Earth. You will understand Dear Ones, that changes of such a magnitude cannot be delayed by the actions of Man.

As you look back at the events of 2009, it may be difficult to highlight many positive ones. However, for us the election of Barack Obama as President of U.S. was a major victory for the Light. His influences and desires for world peace are bringing in important changes, but the path is by no means easy. There are many who oppose his authority, and a difficult job is being made even harder. No President has served his term without contact from us and we are delighted to work with Obama, who is one of the few that have put world peace at the front of their agenda. Everything revolves around this issue, and eventually other countries will work together to forge a united plan that achieves success. Currently there are too many people in places of influence, that are making progress painfully slow. That will be changed in the near future, and you will see a great outflow of energy that will galvanize many groups into action.

Fortunately everything is being held in balance by the forces of Light, and thus your victory over the Dark Ones is assured. Already there is confusion and infighting amongst their ranks, and this will add to their demise. As always we carefully monitor what is happening on and off Earth. We control the extent to which adverse conditions are created, whether by deliberate intent or through natural causes. We have to allow changes that are necessary for Mother Earth's cleansing, but again we can direct energies in such away as to avoid massive destruction. It is also our responsibility to minimize the extent of personal injury and loss of life. We do not however have a total free hand, as there are many factors involving karma and the greater plan for Mankind. We serve those who oversee the Creator's Plan for your Universe. Upliftment is to take place with the end of this cycle, and it will occur quite naturally and in accordance with Universal Law.

Meantime we see that so many of you have awakened, and are opening your consciousness to new levels of understanding. This coming year will enable even greater advances, as the incoming energies are rapidly increasing in their levels of power. It will give everyone the opportunity to join in Ascension if they so desire. It is your choice and your freewill is respected and honored as always. Life is infinite and the soul indestructible, so there is no necessity to force the issue. Your evolution will progress at a pace that suits you, and you can extend your experience in the 3rd Dimension if that is what you wish. However, as the existing Earth is to ascend it would be on another planet prepared for such experiences.

You have achieved so much in a relatively short time, and now you have reached that point where your endeavors are to be rewarded. What was considered to be unobtainable a few decades ago is now within your sights. Instead of heading for oblivion you have risen above the lower energies, and reached a plateau where you are beyond the interference of the Dark forces. The Light is supreme and will continue to create a gulf between it and them, who will find that their main weapon of fear is becoming less effective. People are much wiser and more aware than they have ever been before, and know that all they need to do is keep focused upon the Light. It is your protection and at the same time is lifting up your consciousness, and you are perhaps for the first time seeing more clearly. Through intuitive thinking the truth is becoming apparent, and you have realized that all knowledge is within.

Soon the event of "UFO Disclosure" will start a series of revelations, that will inform everyone of the truth as to what has been carried out in their name. There will be no hiding place for those who have deliberately mislead the people, and their deeds will be uncovered. The truth will come out in such a way that it will be impossible for it to be manipulated or distorted, to protect those who have deceived you. Irrefutable evidence already exists that will be produced to substantiate all charges, that are for treasonable acts against the people. As we have explained previously and will repeat again, our intent is not to punish them. Our purpose is but to establish where criminal acts have taken place, for higher authorities to handle. We carry no hatred or desire vengeance, and in fact we see all souls as Ones carrying the Light. We know that given time even the most godless souls will return to the Source, and it simply has to be that way. Souls may be re-absorbed but in no way are they destroyed, as some believe. Consider Dear Ones, would the Creator destroy his own creations, that are part of the Creator's Love and Light. We of the Galactic Federation have a love for all life, and uphold its right to live out its planned evolution.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24 January 2010: Esu/Jesus on Earth Changes and Man's Responsibility - Jess Anthony

Much has happened to the Earth itself since last we spoke formally. The physical structure of the Planet is moving into a new configuration, and an increase in unexpected activity is the result. Generally all of these occurrences are the result of natural causes. The crustal movement of the continental plates causing the earthquakes is being triggered by both inner and outer energy forces. The instability of the inner core is a reflection of the lessening influence of the weakening magnetosphere and a lateral displacement of historical magnetic axes. The poles are moving quickly, and the Earth's natural alignments that so much of its society depends on are out of balance.

This instability is coupled with increased energy input coming from the Earth's current position inside the Photon Belt, as well as from the ever brighter exposure the Earth is experiencing as Jupiter emerges slowly from behind the Sun. The amount of exposure to these new rays is carefully monitored by the Galactic Overseers who are gauging Earth's reaction to the extra energy. Too much too soon could be disastrous to the anticipated forward progression of Man's Ascension in conjunction with the Earth's. The effect of too much exposure would cause more change than Man could assimilate.

The geographical upheaval that occurred in Haiti was one example of the type of Earth movement you can expect in greater numbers as the input of photon energy increases. This form of energy carries additional information encoded within its frequency. Earth and its elements vibrate at a different level of structural energy as the photon energy surrounding it increases. Photon energy is carried in what you term light waves. The energy coming from Jupiter is a new source that is coming into play as the Planet is moved from behind the Sun.

This light from Jupiter will seem to you as if there were a distant Sun shining in addition to your regular Sun. This is because the Planet now has the means to generate energy waves on its own. The position of Jupiter has been carefully monitored since the ignition last year in order to prevent a premature exposure to Earth. The precarious nature of Earth's geophysical structure has necessitated keeping the Planet Jupiter positioned behind your system's Sun to block the force of its strengthened rays. This manipulating of the Planet's position has necessarily been kept secret because it was decided the time was not right to show this transformation. The diversion took the form of a hologram that was projected from a Spaceship positioned at the location Jupiter typically would be located. The images taken of Planet Jupiter are, in fact images of the projection of the Planet. The real orb had been moved behind the Sun to shield its energy force.

I want to speak more on the earthquakes. There will most likely be several more that are of high magnitude. The most pending disaster is the California coastline, although your own New Madrid fault line is undependable. Other will probably take place in locations that are already receiving shocks. This includes the Caribbean and the Pacific Rim countries. This is not news; those watching earthquake formation have long said these quakes are dangerously near. I'm saying that their happening is almost probable. Haiti is once again experiencing rumbles, and Yellowstone is tangential to the California situation.

There will be enough warning to make better preparations than occurred in Haiti. Scientists knew the plates were moving and predicted earthquake damage pretty early on. This news didn't fit in with your Government's idea to use the devastated country as a distraction to prevent people from hearing news of financial wrongdoings that might become public. Look for discrepancies. Use the Internet information to bypass the mainstream media, and rely on the details posted there. Be careful what you accept, however. Always check to see if the report is valid. We can tell you this easily, if you ask us.

Political turmoil is to be expected, as well. The financial chaos is so widespread that no solution beyond a crash and new beginning can "fix" it. There are no means to uproot so well entrenched a financial network. The dependence on American dollars is being rejected. The Global Debt is astronomical and there is not enough money available to pay it. Printing trillions more will not save a system that has no hard currency reserve to back up its legal tender.

The work of the Office of the International Treasury Control (OITC) is helping to break up some of this financial log jam, but its mandated system of operations does not give the organization much assistance in breaking away from the operational system that caused its problems in the first place. It must interact with other governments that control a portion of its deposits as another sovereign state. Legal protocols must be observed on OITC's part even in situations where the other government has not done so.

The time is coming when the change Earth needs to continue to ascend will require substantially more galactic energy than Man is at present capable of assimilating. The state spoken of as Stasis will occur to pause Man's existence at one energy level while his environment makes the changes it needs to make at another. This is not total suspended animation in the sense that only Man is sleeping; this is interrupting his energy movement at one point while the energy that surrounds him speeds up. There is no awareness of time or physical change because Man is not interacting with the frequency of what is happening on Earth. It is like circles of energy moving around each other at different speeds but not connecting. When the environment is safe for Man to resume interacting, he will, and will have no sense of an interruption. The physical evidence will be there to require an assimilation, however, and Man will have to reconcile this with his own sense of no time being lost. This will be the point where teaching and a new understanding will begin. I think this is sufficient for today. Look to the Heavens for signs that Earth is ready to begin her next phase. Her environment also must change in order for her body to be renewed.

Esu [Jesus/Sananda]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 February 2010 - Esu on the 5 years with AbundantHope - Candace

This has a been a tough 5 years for some of us on this side. The Dark have really joined forces, with like mind and the battle between those groups who would own the Planet, is great at this time and most of this battle is through financial avenues and the destructions of corporations and businesses.

We have accomplished much. Do not be concerned by what you may perceive as lack of progress. There is great progress, and this program has grown in scope considerably. Before AbundantHope, we would have simply cleansed the planet and walked away for a time. By Cleanse, I mean allowed the Pole Reversal and Axis Changes, and then provided assistance for a time, to allow life to reestablish itself sooner so the Planet could be populated with spiritual God Conscious Man in 500 years or so, instead of several thousand that is usual, and which is occurring with many planets now in rest mode in other parts of this war torn region of Nebadon. There are 496 planets in rest mode right now, so great has the darkness been.

This is the Seed planet, it is Christ Michael's Bestowal World, so the plan is a bit different for this World. It is not desired for the benefits of those elsewhere in this Universe and others who are watching, to wait too long on the Bestowal and Seed planet. Thus we are going to give this plan developed the last few years a try, that of the Stasis and returning the more evolved Souls to the Planet after the full cleansing of pollutants and negativity.

Now it is important to understand, that the world, while lovely and clean will be a harsher place to live for some time afterwards, but you will have our partnership this time, which was offered so many years ago and rejected by most of the people of Earth, mostly thru religion, but of course the Governments themselves, the "Elites' as they call themselves still refuse to come into any sort of cooperation.

The plan is more thorough that we have declared at this point, but we will not cover that so publicly yet at this time. You who are attending the teaching and planning sessions, those roughly 100,000 people selected, actually I can give you the exact number, it is 99,278 people, are the only ones who will be "awake." The count is final. These ones of course are from every culture and location on the Planet and some of them will not be returning to their native lands due to whatever Earth Changes occur during this time.

Some of you, in that case who will be amongst peoples who are staying with the Planet, but not from whence they came, these evacuated ones, who will be placed into a variety of underground areas before being awakened. These ones will be awakened and allowed to come into their new reality and then as places are made possible, return to the surface of the Planet. Now, we have not been fully forthcoming in the numbers that might remain, and the estimate at this time is about 1 billion. The 'shell shock' will be great. The reduction for the Planet's sake really should be more, but it was felt these ones would benefit greatly from staying, and many unconsciously of course, want to stay. We will be about having to get the best of technology moving as rapidly as possible, as this is the most the Planet can handle with the best of technology and spirituality and much spirituality will still be missing, but assisted by our teams and the shock of the situation....

I do not remember if we have covered this or not, but Christ Michael will himself have a Headquarters area on the Planet and it will also be in Colorado, but separate from the International Planetary Prince Headquarters. However, that will not be in place on the awakening, it will be built by the people when the time is right some years later.

We had a hope of getting the Planet into "Light and Life" within 80 years. But I doubt this, as does Monjoronson [of the Isle of Paradise] who originally suggested that idea. The building and other activities must so change, in addition to the issue of establishing true sustainability. There will also shorter periods of Stasis, in the coming years, and the public will know and be prepared, to allow for some of the continuing and necessary rearrangement of the lands. We have stated the land masses must be in reasonable balance as part of the "Monopolarity", when your Planet will stand uprightwithout a tilt.

As you are aware, most of the land masses are above the current equator, but you will even after Stasis have a new equator with the Axis Shift that will occur fairly soon after the Magnetic Reversal. You are not going to live in a great deal of comfort over many, many years. But this method does considerably shorten the waiting of 500 or more years to merely reintroduce man to the Planet. The whole of the Seventh Superunivese of Orvonton will be watching this Grand Experiment.

Remember, also that no Creator Son or Avonal Son performing the Bestowals similar to the Creator Son, have returned before to actually further involve themselves with a Bestowal Planet so directly. I suggest if you have not read our piece of long ago, #25 published on April 25th of 2005, that you do so. Your planet is thus UNIQUE in the creation. Christ Michael will actually walk this Planet again with you, when the energies are a bit higher and he will have an accessible retreat area that all will attend that desire so, at least once in their lifetimes. As we have said before, we will return with an intact Internet, Television and Radio communications. The Cell Phone Network will be heavily damaged however, and may not be operating at all. There are better methods than your cell phones anyway, and it would be better to move in the direction of better invovations.

Now, it has been noticed that there seem to be large Spaceships around the Sun and this is so. There are some also considerably closer to you than the Sun, but we are adjusting the Sun at this point. We have the large Evacuation Ships much closer in, and also many other Mother craft have moved closer in. We will of course, be evacuating folks at various times just before and after Stasis, and many going in body to other places will be removed then, and also later. We must remove those who are to survive, quickly from certain areas that will experience tsunami's and the like. The energy of these waves can be harmful to even the form in Stasis. Not the Soul, but the physical form.

The New Planet of which we have spoken has now at this time about 300,000 Earth folks living on it. This explains some disappearances of people. These ones have laid the way. During the Stasis Period, people choosing this growth experience will be taken in small groups, rather than having masses of people plopped on the place. When normal planets have some problems and need to move, they usually have at least some of their own transportation and awareness, but so is not the case with Earth. We will thus add gradually to the population of that Planet. At the end of Stasis, it's population should be a few million, which is still a huge adjustment, but there is great help there for the process. Absolutely no criminal element will be going there. Nor staying with this Planet.

Even people in the Inner Earth are going to have to vacate some areas that will be upset. Despite the false information put out, they do not live in dimensions that would not be affected. The Body of Earth is a physical 2nd Density planet and that does not change, ever, even with the Ascension. Rocks will move in many locations. If we were to be evacuating the whole Planet in fact, most of these folks would be moving for a time, except for the several civilizations that can manufacture their own air to breathe. Most use surface air coming thru various methods.

You are NOT all going into Inner Earth "crystal cities" as some have put out. Those staying with the Earth will be in a condition of Stasis, except those that are on the big Planning Committee, the numbers above. All those staying however, since the Soul does not itself sleep, will be receiving more education during the Stasis process which will assist their awakening to the New World with less shock, let us say. Suggestions that all folks will go into Inner Earth - well Beloveds, they can't handle over 7 billion of you there.....

Namaste, Esu [Jesus/Sananda/Immanuel].



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23 February 2010 – THOTH - Let the Sun Shine in!! - Leonette

Thoth: The Sun that you know as the giver of existence is about to take on another responsibility...One that is larger than Life and one that is about to usher into your awareness the meaning of everything that ever was and everything that is to come. Your Sun for which you depend on, to know night and day, to know time as you perceive it, to provide you with nutrients to sustain you and your world is about to unleash such potent forces upon your planet as to render your perception of everything that you know distant and shallow.

Remember in a previous discourse I mentioned that your Sun was being impacted by the rotating axes (axis) of universal frequencies, well more than that your dedicated Sun is also taking on an enhanced role in the 'stepping down' of much higher frequencies as they come in from the Great Central Sun. The frequencies from the Great Central Sun are so potent that they will obliterate everything that you know in your perception of time and space. As such there is a need to filter those frequencies to an extent by having your dedicated Sun absorb those higher frequencies within 'His' body and then filter those frequencies in such a way to reduce what may be extremely harmful to the lower energies that reside at your dimensional level.

What do these frequencies do? I can hear you ask without you saying such. Well imagine if your sun with an iota of the strength of the Great Central sun can hold sway over life and death in your world, just imagine what a re-energized sun could do if it is not properly managed and coordinated.

Your world is being flooded with intense Photonic energy ...the cells of all life forms are being re-calibrated.

The carbon blueprint that informed your flesh and bones is being transmuted, first to crystalline structures and then as the crystalline structures become fully on-line they become extremely receptive to Photonic 'particulates' which produce an alchemical effect and change the fabrication and roles of the cellular structures.

In other words your cellular structure starts vibrating to a higher frequency!

Crystals and photons are carrier essences. In other words they can transmit and receive information of a finer nature. You will start to become more receptive to energies that are subtle. These are energies that you could not process before in the mostly carbon make up of your physicality. Understand this WILL have profound effects in how the perception of your world is processed. Already you are gradually tuning into imagery that was previously out of your range of perception.

Those that guide your well-being are allowing you to view alternative imagery in non frightening ways. One such way is within the dream state. You are also impacting your immediate environment by your thoughts and words in ways that were extremely difficult before. You think it and if like an instruction that goes out, the universe arranges to suit. This access is tied to your spiritual development. In other words, as you 'mature' in your spiritual development your 'abilities' become more definitive and more dependable.

The wonder of it is that those, whose crystalline structural processes are accelerating and advancing, are the ones who are having more success with this perceived 'phenomena' as this crystalline acceleration and advancement is tied to the Being's own advancing spiritual awakening and growth process.

This is NOT a coincidence.

It is a fail-safe method to ensure that those whose growth processes are in line with the acceleration of the Cosmic Will, are the ones who are changing their core structures to receive the incoming intense Photonic energies.

Now this is the method whereby the wheat is separated from the chaff.

Those who are not in line with the Cosmic Will cannot process the alchemical transformations, which absorb these incoming Photonic energies. As such they become vulnerable to what you may perceive as 'harm' from these incoming energies.

You may think that you look the same as before...but those with trained eyes and/or those with the technology can see the glow of Photonic light emanating from your bodies...The quality of the light which is emanating from your cellular structure differs in quality and quantity from what obtained before. It is Radiant and there is a goodly exchange of information within the particulates of this radiation and the Cosmos. At a finite level, these photonic particulates pulse, oscillate and spiral outward in a continued motion of what can best be described as a cosmic in-charge and ex-charge or better a cosmic in breath and out breath.

Previously, anyone with such a 'brilliant field' would have attracted certain energetic beings whose sole purpose would have been to 'destroy' such brilliance. However at this 'time' such 'negatively oriented' energetic beings are themselves in great distress and turmoil as they are being impacted by these incoming Photonic energies and they lack the wherewithal to withstand the brunt of what is coming into their space, as such, in their weakening positions, they are unable to orchestrate any attacks against those who are literally 'of the Light.'

This is how change is effected in your physical world. The work is done 'on-the-ground', by spirit encapsulated in physical form that is then transmuted to receive cosmic energies that altogether affect the mental processes of those who have taken on physicality for purposes of shattering the thought form matrix that informs the consciousness grid of the perceived physical reality.

Now you have seen the images that show 'strange craft' around the Sun. Your senses tell you that these craft are of extra-terrestrial origin and that they must be doing something to the Sun. They are there in part to aid in the filtered emanations from the sun. They sort of....for want of a better word...'tweak' the intensity of the energetic solar emanations. They also assist in keeping the Sun in a state of balance....because the energy from the Great Central Sun is focused in a 'corridor of sorts', or better yet, it comes in a 'laser like thrust' and absorbed by your dedicated Sun. This pure and immense energy has the potential to throw your Sun 'off-course' when it comes in. These 'Spacecraft' aid by providing stabilization and grounding fields so that the Sun maintains its equilibrium as it receives the energies from the Great Central Sun and disperses it in measured amounts to the Earth's atmosphere.

These Spacecraft also conduct 'readings' to ascertain the velocity of what is projected towards the Earth...they allow for more intense or less intense velocity based on their assessments of the impacts that are taking place...they are also monitoring 'readings' taken from the Earth's atmosphere and the sentient life contained therein which is assessed and escalated to other galactic quadrants and spiritual orders for inputs and decisions.

You are thinking what about Jupiter...well Jupiter is a 'player' in the grand scheme of things...it was felt that because of the vibrational link between the Earth and dedicated Sun that has existed for eons, that the bulk of the Earth's extreme makeover, be handled by the dedicated Sun...similar to the concept of a relationship between a parent and a child with the parent engaging in the growth process of the child in a way that only parents can.. the role that Jupiter plays is like an elder sibling to the child. A bit junior to the parent when it comes to providing a comforting but firm grip as the child navigates the challenges associated with the movement from childhood to puberty.

Jupiter will be allowed a visual impact just on the cusp of the planetary crystalline upgrade when it reaches seventy-five percent capacity in most humans who have a dedicated role in moving with the Earth to dimensions of “Light and Life”. This is to ensure that those who are to survive will not be severely impacted or extremely discomforted by the combined incoming energies of your dedicated Sun and Jupiter-the Sun.

Once the FULL impact of the showing of the two Suns escalates then you know that other steps are going to be taken to preserve what needs to be preserved. The crystalline upgrade is at present averaging 65 percent in most cases some more some less. When the average is about 75 percent then it would be relatively safe and/or less uncomfortable to expose the planetary populations to the combined experience of both Suns.

The final say in this rests with Christ Michael ATON who will determine the 'whether we do' or the 'whether we don't' and the 'when we will', as the case maybe. However, given the parameters that are being worked with, the above percentages and scenarios are the 'breakpoints' for visibility of Jupiter.

Thoth





Archive of Messages 2005-2009 on the Plan for the Earth Changes and Ascension of Planet Earth by the Creator Son Christ Michael, Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon
This is the controlling "Divine Plan" behind the Galactic Federation's assistance to Earth.
Click on:
Christ Michael ATON's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


For a brief History of the Creation of our Grand Universe and of our Planet Urantia/Earth, up to the time of Adam and Eve and the Garden of Eden 37,000 years ago, click on:

"The Creation of the Grand Universe and our Planet Urantia/Earth"


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


For a Compendium-Archive of Messages from the Galactic Federation for the years 1997-2008, click on:
Galactic Federation Updates Archive 1997-2008
Sheldan Nidle's "Planetary Activation Organization" Internet Web site of
Galactic Federation Updates can be visited at:
Sheldan Nidle at Paoweb.com

Further messages from the Galactic Federation and other Spiritual Masters can be read on the
"Lightworkers Spiritual Social Network"




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You can learn about the amazing background to our whole vast Creation, ranging from the Trinity of the First Father Creator, His Son and the Holy Spirit Mother, their abode on the central Paradise Island, of the surrounding Central Universe of Havona and of the further Seven Super Universes also orbiting the Central Universe, and of our own Seventh Super Universe of Orvonton in which our local Universe of Nebadon and our Planet Earth reside, and on to the creation and early History of our Planet of Urantia (the original name for Planet Earth) in a free online version of The Urantia Book from the following Link:


THE URANTIA BOOK
The Urantia Book was first given to Earth by Celestial Messengers in 1934 and is over 2000 pages in length. The final part of the Book gives us a true and detailed Life and Teachings of the final Bestowal Incarnation on our Planet of the Creator Son Michael of Nebadon in a joint incarnation with Esu/Sananda as Jesus the Christ in Palestine. This final Seventh Bestowal Incarnation on a mortal world of his choosing, has given the Creator Son Michael the right to finally assume the title of "Supreme Ruler of the Universe of Nebadon".





INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha
Voyages of discovery to the Inner Earth



THE ASHTAR COMMAND - through Tuella
The Ashtar Command Books, given through Tuella (Thelma Terrell) in the 1980's, gives us some of the most valuable insights into the coming Earth Changes and Ascension of Planet Earth, and of the assistance to be given to us by the Ashtar Command Fleet in conjunction with the Galactic Federation. The Ashtar Command Mission outlined in these Books remains largely unchanged and is still applicable to the rapidly approaching Ascension of Earth. The full texts of these Books are now freely available Online from the following Links:

ASHTAR COMMAND - PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION
This book gives us important information about the coming Earth Changes and the following Mass-evacuation procedures by the Ashtar Command Fleet of Mother Ships which are at present in a protective orbit around Planet Earth.


For the full book text, click on
"Ashtar - Project: World Evacuation"
ASHTAR - A Tribute compiled by Tuella.
This second Ashtar Command Book is a compilation by Tuella of further messages from Ashtar and The Ashtar Command.


For the full book text, click on
"Ashtar - A Tribute"




THE NEW EARTH

Book II: THE EARTH CHANGES
13th Edition: Copyright © 2009 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of
credited quotations.






This document is one of three Books; a Trilogy collectively entitled
THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth.

Its three component volumes are as follows:
Bk.I: THE HIGHER KNOWLEDGE;
Bk.II: THE EARTH CHANGES;
Bk.III: LIFE IN THE NEW AGE.
All three volumes can be fully accessed from
THE NEW EARTH


Full details of books quoted in all three volumes
plus some other recommended titles will be found in our
NEW AGE BOOKLIST
For additional New Earth-related material, please check our
NEW EARTH READER